Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

(negative+sense)

Толкование Перевод

81 anybody

pronoun

1) ((in questions, and negative sentences etc) some person: Is anybody there?) alguien

2) (any person, no matter which: Get someone to help - anyone will do.) cualquiera

3) (everyone: Anyone could tell you the answer to that.) cualquiera

anybody pron

1. alguien

is anybody home? ¿hay alguien en casa?

did anybody see you? ¿te vio alguien?

2. nadie

don't tell anybody no se lo digas a nadie

there isn't anybody at home no hay nadie en casa

3. cualquiera

anybody can learn English, it's easy! cualquiera puede aprender inglés, ¡es fácil!

ask anybody pregúntale a cualquiera

anybody

tr['enɪbɒdɪ]

pronoun

1 (in questions) alguien

■ has anybody seen my car? ¿ha visto alguien mi coche?

2 (negative) nadie

■ there isn't anybody in the room no hay nadie en la sala

3 (no matter who) cualquiera

■ anybody would tell you the same cualquiera te diría lo mismo

anybody ['ɛni.bʌdi, -.bɑ-] anyone

anybody

pron.

• alguien pron.

• alguno pron.

• quienquiera pron.

• todo el mundo pron.

'eniˌbɑːdi, 'eniˌbɒdi
pronoun

1)

a) ( somebody) (in interrog, conditional sentences) alguien

anybody at home? — ¿hay alguien en casa?

will anybody be seeing Emma today? — ¿alguno de ustedes va a ver a Emma hoy?

she'll know, if anybody does — si alguien lo sabe, va a ser ella

b) ( a single person) (with neg) nadie

don't tell anybody! — no se lo digas a nadie!

2)

a) (whoever, everybody)

anybody that wants a ticket — quien quiera una entrada

give it to anybody you like — dáselo a quien quieras

anybody who's been to Paris knows... — cualquier persona or cualquiera que haya estado en París sabe...

anybody interested should contact... — los interesados pónganse en contacto con...

anybody married to a British citizen — toda persona casada con un ciudadano británico

before anybody could stop her — antes de que nadie pudiera detenerla

b) ( no matter who) cualquiera

c) ( a person of importance) alguien

everybody who is anybody was there — toda la gente importante estaba allí

['enɪbɒdɪ]
PRON
1) (in questions, conditional constructions) alguien

did you see anybody? — ¿viste a alguien?

has anybody got a pen? — ¿tiene alguien un bolígrafo?

is this anybody's seat? — ¿es de alguien or alguno este asiento?, ¿está or hay alguien sentado aquí?

• is there anybody else I can talk to? — ¿hay alguien más con quien pueda hablar?

• if anybody calls, I'm not in — si llama alguien, no estoy

if anybody can do it, he can — si alguien lo puede hacer, es él

2) (+ negative, implied negative) nadie

I can't see anybody — no veo a nadie

she doesn't like anybody contradicting her — no le gusta que nadie la contradiga

• I didn't ask anybody else — no se le pregunté a nadie más

• hardly anybody came — apenas vino nadie

there was hardly anybody there — casi no había nadie

3) (=no matter who) cualquiera

I need a volunteer, anybody will do — necesito un voluntario, cualquier persona or cualquiera sirve

anybody will tell you the same — cualquiera te diría lo mismo, todos te dirán lo mismo

anybody would have thought he had lost! — cualquiera habría pensado que había perdido

it's anybody's race — esta carrera la podría ganar cualquiera

• it would have defeated anybody but Jane — habría desanimado a cualquiera or a todos menos a Jane

• anybody else would have laughed — cualquier otro se hubiera reído

• that's anybody's guess — ¡quién sabe!

• it's not available to just anybody — no está a disposición de cualquier persona or cualquiera

I'm not going to marry just anybody — yo no me caso con cualquiera

he's not just anybody, he's the boss — no es cualquiera, es el jefe

• bring anybody you like — trae a quien quieras

• anybody who or that wants to go back should go now — si alguno quiere volver, que lo haga ahora

I'll shoot anybody who or that moves — al primero que se mueva le disparo

anybody who or that invests in this — todo el que invierta en esto

• anybody with any sense would know that! — ¡cualquiera con (algo de) sentido común sabría eso!

4) (=person of importance) alguien

she knows everybody who's anybody — conoce a todo el mundo que es alguien or importante

* * *
['eniˌbɑːdi, 'eniˌbɒdi]
pronoun

1)

a) ( somebody) (in interrog, conditional sentences) alguien

anybody at home? — ¿hay alguien en casa?

will anybody be seeing Emma today? — ¿alguno de ustedes va a ver a Emma hoy?

she'll know, if anybody does — si alguien lo sabe, va a ser ella

b) ( a single person) (with neg) nadie

don't tell anybody! — no se lo digas a nadie!

2)

a) (whoever, everybody)

anybody that wants a ticket — quien quiera una entrada

give it to anybody you like — dáselo a quien quieras

anybody who's been to Paris knows... — cualquier persona or cualquiera que haya estado en París sabe...

anybody interested should contact... — los interesados pónganse en contacto con...

anybody married to a British citizen — toda persona casada con un ciudadano británico

before anybody could stop her — antes de que nadie pudiera detenerla

b) ( no matter who) cualquiera

c) ( a person of importance) alguien

everybody who is anybody was there — toda la gente importante estaba allí

English-spanish dictionary > anybody
82 -A

or -AT or -T, a negative suffix to verbs, peculiar to Iceland and a part, at least, of Norway. Occurs frequently in old Icelandic poetry and laws, so as almost to form a complete negative voice. In the 1st pers. a personal pronoun k (g) = ek is inserted before the negative suffix, in the 2nd pers. a t or tt. As a rule the pron. as thus repeated; má-k-at-ek, non possum; sé-k-at-ek, non video; hef-k-at-ek, non habeo; skal-k-at-ek; vil-k-at-ek, nolo; mon-k-at-ek, non ero, etc.: 2nd pers. skal-t-at-tu; mon-t-at-tu; gaf-t-at-tu, non dabas: and after a long vowel a tt, mátt-at-tu, sátt-at-tu; so almost invariably in all monosyllabic verbal forms; but not so in bisyllabic ones, máttir-a-þú, non poteras: yet in some instances in the 1st pers. a pronominal g is inserted, e. g. bjargi-g-a-k, verbally servem ego non ego; höggvi-g-a-k, non cædam; stöðvi-g-a-k, quin sistam; vildi-g-a-k, nolui; hafði-g-a-k, non babui; mátti-g-a-k, non potui; görði-g-a-k, non feci: if the verb has gg as final radical consonants, they change into kk, e. g. þikk-at-ek = þigg-k-at-ek, nolo accipere. In the 3rd pers. a and at or t are used indifferently, t being particularly suffixed to bisyllabic verbal flexions ending in a vowel, in order to avoid an hiatus,—skal-at or skal-a, non erit; but skolo-t, non sunto: forms with an hiatus, however, occur,—bíti-a, non mordat; renni-a, ne currat; skríði-a, id.; leti-a, ne retardet; væri-a, ne esset; urðu-a, non erant; but bíti-t, renni-t, skríði-t, urðu-t are more current forms: v. Lex. Poët. The negative suffix is almost peculiar to indic., conj., and imperat. moods; the neg. infin. hardly occurs. Nothing analogous to this form is to be found in any South-Teutonic idiom; neither do there remain any traces of its having been used in Sweden or Denmark. A single exception is the Runic verse on a stone monument in Öland, an old Danish province, now Swedish, where however the inscriptions may proceed from a Norse or Icel. hand. The Runic inscriptions run thus, sa’r aigi flo, who did not fly, old Icel. ‘flo-at,’ Baut. 1169. Neither does it occur in any Norse prose monuments (laws): but its use may yet be inferred from its occurrence in Norse poets of the 10th century, e. g. the poets Eyvind and Thiodolf; some of which instances, however, may be due to their being transmitted through Icel. oral tradition. In Bragi Gamli (9th century) it occurs twice or thrice; in the Haustlöng four times, in Ynglingatal four times, in Hákonarmál once (all Norse poems of the 10th century). In Icel. the suffixed negation was in full force through the whole of the 10th century. A slight difference in idioms, however, may be observed: Völuspá, e. g., prefers the negation by né (using vas-at only once, verse 3). In the old Hávamal the suffix abounds (being used thirty-five times), see the verses 6, 10, 11, 18, 26, 29, 30, 34, 37–39, 49, 51, 52, 68, 74, 88, 113–115, 126–128, 130, 134, 136, 147, 149, 151, 153, 159. In Skírnismál, Harbarðsljóð, Lokasenna—all these poems probably composed by the same author, and not before the 10th century—about thirty times, viz. Hbl. 3, 4, 8, 14, 26, 35, 56; Skm. 5, 18, 22; Ls. 15, 16, 18, 25, 28, 30, 36, 42, 47, 49, 56, 60, 62. Egil (born circa 900, died circa 990) abounds in the use of the suffixed neg. (he most commonly avails himself of -at, -gi, or né): so, too, does Hallfred (born circa 968, died 1008), Einar Skálaglam in Vellekla (circa 940–995), and Thorarin in the Máhlíðingavísur (composed in the year 981); and in the few epigrams relating to the introduction of Christianity in Icel. (995–1000) there occur mon-k-að-ek, tek-k-at-ek, vil-k-at-ek, hlífði-t, mon-a, es-a; cp. the Kristni S. and Njala. From this time, however, its use becomes more rare. Sighvat (born circa 995, died 1040) still makes a frequent but not exclusive use of it. Subsequent poets use it now and then as an epic form, until it disappeared almost entirely in poetry at the middle or end of the 13th century. In the Sólarljóð there is not a single instance. The verses of some of our Sagas are probably later than the Sagas themselves; the greatest part of the Völsungakviður are scarcely older than the 11th century. In all these -at and conj. eigi are used indifferently. In prose the laws continued to employ the old forms long after they were abolished in common prose. The suffixed verbal negation was used,

α. in the delivering of the oath in the Icel. Courts, esp. the Fifth Court, instituted about the year 1004; and it seems to have been used through the whole of the Icel. Commonwealth (till the year 1272). The oath of the Fifth (High) Court, as preserved in the Grágás, runs in the 1st pers., hefka ek fé borit í dóm þenna til liðs mér um sök þessa, ok ek monka bjóða, hefka ek fundit, ok monka ek finna, hvárki til laga né ólaga, p. 79; and again p. 81, only different as to ek hefka, ek monka (new Ed.): 3rd pers., hefirat hann fé; borit í dóm þenna ok monat hann bjóða, ok hefirat hann fundit, ok monat hann tinna, 80, 81; cp. also 82, and Nj. l. c. ch. 145, where it is interesting to observe that the author confounds the ist and 3rd persons, a sign of decay in grammatical form.

β. the Speaker (lögsögumaðr), in publicly reciting and explaining the law, and speaking in the name of the law, from the Hill of Laws (lögberg), frequently employed the old form, esp. in the legal words of command es and skal (yet seldom in plur.): erat in the dictatorial phrases, erat skyldr (skylt), non esto obligatus; erat landeigandi skyldr, Grág. (Kb.) i. 17; erat hinn skyldr, 21; yngri maðr era skyldr at fasta, 35; enda erat honum þá skylt at …, 48; erat þat sakar spell, 127; era hinn þá skyldr at lýsa, 154; erat hann framar skyldr sakráða, 216; ok erat hann skyldr at ábyrgjask þat fé, 238; ok erat hann skyldr, id.; ok erat sakar aðili ella skyldr, ii. 74; erat hinn skyldr við at taka, 142; erat manni skylt at taka búfé, 143; enda erat heimting til fjár þess, 169; era hann þá skyldr at taka við í öðru fé nema hann vili, 209; ok erat þeim skylt at tíunda fé sitt, 211; ok erat hann skyldr at gjalda tíund af því, 212; erat kirkjudrottinn þá skyldr, 228; ef hann erat landeigandi, i. 136. Skalat: skalat maðr eiga fó óborit, i. 23; skalat homum þat verða optar en um siun, 55; skalat maðr ryðja við sjálfan sik, 62; skalat hann þat svá dvelja, 68; skalat hann til véfangs ganga, 71; skalat aðilja í stefnuvætti hafa, 127; ok skala hann gjalda fyrir þat, 135; ok skalat hann með sök fara, 171; enda skalat hann fleirum baugum bœta, 199; skalat hann skilja félagit, 240; skalat hann meiri skuld eiga en, ii. 4; skalat þeim meðan á brott skipta, 5; skalat hann lögvillr verða, svá, 34; skalat hon at heldr varðveita þat fé, 59; í skalat enn sami maðr þar lengr vera, 71; ok skala honum bæta þat, 79; skalat fyl telja, 89; skalat hann banna fiskför, 123; skalat hann lóga fé því á engi veg, 158; skalat drepa þá menn, 167; skalat svá skipta manneldi, 173; skalat maðr reiðast við fjórðungi vísu, 183. Plur.: skolut menn andvitni bera ok hér á þingi, i. 68; skolut mál hans standast, 71; skolut þeir færi til vefangs ganga en, 75, etc. etc. Other instances are rare: tekrat þar fé er eigi er til (a proverb), i. 9; ok um telrat þat til sakbóta, ok of telrat þá til sakbóta ( it does not count), 178; ef hann villat ( will not) lýsa sár sitt, 51; ok ræðrat hann öðrum mönnum á hendr þann úmaga, 248; ræðrat sá sínum ómögum á hendr, ii. 18; verðrat honum at sakarspelli and verðrat honum þat at s., i. 63; verðrat honum þat at sakarvörn, 149; kömrat hann öðru við, ii. 141; þarfat hann bíða til þess, i. 70; ok skilrat hann frá aðra aura, ii. 141, i. 136. Reflexive form: kömskat hann til heimtingar um þat fé, he loses the claim to the money, ii. 180, etc. All these instances are taken from the Kb. (Ed. 1853). Remarkable is also the ambiguity in the oath of Glum (see Sir Edm. Head, Viga-Glum, pp. 102, 103, note, I. c.), who, instead of the plain common formal oath—vask-at-ek þar, vák-at-ek þar, rauðk-at-ek þar odd ok egg—said, vask at þar, vák at þar, rauðk at þar. He inverted the sense by dropping the intermediate pronominal ek between the verb and þar, and pronouncing ‒ ‒́ instead of ‒́ ⏑. It further occurs in some few proverbs: varat af vöru, sleikði um þvöru, Fs. 159; veldrat sá er varir, Nj. 61 (now commonly ekki veldr sá er v., so in Grett.); erat héra at borgnara þótt hœna beri skjöld, Fms. vii. 116; era hlums vant kvað refr, dró hörpu á ísi, 19: also in some phrases, referred to as verba ipsissima from the heathen age—erat vinum líft Ingimundar, Fs. 39; erat sjá draumr minni, Ld. 128. Thorodd employs it twice or thrice: því at ek sékk-a þess meiri þörf, because í do not see any more reason for this, Skálda 167; kannka ek til þess meiri ráð en lítil, I do not know, id.; mona ( will not) mín móna ( my mammy) við mik göra verst hjóna, 163. In sacred translations of the 12th century it occurs now and then. In the Homilies and Dialogues of Gregory the Great: monatþu í því flóði verða, thou shalt not; esa þat undarligt þótt, it is not to be wondered at; hann máttia sofna, he could not sleep; moncaþ ek banna, I shall not mind, Greg. 51, 53; vasal kall heyrt á strætum, was not, Post. 645. 84; nú mona fríðir menn hér koma, Niðrst. 623. 7. In later writers as an archaism; a few times in the Al. (MS. A. M. 519), 3, 5, 6, 44, 108; and about as many times in the MS. Eirspennill (A. M. 47, fol.) [Etymon uncertain; that at is the right form may be inferred from the assimilation in at-tu, and the anastrophe in t, though the reason for the frequent dropping of the t is still unexplained. The coincidence with the Scottish dinna, canna is quite accidental.]

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > -A
83 NEKKVERR

pron. any (í nekkhverjum hlut), = nakkvarr, nökkurr.

* * *

indef. pron.; this word is a compound of the negative particle né (q. v.) and the pronoun hverr, qs. nih-hverr, ne-hverr, nekkverr; the double k (in the oldest MSS. often represented by cq) may be due to the final h of the particle, as the compd was formed at a time when the final h had not been absorbed into né: [Dan. nogen; Swed. någon. Mr. Uppström, and since Bugge, derive this word from ne-veit-hverr, instead of Grimm’s ne-hverr, cp. A. S. nâthwæt = ne-wât-hwæt = Icel. nakkvat; this would better account for the double k, but otherwise it has no influence on the inflexive changes of the word.]

A. THE FORMS: this pronoun has undergone great changes. The earliest declension is the same as that of hverr, see Gramm. p. xxi; nekkverr, nekkver, Bs. i. 353, Greg. 13, 26, 33, Grág. ii. 205, 206, 304, Fms. x. 389, 393: gen. nekkvers, nekkverrar, passim: dat. nekkverjum, nekkverju, nekkverri, Greg. 16, 79, Eluc. 27, Bs. i. 352: acc. nekkvern, nekkverja, Grág. i. 41, ii. 251, 270, 313, Fms. x. 381, 390, 391, Greg. 15, Bs. i. 337, 344 (line 14), 352: nom. pl. masc. and fem. nekkverir, nekkverjar, Grág. ii. 205, Bs. i. 355: gen. nekkverra, Greg. 23, 28, and so on. The word then underwent further changes,

α. by dropping the j; nekkveru, Grág. ii. 281; nekkverar, Fms. x. 381; nekkverum, 382; nekkvera, 393, 415.

β. by change of the vowels; nakkverr or nekkvarr, or even nakkvarr, nakkvat, see below; nakkvert, Bs. i. 342 (line 12); nakkvara, Ó. H. 62, 116; nakkvars, Fms. vii. 388, xi. 29, Edda 48; nakkvarir, Fms. vii. 337, Mork. 169; nakkvarar, Fms. vii. 328, Greg. 9; nakkvarra (gen. pl.), D. I. i. 185; nakkvarrar, Ó. H. 116; nakkverrar (gen. fem. sing.), Bs. i. 393.

γ. the a of nakk through the influence of the v was changed into ö (nökk), and then into o, and the final va into vo, and in this way the word became a regular adjective, nökkvorr or nokkvorr, nokkvor, Mork. 57, Fms. x. 261; nokkvot, Bs. i. 393; nökkvoð, Mork. 62, Fms. x. 383, 391; nokkvors, passim; nokkvoru, Nj. 34, Fms. x. 393, 394; nokkvorum, 305; nokkvorrar, Edda i. 214; nokkvorn, 210; nokkvorir, Fms. vi. 5, x. 294.

δ. the v dropped out; nökkorr, nokkurr, nokkorr, nokkor, Vsp. 33 (Bugge), Greg. 9, Grág. (Kb.) i. 66, 75, 208, ii. 3, Mork. 168, Ó. H. 224, Grág. i. 1, ii. 366, Nj. 267, Fms. ix. 276, x. 135; nokkoð, Hkv. 2. 5; nokkort, Grág. i. 460; nokkorum, Skv. 3. 58 (Bugge), Grág. i. 45, 361, Fms. ix. 370, Nj. 7; nokkoru, Fms. i. 1, x. 420, Grág. ii. 129, Nj. 41, Eg. 394, Hkr. iii. 160; nökkorn, Fms. x. 409; nokkorn, xi. 6, Nj. 6, Mork. 205, Ld. 30; nokkorir, Mork. 205; nokkorar, Nj. 252, Fms. x. 388; see Gramm. p. xxi.

ε. finally in mod. usage we have contracted forms before a vowel, thus nokkrir, nokkrum, nokkrar, except that the gen. pl. and gen. fem. sing. are still pronounced as trisyllables, nokkurrar, nokkurra; these contracted forms have erroneously crept into Editions from paper MSS. (as Vd. in the Fs.), where nokkrir etc. should be restored to nokkurir etc. ☞ All the above forms occur confusedly even in very old MSS., and even the latest form nokkorr occurs in vellums as old as Cod. Reg. of the elder Edda, in the Mork., Greg., Grág. (Kb.) In addition to the above, there are mixed forms, nekkurr, 623. 41; nekkorar, Fms. x. 388; nekkers, Grág. (Kb.) 22; nökkurja, 623. 50; nakkor, B. K. 124; nokkverja, Fms. xi. 6; nauccverjar, navcqveriom, Mork. 62, 64, 65.

II. nakkvat, n. subst., answering to hvat (q. v.), Ó. H. 72, Bs. i. 344, 348, 350, 353, Am. 32, Bugge. 2. nökkvi (Lat. aliquanto), an obsolete dat. (subst.) answering to hví; svá nökkvi, Hallfred (Fs. 89); í nökkvi, in aught, Hom. 43; af nökkvi, for aught, Fs. 94 (v. l.), Fms. iii. 27; noqvi, Hkv. 2. 26 (Bugge); nökkvi ofarr, Fms. vii. 304 (in a verse); nökkvi síðarr, ix. 533 (in a verse): in prose, nökkvi yngri, xi. 96; neykvi nær sanni, Hkr. iii. 360; nekkvi réttligar, 677. 11; nökkvi helst, Fms. xi. 78, MS. 677. 6; véla e-n í nökkvi, Grág. ii. 22, 367; því nökkvi, 129; nær sanni nökkvi, Fms. x. 420; neykvi, Am. 26 (Bugge); framast nekkvi.

III. the neut. sing. is thus distinguished; nakkvat, nokkvoð, nokkuð (answering to hvat), are often used as a substantive, but nekkvert, nokkvort, nokkurt (answering to hvert), as an adjective. ☞ The primitive hverr has partly undergone the same metamorphosis as the compd nehverr, and in western Icel. is sounded kvur, and in mod. Norse dialect kor, shewing the complete change.

B. THE SENSE: the negative particle, the first part of the compound, has quite lost its force, as is the case with neinn, q. v.; but the word is used in negative sentences = any; á öngum bæ fannsk nökkurr maðr, Fms. ix. 355, and so freq. in mod. usage.

2. single and without a preceding negative; ef nökkurr maðr veit eigi, if anybody know not, Grág. ii. 209; er nökkverr Guð sem várr Guð, 623. 35; ef hann vissi nökkurn hest jafnskjótan, Fms. vii. 169.

3. as subst., nokkut = anything, nokkur = anybody; ef þér segit nokkurum, if you tell it to anybody, Nj. 7; ef nokkurr hefir, Grág. ii. 366; eldi eða því nokkuru, fire or any such thing, 129; styrkja e-n at nokkuru, Nj. 41; ef hann meiðir í nökkuru lönd manna, Grág. ii. 281; kanntú nokkut í lögum, Nj. 33: with gen., nekkverr yðar, any of you, 677. 13; nokkort þessarra húsa, Grág. i. 460; nakkverr þeirra manna, 232: with prep., nokkura af þessum konum, any of these women, Ld. 30; nökkut manna, Fms. vi. 121.

II. some, a certain …, Lat. quidam; maðr nokkurr, kona nokkur, konur nokkurar, Nj. 252, passim; nokkora hríð, for some time, 2, Fms. xi. 6; nekkverja lund, Grág. ii. 251; nakkvorir stórir höfðingjar, Fms. vii. 338; nokkvorir Íslenzkir menn, x. 294; nokkor góð verk, nekkver íll verk, 677. 9, 25, 26; um dag nekkvern, a certain day, Fms. x. 391; þann bjargkvið nekkvern ( some such), Grág. i. 41; at þeim hlut nokkorum, 361; nokkvot þorp, Fms. x. 294; ráð nakkvað, xi. 16; fé nökkvart, Grág. ii. 262: as subst., nokkuru fyrir vetr, a while before winter, Eg. 394; nokkuru meir, somewhat more, Fms. i. 1:—of some importance, þeim er nokkorir eru í skapi, iv. 80; þeir einir menn ef nokkut var til, of any weight, Eg. 267, and so in countless instances.

III. spec. usages, added to a numeral, about; þrjú nokkur, Nj. 267; nokkur sex skip eða sjau, Fms. ix. 276; braut nokkur tíu skip, x. 135; með nokkur fimm hundrað manna, ix. 276; til nokkurra fjórtán hundraða, H. E. i. 418; nokkurum tveim sinnum eða þrim, Fms. ix. 370.

2. svá nokkut, thereabouts; lið svá nokkuru mart, Fms. xi. 48; svá nokkoru mikit, x. 4; svá nokkuru mjök, Nj. 228; svá nokkvoru mun yðar leita farit, 34; svá nakkvarn, Fms. v. 319; nokkurs til þungr, Ld. 128; nokkurs til seinir, Fms. xi. 29; slíkt nökkut, iv. 283; svá nokkuru, í nökkvi öðru, Hom. 25; svá nökki, about so, Hallfred; stórt nokkuð, somewhat great, Ld. 104:—about, var kveðit á viku stef nokkut, a notice of about a week was given, Eg. 394.

IV. adverbial usages, the neuter being used as adverb; something, a deal, marka nakkvat skaplyndi hans, Fms. xi. 78; breytask nökkvat, 99; henni var skapþungt nokkut, Nj. 11: in some way, somehow, at hann skyldi nokkot benda hvat sveinninn skyldi heita, 625. 86: nökkut svá, a bit, somewhat; hann gékk um teiginn uokkut svá, Ísl. ii. 354; stóð höfuð gneipt af bolnum nakkvat svá, Eb. 244; sefask konungr n. svá, Fms. xi. 11, 129:—neykvi nær sanni, somewhat nearer the truth, Hkr. iii. 360; var þat nær sanni nökkvi, Fms. x. 420, see the references above (A).

2. perhaps, may be; vilt þú nökkut taka við fjárfari mínu? Nj. 40; viltú n. sonu þína við láta vera, 65; ef hann hefði nokkut siglt til annarra landa, 41; ef Gunnarr hefði n. þess leitað, 47.

C. COMPDS: nokkurnig, nokkurskonar, nokkursstaðar.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > NEKKVERR
84 ἀλλά

ἀλλά (Hom.+; DELG s.v. ἄλλος; Schwyzer II 578) gener. adversative particle (orig. neut. pl. of ἄλλος, ‘otherwise’) indicating a difference with or contrast to what precedes, in the case of individual clauses as well as whole sentences

① after a negative or after μέν on the contrary, but, yet, rather

ⓐ introducing a contrast οὐκ ἦλθον καταλῦσαι, ἀλλὰ πληρῶσαι Mt 5:17. οὐ πᾶς ὁ λέγων … ἀλλʼ ὁ ποιῶν 7:21. οὐκ ἀπέθανεν, ἀλλὰ καθεύδει Mk 5:39. οὐκέτι οὐδένα εἶδον, ἀλλὰ τὸν Ἰησοῦν μόνον 9:8 (v.l. εἰ μὴ τ. Ἰ.). οὐ … σαρκὶ ἀλλὰ μόνῳ πνεύματι AcPl Ant 13 (μόνον Aa I 237, 3). οὐκ ἔστι θεὸς νεκρῶν ἀλλὰ ζώντων Mt 22:32; Mk 12:27; Lk 20:38. ἀλλὰ καθῶς γέγραπται Ro 15:21 introduces a statement about a procedure that contrasts with what precedes.—W. ascensive force (B-D-F §448; Rob. 1187) οὐ μόνον … ἀλλὰ καί not only …, but also (EpArist oft.; TestJob 47:2f; Jos., Bell. 3, 102; Just., A I, 5, 4): οὐ μόνον δεθῆναι, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀποθανεῖν Ac 21:13. οὐ μόνον σὲ ἀλλὰ καὶ πάντας τοὺς ἀκούοντας 26:29; cp. 27:10; Ro 1:32; 4:12, 16; 9:24; 13:5; 2 Cor 8:10, 21; 9:12; Eph 1:21; Phil 1:29; 1 Th 1:5; 2:8; Hb 12:26; 1 Pt 2:18. W. the first member shortened (cp. TestJob 35:1) οὐ μόνον δέ, ἀλλὰ καί not only this (is the case), but also: οὐ μόνον δέ (sc. καυχώμεθα ἐπὶ τούτῳ), ἀλλὰ καὶ καυχώμεθα ἐν ταῖς θλίψεσιν Ro 5:3, cp. vs. 11; 8:23; 9:10; 2 Cor 8:19.—Introducing the main point after a question expressed or implied, which has been answered in the negative οὐχί, ἀλλὰ κληθήσεται Ἰωάννης no; rather his name shall be John Lk 1:60. οὐχί, λέγω ὑμῖν, ἀλλὰ ἐὰν μὴ μετανοῆτε no! I tell you; rather, if you do not repent 13:3, 5; cp. 16:30; J 7:12; Ac 16:37; Ro 3:27 (TestAbr A 5 p. 82, 5; 31f [Stone p. 12]; JosAs 4:15 al.; ApcMos 6) after μὴ γένοιτο, which serves as a strong negation 3:31; 7:7, 13; cp. 1 Cor 7:21. The neg. answer is omitted as obvious: (no,) instead of that 6:6 (as a declaration). Instead of ἀ.: ἀλλʼ ἤ Lk 12:51; B 2:8. Also after a negative and ἄλλος, as in Pla., X. et al. (Kühner-G. II 284f; IG IV, 951, 76 [320 B.C.]; PPetr II, 46a, 5 [200 B.C.]; Just., A II, 4, 2 al.; in rhetorical quest. PsSol 5:12; B-D-F §448, 8): except οὐ γὰρ ἄλλα γράφομεν ὑμῖν ἀλλʼ ἢ ἃ ἀναγινώσκετε for we write you nothing (else) except what you can understand 2 Cor 1:13. This construction οὐκ ἄλλος ἀλλʼ ἤ is a combination of οὐκ ἄλλος …, ἀλλά (PTebt 104, 19 [92 B.C.] μὴ ἐξέστω Φιλίσκωνι γυναῖκα ἄλλην ἐπαγαγέσθαι, ἀλλὰ Ἀπολλωνίαν) 1 Cl 51:5, and οὐκ ἄλλος ἤ … (Ps.-Clem., Hom. 16, 20).

ⓑ within the same clause, used to contrast single words (Just., A I, 15, 7 οὐ τούς δικαίους … ἀλλὰ τούς ἀσεβεῖς, D. 48, 1): οὐ … δικαίους ἀλλʼ ἁμαρτωλούς Mt 9:13; Lk 5:32. οὐκ ἐμὲ δέχεται ἀλλὰ τὸν ἀποστείλαντά με Mk 9:37. ἀλλʼ οὐ τί ἐγὼ θέλω ἀλλὰ τί σύ 14:36, cp. J 5:30; 6:38. ἡ ἐμὴ διδαχὴ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐμὴ ἀλλὰ τοῦ πέμψαντός με 7:16. οὐκ ἐγὼ ἀλλὰ ὁ κύριος 1 Cor 7:10. οὐ τῇ πορνείᾳ, ἀλλὰ τῷ κυρίῳ 6:13. οὐκ εἰς τὸ κρεῖσσον ἀλλὰ εἰς τὸ ἧσσον 11:17. οὐκ ἔστιν ἓν μέλος ἀλλὰ πολλά 12:14. οὐκ εἰς τὸ ἀγαθὸν ἀλλʼ εἰς τὸ πονηρόν D 5:2. οὐχ ὡς διδάσκαλος ἀλλʼ ὡς εἷς ἐξ ὑμῶν B 1:8 al. In Mt 20:23, οὐκ ἔστιν ἐμὸν τοῦτο δοῦναι, ἀλλʼ οἷς ἡτοίμασται ὑπὸ τοῦ πατρός μου has been shortened from οὐκ ἐμὸν … ἀλλὰ τοῦ πατρός, ὅς δώσει οἷς ἡτοίμασται ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ.—But s. WBeck, CTM 21, ’50, 606–10 for the mng. except for Mt 20:23=Mk 10:40, and Mk 4:22, also 9:8 v.l. (for εἰ μή); D 9:5. So also B-D-F §448, 8; Mlt-Turner 330; MBlack, An Aramaic Approach³, ’67, 113f.—After μὲν, to indicate that a limiting phrase is to follow πάντα μὲν καθαρά, ἀλλὰ κακὸν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ Ro 14:20. σὺ μὲν γὰρ καλῶς εὐχαριστεῖς, ἀλλʼ ὁ ἕτερος οὐκ οἰκοδομεῖται 1 Cor 14:17.—The use of ἀλλά in the Johannine lit. is noteworthy, in that the parts contrasted are not always of equal standing grammatically: οὐκ ἦν ἐκεῖνος τὸ φῶς ἀλλʼ ἵνα μαρτυρήσῃ περὶ τοῦ φωτός=ἀλλὰ μαρτυρῶν π. τ. φ. J 1:8; οὐκ ᾔδειν αὐτόν ἀλλʼ … ἦλθον although I did not know him, yet I came vs. 31. εἶπον [ὅτι] οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐγὼ ὁ Χριστός, ἀλλʼ ὅτι I said, ‘I am not the Christ; rather, I was sent before him’ 3:28. οὔτε οὗτος ἥμαρτεν οὔτε οἱ γονεῖς αὐτοῦ, ἀλλʼ ἵνα φανερωθῇ neither this man has sinned, nor his parents, but (he was born blind) that … might be revealed 9:3.

② when whole clauses are compared, ἀλλά can indicate a transition to someth. different or contrasted: the other side of a matter or issue, but, yet. δεῖ γὰρ γενέσθαι, ἀλλʼ οὔπω ἐστὶν τὸ τέλος Mt 24:6, cp. Lk 21:9. κεκοίμηται• ἀλλὰ πορεύομαι ἵνα ἐξυπνίσω αὐτόν J 11:11, cp. vs. 15; 16:20; Lk 22:36; J 4:23; 6:36, 64; 8:37; Ac 9:6; Ro 10:18f. ἁμαρτία οὐκ ἐλλογεῖται … ἀλλὰ … sin is not charged; nevertheless … 5:13f. Introducing an objection, ἀλλὰ ἐρεῖ τις (Jos., Bell. 7, 363 and Just., A I, 7, 1 ἀλλὰ φήσει τις) probably colloq. = ‘well’, someone will say: 1 Cor 15:35; Js 2:18 (difft. DWatson, NTS 39 ’93, 94–121). Taking back or limiting a preceding statement παρένεγκε τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο ἀπʼ ἐμοῦ• ἀλλʼ οὐ τί ἐγὼ θέλω Mk 14:36. ἀλλʼ οὐχ ὡς τὸ παράπτωμα, οὔτως καὶ τὸ χάρισμα Ro 5:15. ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἐχρησάμεθα τῇ ἐξουσίᾳ ταύτῃ 1 Cor 9:12. ἀλλὰ ἕκαστος ἴδιον ἔχει χάρισμα 7:7. ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ τούτου δὲ εἴρηται D 1:6.—In ἀλλʼ, οὐ πάντες οἱ ἐξελθόντες … ; in Hb 3:16 ἀλλʼ, in the opinion of some, seems to owe its origin solely to a misunderstanding of the preceding τίνες as τινές by an early copyist (B-D-F §448, 4), but here ἀλλά may convey strong asseveration surely (so REB). See 3 below.

③ before independent clauses, to indicate that the preceding is to be regarded as a settled matter, thus forming a transition to someth. new (Just., A I, 3; 10, 1) other matter for additional consideration, but ἀλλὰ ὁ ὄχλος οὗτος … ἐπάρατοί εἰσιν but this rabble … is accursed J 7:49. ἀλλʼ ἐν τούτοις πᾶσιν ὑπερνικῶμεν (no, not at all!) but in all these we are more than conquerors Ro 8:37. ἀλλʼ ὅτι ἃ θύουσιν, δαιμονίοις … θύουσιν (no!) but they (the gentiles) offer what they sacrifice to inferior deities 1 Cor 10:20 (their second-rate status is Paul’s connotation). Cp. Gal 2:3 and Mt 11:7f ἀλλὰ τί ἐξήλθατε ἰδεῖν; (you could not have wanted to see that;) but what did you go out to see? Also to be explained elliptically is the ascensive ἀλλὰ καί (and not only this,) but also Lk 12:7; 16:21; 24:22; Phil 1:18 (Ath. 21, 4); negative ἀλλʼ οὐδέ Lk 23:15; Ac 19:2; 1 Cor 3:2; 4:3 (Ar. 9:1); strengthened ἀλλά γε καί indeed Lk 24:21; ἀλλὰ μὲν οὖν γε καί Phil 3:8; Hb 3:16 (s. 2 above) may well be rendered (as NEB) all those, surely, whom Moses had led out of Egypt (cp. Dio Chrys. 33, 36; 47, 3).

④ for strong alternative/additional consideration

ⓐ in the apodosis of conditional sentences, yet, certainly, at least εἰ καὶ πάντες σκανδαλισθήσονται, ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἐγώ certainly I will not Mk 14:29; cp. 1 Cor 8:6; 2 Cor 4:16; 5:16; 11:6; strengthened ἀλλὰ καί: εἰ γὰρ σύμφυτοι γεγόναμεν …, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς ἀναστάσεως (sc. σύμφυτοι) ἐσόμεθα we shall certainly be united w. him in his resurrection Ro 6:5; limited by γε (ἀλλʼ οὖν γε Just., D. 76, 6; 93, 1): εἰ ἄλλοις οὐκ εἰμὶ ἀπόστολος, ἀλλά γε ὑμῖν εἰμι at least I am one to you 1 Cor 9:2 (cp. X., Cyr. 1, 3, 6; B-D-F §439, 2). ἐὰν γὰρ μυρίους παιδαγωγοὺς ἔχητε ἐν Χριστῷ, ἀλλʼ οὐ πολλοὺς πατέρας certainly not many fathers 1 Cor 4:15.

ⓑ rhetorically ascensive: (not only this,) but rather πόσην κατειργάσατο ὑμῖν σπουδήν, ἀ. ἀπολογίαν, ἀ. ἀγανάκτησιν, ἀ. φόβον, ἀ. ἐπιπόθησιν, ἀ. ζῆλον, ἀ. ἐκδίκησιν even, yes indeed 2 Cor 7:11. On Eph 5:24 s. 5 below.

⑤ w. an impv. to strengthen the command: now, then (Arrian, Anab. 5, 26, 4 ἀλλὰ παραμείνατε=so hold on! JosAs 13:9; ApcMos 3; SibOr 3, 624; 632; Jos., Ant. 4, 145): ἀλλὰ ἐλθὼν ἐπίθες τὴν χεῖρά σου now come and lay your hand on her Mt 9:18. ἀλλʼ εἴ τι δύνῃ, βοήθησον now help me, if you can (in any way) Mk 9:22. ἀλλὰ ὑπάγετε εἴπατε now go and tell 16:7. ἀλλὰ ἀναστὰς κατάβηθι Ac 10:20. ἀλλὰ ἀνάστηθι 26:16 (JosAs 14:11).—In same sense w. subjunctive ἀλλʼ … ἀπειλησώμεθα αὐτοῖς μηκέτι λαλεῖν now let us warn them not to speak any longer 4:17. ἀλλʼ ὥσπερ ἐν παντὶ περισσεύετε … ἵνα καὶ ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ χάριτι περισσεύητε 2 Cor 8:7. Unless Eph 5:24 is to be placed in 4b, it is prob. to be understood as an ellipsis, and can be expanded thus: then just as the church is subject to Christ, wives should also be subject to their husbands. Yet ἀλλά is also used to introduce an inference from what precedes: so, therefore, accordingly (e.g. Aristoph., Ach. 1189 ὁδὶ δὲ καὐτός. Ἀλλʼ ἄνοιγε τὴν θύραν=‘here he is in person. So open the door’, Birds 1718; Herodas 7, 89; Artem. 4, 27 p. 219, 22; cp. AMoorehouse, ClQ 46, ’52, 100–104 on ‘progressive’ ἀλλά as Od. 3, 388).—M-M.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἀλλά
85 for

fo:
1. preposition
1) (to be given or sent to: This letter is for you.) para

2) (towards; in the direction of: We set off for London.) para, hacia, en dirección a

3) (through a certain time or distance: for three hours; for three miles.) durante

4) (in order to have, get, be etc: He asked me for some money; Go for a walk.) (pedir dinero); (salir) a (pasear)

5) (in return; as payment: He paid $2 for his ticket.) por

6) (in order to be prepared: He's getting ready for the journey.) para

7) (representing: He is the member of parliament for Hull.) por

8) (on behalf of: Will you do it for me?) por

9) (in favour of: Are you for or against the plan?) por, a favor de

10) (because of: for this reason.) por, a causa de

11) (having a particular purpose: She gave me money for the bus fare.) para

12) (indicating an ability or an attitude to: a talent for baking; an ear for music.) para

13) (as being: They mistook him for someone else.) por, para

14) (considering what is used in the case of: It is quite warm for January (= considering that it is January when it is usually cold).) para

15) (in spite of: For all his money, he didn't seem happy.) a pesar de

2. conjunction
(because: It must be late, for I have been here a long time.) ya que, puesto que

for prep

1. para

this present is for you este regalo es para ti

there are tables for smokers and non-smokers hay mesas para fumadores y no fumadores

glue for sticking leather pegamento para pegar el cuero

I'll be there for the wedding estaré allí para la boda

is this the train for London? ¿es éste el tren que va a Londres?

2. por

I bought it for £12 lo compré por 12 libras

what can I do for you? ¿qué puedo hacer por ti?

he was fined for stealing lo multaron por robar

3. desde hace

I have lived in Spain for twenty years vivo en España desde hace veinte años

4. durante

I waited for three hours esperé durante tres horas

5. de

"T" for Tony "T" de Tony

what's the word for "cheese" in Spanish? ¿cómo se dice "cheese" en español?

6. a favor de

are you for the plan, or against it? ¿estás a favor del plan, o en contra?

for

tr[fɔː^SMALLr/SMALL]

preposition

1 (intended) para

■ it's a present for you es un regalo para ti

■ save some cake for me guarda un poco de pastel para mí

■ there's a phone call for Mr. Smith hay una llamada para el Sr. Smith

2 (purpose) para

■ what's this for? ¿para qué sirve esto?

■ I need something for a cough necesito algo para la tos

■ shall we meet for lunch? ¿quedamos para comer?

3 (destination) para

■ he's left for work ha salido para el trabajo

■ where do I catch the train for Newcastle? ¿dónde se coge el tren para Newcastle?

■ passengers for London now boarding pasajeros con destino a Londres pueden embarcar

■ it's a novel for teenagers es una novela para quinceañeros

■ flat for rent piso para alquilar

4 (in order to help, on behalf of) por

■ do it for me hazlo por mí

■ I'll get that for you if you can't reach yo te lo cogeré si no llegas

■ I think I speak for everyone creo que hablo en nombre de todos

■ it's for your own good es por tu propio bien

5 (because of, on account of) por, a causa de

■ York is famous for its cathedral York es famoso por su catedral

■ he dare not speak for fear of waking the baby no se atreve a hablar por miedo a despertar al bebé

■ I couldn't sleep for the noise no pude dormir por el ruido

■ if it weren't for him si no fuera por él

6 (past time) durante; (future time) por; (specific point in time) para

■ we went for two weeks fuimos por dos semanas

■ we talked for a while hablamos durante un rato

■ we're going for a fortnight vamos por quince días

■ I'd like to go away for a few days me gustaría ir fuera unos días

■ I'll love you for ever te amaré para siempre

■ I've booked a table for tomorrow he reservado una mesa para mañana

■ a meeting has been called for 10.00 se ha convocado una reunión para las 10.00

■ that's all for today es todo por hoy

■ I've lived here for 5 years hace 5 años que vivo aquí, vivo aquí desde hace 5 años

■ she hadn't seen him for a year hacía un año que no le veía

■ it's the first accident here for a long time es el primer accidente que ocurre aquí desde hace mucho tiempo

7 (distance)

■ I walked for five miles caminé cinco millas

8 (in exchange, as replacement of) por

■ I got it for £500 lo conseguí por 500 libras

■ the record went for $50 el disco se vendió por 50 dólares

■ he exchanged his old car for a new one cambió su viejo coche por uno nuevo

■ you shouldn't translate word for word no deberías traducir palabra por palabra

■ the manager substituted Jones for Lee el entrenador sustituyó a Jones por Lee

9 (in favour of, in support of) por, a favor de

■ this is a campaign for peace es una campaña a favor de la paz

■ who did you vote for? ¿a quién votaste?

■ he'd give his life for him daría su vida por él

■ he fought for his country luchó por la patria

■ he's played for his country ha jugado en la selección nacional

■ are you for or against the new laws? ¿estás a favor o en contra de las nuevas leyes?

■ I'm all for a state lottery soy partidario de una lotería estatal

10 (despite) a pesar de, para; (considering, contrast) para

■ she's very tall for her age es muy alta para su edad

■ he does it really well for a child lo hace muy bien por ser un niño

■ he's quite nice for a policeman es bastante simpático para ser policía

■ I still love him, for all his faults lo quiero, a pesar de todos sus defectos

11 (as) de, como, por

■ what do they use for fuel? ¿qué utilizan de combustible?

■ he was left for dead lo dieron por muerto

12 (in order to obtain) para

■ for further details... para más información....

■ she went to her mother for advice acudió a su madre para que le aconsejara

■ 100 people applied for the job 100 personas solicitaron el puesto

■ we ran for our lives tuvimos que correr para salvarnos

■ I only did it for the money lo hice solamente por el dinero

■ she sent for the doctor llamó al médico

13 (representing) por; (meaning) de

■ she's the MP for Southampton es la diputada por Southampton

■ I can't go to the meeting - will you go for me? no puedo asistir a la reunión - ¿quieres ir en mi lugar?

■ a cheque for 20 pounds un talón (por valor) de 20 libras

■ B for Barcelona B de Barcelona

■ what's the Spanish for "pool"? ¿cómo se dice "pool" en castellano?

■ red for danger rojo de peligro

14 (as regards, concerning) por, en cuanto a

■ for my part, he can do as he likes por mí, que haga lo que quiera

■ as for him, who cares? en cuanto a él, ¿a quién le importa?

■ luckily for us, it didn't rain afortunadamente para nosotros, no llovió

15 (as part of, as being) por, para

■ I took him for the manager lo tomé por el director

■ do you know that for a fact? ¿lo sabes a ciencia cierta?

■ what do you want for dinner? ¿qué quieres para comer?

1 para

■ it's easy for you to say that para ti es fácil decir eso

■ it's impossible for me to come to the wedding me es imposible asistir a la boda

■ there's no need for you to do that no hace falta que hagas eso

■ it's time for you to go es hora de que te marches

■ I bought it for you to wear tonight lo compré para que te lo pusieras esta noche

■ it's for you to use at work es para que lo uses en el trabajo

■ that's no reason for you to get so upset no es motivo para que te preocupes tanto

conjunction

16 formal use literal ya que, puesto que

\

SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALL

as for me por mi parte, en cuanto a mí

for all I know que yo sepa

for all that a pesar de todo, con todo

for good para siempre

for the first time por primera vez

for the last time por última vez

oh for...! ¡ojalá tuviera...!

■ oh for a star to guide my way! ¡ojalá tuviera una estrella que me guiara los pasos!

there's nothing for it but... no hay más remedio que...

to be for it cargársela

■ he'll be for it if they find out se la va a cargar si se enteran

for ['fɔr] conj

: puesto que, porque

for prep

1) (indicating purpose) : para, de

clothes for children: ropa para niños

it's time for dinner: es la hora de comer

2) because of: por

for fear of: por miedo de

3) (indicating a recipient) : para, por

a gift for you: un regalo para ti

4) (indicating support) : por

he fought for his country: luchó por su patria

5) (indicating a goal) : por, para

a cure for cancer: una cura para el cáncer

for your own good: por tu propio bien

6) (indicating correspondence or exchange) : por, para

I bought it for $5: lo compré por $5

a lot of trouble for nothing: mucha molestia para nada

7) as for: para, con respecto a

8) (indicating duration) : durante, por

he's going for two years: se va por dos años

I spoke for ten minutes: hablé (durante) diez minutos

she has known it for three months: lo sabe desde hace tres meses

for

conj.

• para conj.

• pues conj.

• ya que conj.

n.

• por s.m.

prep.

• a causa de prep.

• como prep.

• de prep.

• durante prep.

• en honor de prep.

• en lugar de prep.

• para prep.

• por prep.

I fɔːr, fɔː(r), weak form fər, fə(r)
1) preposition

Sense I

2)

a) ( intended for) para

is there a letter for me? — ¿hay carta para mí?

my love for her — mi amor por ella

clothes for men/women — ropa de hombre/mujer

is it for sale? — ¿está en venta?, ¿se vende?

b) ( on behalf of) por

I did it for you — lo hice por ti

he plays for England — forma parte de or juega en la selección inglesa

they are agents for Ford — son concesionarios (de) Ford

c) ( in favor of) a favor de

3) ( indicating purpose)

what's that for? — ¿para qué es eso?, ¿eso para qué sirve?

it's for trimming hedges — es or sirve para recortar setos

it's for decoration — es de adorno

I ran for cover — corrí a guarecerme

an operation for a stomach ulcer — una operación de úlcera de estómago

it's for your own good! — es por tu (propio) bien!

to go out for a meal — salir* a comer fuera

I've come for my son — vengo a buscar a mi hijo

to be for it — (colloq)

here comes Dad, we're for it now! — ahí viene papá ahora sí que estamos listos or (Col tb) hechos or (CS tb) fritos! (fam)

4)

a) (as)

we're having chicken for dinner — vamos a cenar pollo or hay pollo para cenar

what's for dessert? — ¿qué hay de postre?

I can now see him for what he is — ahora me doy cuenta de cómo es en realidad

b) ( representing)

D for David — D de David

what's (the) German for ``ice cream''? — ¿cómo se dice ``helado'' en alemán?

c) ( instead of) por

could you call him for me? — ¿podrías llamarlo tú?, ¿me harías el favor de llamarlo?

5) ( giving reason) por

for that reason — por esa razón

if it weren't for Joe... — si no fuera por Joe...

for one thing it's too costly and for another we don't need it — para empezar es muy caro y además no lo necesitamos

6)

a) ( in exchange for) por

I bought the book for $10 — compré el libro por 10 dólares

not for anything in the world — por nada del mundo

she left him for somebody else — lo dejó por otro

b) ( indicating proportion) por

for every one we find, there are 20 that get away — por cada uno que encontramos, se nos escapan 20

7)

a) ( as concerns) para

it's too cold for me here — aquí hace demasiado frío para mí

that's men for you! — todos los hombres son iguales!

b) ( expressing appropriateness)

it's not for me to decide — no me corresponde a mí decidir

8)

a) ( in spite of)

for all her faults, she's been very kind to us — tendrá sus defectos, pero con nosotros ha sido muy buena

b) (with infinitive clause)

it's unusual for me to forget a name — es raro que se me olvide un nombre

is there time for us to have a cup of coffee? — ¿tenemos tiempo de tomar un café?

9) ( in exclamations)

oh, for some peace and quiet — qué (no) daría yo por un poco de paz y tranquilidad!

Sense II

10) ( in the direction of) para

the plane/bus for New York — el avión/autobús para or de Nueva York

11)

a) ( indicating duration)

he spoke for half an hour — habló (durante) media hora

I've only been here for a day — sólo llevo un día aquí, hace sólo un día que estoy aquí

I'll be away for a week — voy a estar fuera una semana

how long are you going for? — ¿por cuánto tiempo vas?, ¿cuánto tiempo te vas a quedar?

that's enough for now — basta por ahora

we've enough food for six weeks — tenemos comida suficiente para seis semanas

b) ( on the occasion of) para

he gave it to me for my birthday — me lo regaló para mi cumpleaños

c) (by, before) para

we have to be there for six o'clock — tenemos que estar allí a las seis

12) ( indicating distance)

we drove for 20 miles — hicimos 20 millas

we could see for miles — se podía ver hasta muy lejos

II

conjunction (liter) pues (liter), puesto que (frml), porque

[fɔː(r)] When for is part of a phrasal verb, eg look for, make for, stand for, look up the verb. When it is part of a set combination, eg as for, a gift for, for sale, eager for, look up the other word.
1. PREPOSITION

1) (=going to) para

the train for London — el tren para or de Londres

he left for Rome — salió para Roma

the ship left for Vigo — el buque partió (con) rumbo a Vigo

he swam for the shore — fue nadando hacia la playa

2) (=intended for) para

a table for two — una mesa para dos

a cupboard for toys — un armario para los juguetes

a cloth for polishing silver — un paño para sacarle brillo a la plata

it's not for cutting wood — no sirve para cortar madera

there's a letter for you — hay una carta para ti

is this for me? — ¿es para mí esto?

I have news for you — tengo que darte una noticia

hats for women — sombreros de señora

clothes for children — ropa infantil

I decided that it was the job for me — decidí que era el puesto que me convenía

she decided that hang-gliding was not for her * — decidió que el vuelo con ala delta no era lo suyo

3) (to express purpose) para

he went there for a rest — fue allí para descansar

we went to Tossa for our holidays — fuimos a pasar las vacaciones a Tossa, fuimos a Tossa para las vacaciones

• what for? — ¿para qué?

what's it for? — ¿para qué es or sirve?

what do you want it for? — ¿para qué lo quieres?

what did you do that for? — ¿por qué hiciste eso?

4) (employment) para

he works for the government — trabaja para el gobierno

to write for the papers — escribir para los periódicos

5) (=on behalf of)

I'll ask him for you — se lo preguntaré de tu parte

I'll go for you — iré yo en tu lugar

"I can't iron this shirt" - "don't worry, I'll iron it for you" — -no puedo planchar esta camisa -no te preocupes, yo te la plancho

"I still haven't booked the ticket" - "I'll do it for you" — -no he reservado el billete todavía -ya lo haré yo

who is the representative for your group? — ¿quién es el representante de vuestro grupo?

6) (=as in) de

G for George — G de Gerona

7) (=in exchange for) por

I'll give you this book for that one — te cambio este libro por ese

he'll do it for £25 — lo hará por 25 libras

for every one who voted yes, 50 voted no — por cada persona que votó a favor, 50 votaron en contra

• to pay 50 pence for a ticket — pagar 50 peniques por una entrada

• pound for pound, it's cheaper — es más económico de libra en libra

the government will match each donation pound for pound — el gobierno igualará cada donativo, libra a libra

• I sold it for £5 — lo vendí por or en 5 libras

8) (=to the value of)

a cheque for £500 — un cheque or talón por valor de 500 libras

how much is the cheque for? — ¿por cuánto es el cheque?

9) (after adjective)

a) (making comparisons) para

he's tall/mature for his age — es alto/maduro para su edad or para la edad que tiene

he's nice for a policeman — para policía es muy simpático

it's cold for July — para ser julio hace frío

it's quite good for a six-year-old — está bastante bien para un niño de seis años

b) (specifying)

it was too difficult for her — era demasiado difícil para ella, le era demasiado difícil

it was difficult for him to leave her — le resultó difícil dejarla

that's easy for you to say — para ti es fácil decirlo, a ti te es fácil decirlo

they made it very easy for us — nos lo pusieron muy fácil

10) (=in favour of) a favor de

I'm for the government — yo estoy a favor del gobierno

I'm for helping him — yo estoy a favor de ayudarle

anyone for a game of cards? — ¿alguien se apunta a una partida de cartas?

• are you for or against the idea? — ¿estás a favor o en contra de la idea?

are you for or against us? — ¿estás con nosotros o en contra?

• I'm all for it — estoy completamente a favor

• the campaign for human rights — la campaña pro derechos humanos, la campaña en pro de los derechos humanos

• a collection for the poor — una colecta a beneficio de los pobres

11) (=as, by way of)

what's for dinner? — ¿qué hay para cenar?

I had a sandwich for lunch — para almorzar me comí un bocadillo

12) (=because of) por

it's famous for its cathedral — es famosa por su catedral

if it weren't for you — si no fuera por ti

he was sent to prison for fraud — lo mandaron a la cárcel por fraude

she felt better for losing a bit of weight — se sentía mejor por haber adelgazado un poco

I couldn't see her for pot plants — no la veía por taparla las plantas

we chose it for its climate — lo escogimos por el clima

• for fear of being criticized — por miedo a la crítica, por temor a ser criticado

• to shout for joy — gritar de alegría

13) (=in spite of) a pesar de

• for all his wealth — a pesar de su riqueza

for all that — a pesar de todo

for all he promised to come, he didn't — a pesar de habérmelo prometido, no vino

14) (in expressions of time)

a) (future/past duration)
When translating for and a period of time, it is often unnecessary to translate for, as in the examples below where durante is optional:
she will be away for a month — estará fuera un mes

he worked in Spain for two years — trabajó dos años en España

I'm going for three weeks — me voy tres semanas, estaré allí tres semanas
Alternatively, translate [for] using [durante], or, especially when talking about very short periods, [por]. Use [por] also with the verb [ir], although again it is often optional in this case:
they waited for over two hours — estuvieron esperando durante más de dos horas

for a moment, he didn't know what to say — por un momento, no supo qué decir

I'm going to the country for a while — me voy al campo (por) una temporada

I'm going away for a few days — me voy (por) unos cuantos días

he won't be back for a couple of hours/days — no regresará hasta dentro de un par de horas/días, tardará un par de horas/días en regresar

we went to the seaside for the day — fuimos a pasar el día en la playa

b) (with English perfect tenses)
Use hace... que and the present to describe actions and states that started in the past and are still going on. Alternatively use the present and desde hace. Another option is sometimes llevar and the gerund. Don't use the present perfect in Spanish to translate phrases like these, unless they are in the negative.
he has been learning French for two years — hace dos años que estudia francés, estudia francés desde hace dos años, lleva dos años estudiando francés

it has not rained for 3 weeks — hace 3 semanas que no llueve, no llueve or no ha llovido desde hace 3 semanas, lleva 3 semanas sin llover

I have known her for years — hace años que la conozco, la conozco desde hace años

I haven't seen her for two years — hace dos años que no la veo, no la he visto desde hace dos años, no la veo desde hace dos años, llevo dos años sin verla
Notice how the tenses change when talking about something that [had] happened or [had been] happening [for] a time:
he had been learning French for two years — hacía dos años que estudiaba francés, estudiaba francés desde hacía dos años, llevaba dos años estudiando francés

I hadn't seen her for two years — hacía dos años que no la veía, no la había visto desde hacía dos años, no la veía desde hacía dos años, llevaba dos años sin verla

15) (=by, before) para

can you do it for tomorrow? — ¿lo puedes hacer para mañana?

when does he want it for? — ¿para cuándo lo quiere?

16) (=on the occasion of) para

I'll be home for Christmas — estaré en casa para las Navidades

he asked his daughter what she would like for her birthday — le preguntó a su hija qué le gustaría para su cumpleaños

17) (=for a distance of)

there were roadworks for five miles — había obras a lo largo de cinco millas

we walked for two kilometres — caminamos dos kilómetros

you can see for miles from the top of the hill — desde lo alto de la colina se puede ver hasta muy lejos

18) (with infinitive clauses)

for this to be possible... — para que esto sea posible...

it's not for me to tell him what to do — yo no soy quien para decirle or no me corresponde a mí decirle lo que tiene que hacer

it's not for you to blame him — tú no eres quien para culparle

he brought it for us to see — lo trajo para que lo viéramos

their one hope is for him to return — su única esperanza es que regrese

• it's bad for you to smoke so much — te perjudica fumar tanto

• it's best for you to go — es mejor que te vayas

• there is still time for you to do it — todavía tienes tiempo para hacerlo

19) (in other expressions)

what's the German for "hill"? — ¿cómo se dice "colina" en alemán?

oh for a cup of tea! — ¡lo que daría por una taza de té!

- you're for it!

I'll be for it if he catches me here! * — ¡me la voy a cargar si me pilla aquí! *

- there's nothing for it but to jump
example
2.

CONJUNCTION liter pues, puesto que

she avoided him, for he was rude and uncouth — lo eludía puesto que or pues era grosero y ordinario

* * *

I [fɔːr, fɔː(r)], weak form [fər, fə(r)]
1) preposition

Sense I

2)

a) ( intended for) para

is there a letter for me? — ¿hay carta para mí?

my love for her — mi amor por ella

clothes for men/women — ropa de hombre/mujer

is it for sale? — ¿está en venta?, ¿se vende?

b) ( on behalf of) por

I did it for you — lo hice por ti

he plays for England — forma parte de or juega en la selección inglesa

they are agents for Ford — son concesionarios (de) Ford

c) ( in favor of) a favor de

3) ( indicating purpose)

what's that for? — ¿para qué es eso?, ¿eso para qué sirve?

it's for trimming hedges — es or sirve para recortar setos

it's for decoration — es de adorno

I ran for cover — corrí a guarecerme

an operation for a stomach ulcer — una operación de úlcera de estómago

it's for your own good! — es por tu (propio) bien!

to go out for a meal — salir* a comer fuera

I've come for my son — vengo a buscar a mi hijo

to be for it — (colloq)

here comes Dad, we're for it now! — ahí viene papá ahora sí que estamos listos or (Col tb) hechos or (CS tb) fritos! (fam)

4)

a) (as)

we're having chicken for dinner — vamos a cenar pollo or hay pollo para cenar

what's for dessert? — ¿qué hay de postre?

I can now see him for what he is — ahora me doy cuenta de cómo es en realidad

b) ( representing)

D for David — D de David

what's (the) German for ``ice cream''? — ¿cómo se dice ``helado'' en alemán?

c) ( instead of) por

could you call him for me? — ¿podrías llamarlo tú?, ¿me harías el favor de llamarlo?

5) ( giving reason) por

for that reason — por esa razón

if it weren't for Joe... — si no fuera por Joe...

for one thing it's too costly and for another we don't need it — para empezar es muy caro y además no lo necesitamos

6)

a) ( in exchange for) por

I bought the book for $10 — compré el libro por 10 dólares

not for anything in the world — por nada del mundo

she left him for somebody else — lo dejó por otro

b) ( indicating proportion) por

for every one we find, there are 20 that get away — por cada uno que encontramos, se nos escapan 20

7)

a) ( as concerns) para

it's too cold for me here — aquí hace demasiado frío para mí

that's men for you! — todos los hombres son iguales!

b) ( expressing appropriateness)

it's not for me to decide — no me corresponde a mí decidir

8)

a) ( in spite of)

for all her faults, she's been very kind to us — tendrá sus defectos, pero con nosotros ha sido muy buena

b) (with infinitive clause)

it's unusual for me to forget a name — es raro que se me olvide un nombre

is there time for us to have a cup of coffee? — ¿tenemos tiempo de tomar un café?

9) ( in exclamations)

oh, for some peace and quiet — qué (no) daría yo por un poco de paz y tranquilidad!

Sense II

10) ( in the direction of) para

the plane/bus for New York — el avión/autobús para or de Nueva York

11)

a) ( indicating duration)

he spoke for half an hour — habló (durante) media hora

I've only been here for a day — sólo llevo un día aquí, hace sólo un día que estoy aquí

I'll be away for a week — voy a estar fuera una semana

how long are you going for? — ¿por cuánto tiempo vas?, ¿cuánto tiempo te vas a quedar?

that's enough for now — basta por ahora

we've enough food for six weeks — tenemos comida suficiente para seis semanas

b) ( on the occasion of) para

he gave it to me for my birthday — me lo regaló para mi cumpleaños

c) (by, before) para

we have to be there for six o'clock — tenemos que estar allí a las seis

12) ( indicating distance)

we drove for 20 miles — hicimos 20 millas

we could see for miles — se podía ver hasta muy lejos

II

conjunction (liter) pues (liter), puesto que (frml), porque

English-spanish dictionary > for
86 प्रति _prati

प्रति ind.

1 As a prefix to verbs it means (a) towards, in the direction of; (b) back, in return, again; तष्ठेदानीं न मे जीवन् प्रतियास्यसि दुर्मते Rām.7.18.13; (c) in opposition to, against, counter; (d) upon, down upon; (see the several roots with this preposition).

-2 As a prefix to nouns not directly derived from verbs it means (a) likeness, resemblance, equality; (b) opposite, of the opposite side; प्रतिबल Ve.3.5. 'the opposing force'; so प्रतिद्विपाः Mu.2.13; (c) rivalry; as in प्रतिचन्द्रः 'a rival moon'; प्रतिपुरुषः &c.

-3 As a separable preposition (with acc.) it means (a) towards, in the direction of, to; तौ दम्पती स्वां प्रति राजधानीं प्रस्थापयामास वशी वसिष्ठः R.2.7;1. 75; प्रत्यनिलं विचेरु Ku.3.31; वृक्षं प्रति विद्योतते विद्युत् Sk.; (b) against, counter, in opposition to, opposite; तदा यायाद् रिपुं प्रति Ms.7.171; प्रदुदुवुस्तं प्रति राक्षसेन्द्रम् Rām.; ययावजः प्रत्यरिसैन्यमेव R.7.55; (c) in comparison with, on a par with, in proportion to, a match for; त्वं सहस्राणि प्रति Ṛv.2.1.8; (d) near, in the vicinity of, by, at, in, on; समासेदुस्ततो गङ्गां शृङ्गवेरपुरं प्रति Rām.; गङ्गां प्रति; (e) at the time, about, during; आदित्यस्योदयं प्रति Mb; फाल्गुनं वाथ चैत्रं वा मासौ प्रति Ms.7.182; (f) on the side of, in favour of, to the lot of; यदत्र मां प्रति स्यात् Sk.; हरं प्रति हलाहलं (अभवत्) Vop.; (g) in each, in or at every, severally (used in a distributive sense); वर्षं प्रति, प्रतिवर्षम्; यज्ञं प्रति Y.1.11; वृक्षं वृक्षं प्रति सिञ्चति Sk.; (h) with regard or reference to, in relation to, regarding, concerning, about, as to; न हि मे संशीतिरस्या दिव्यतां प्रति K.132; चन्द्रोपरागं प्रति तु केनापि विप्रलब्धासि Mu.1; धर्मं प्रति Ś.5.18; मन्दौत्सुक्यो$स्मि नगरगमनं प्रति Ś.1; Ku.6.27; 7.83; त्वयैकमीशं प्रति साधु भाषितम् 5.81; Y.1.218; R.6. 12;1.29;12.51; (i) according to, in conformity with; मां प्रति in my opinion; (j) before, in the presence of; (k) for, on account of.

-4 As a separable preposi- tion (with abl.) it means either (a) a representative of, in place of, instead of; प्रद्युम्नः कृष्णात् प्रति Sk.; संग्रामे यो नारायणतः प्रति Bk.8.89; or (b) in exchange or return for; तिलेभ्यः प्रति यच्छति माषान् Sk.; भक्तेः प्रत्यमृतं शंभोः Vop.

-5 As the first member of Avyayībhāva compound it usually means (a) in or at every; as प्रतिसंवत्सरम् 'every year', प्रतिक्षणम्, प्रत्यहम् &c.; (b) towards, in the direction of; प्रत्यग्नि शलभा डयन्ते.

-6 प्रति is sometimes used as the last member of Avyayī. comp. in the sense of 'a little'; सूपप्रति, शाकप्रति. [ Note:-- In the com- pounds given below all words the second members of which are words not immediately connected with verbs, are included; other words will be found in their proper places.]

-Comp. -अंशम् ind. on the shoulders.

-अक्षरम् ind. in every syllable or letter; प्रत्यक्षरश्लेषमयप्रबन्ध Vās.

-अग्नि ind. towards the fire.

-अग्र = प्रत्यग्र q. v.

-अङ्गम् 1 a secondary or minor limb (of the body), as the nose.

-2 a division, chapter, section.

-3 every limb.

-4 a weapon. (

-ङ्गम्) ind.

1 on or at every limb of the body; as in प्रत्यङ्ग- मालिङ्गितः Gīt.1.

-2 for every subdivision.

-3 in each case (in grammar).

-अधिदेवता a tutelary deity who stays in front or near one; Hch.

-अधिष्ठानम्, -आधानम् the principal place of residence; Bṛi. Up.2.2.1.

-2 repository.

-अनन्तर a.

1 being in immediate neigh- bourhood; दानमानादिसत्कारैः कुरुष्व प्रत्यनन्तरम् Rām.4.15.27. (com. प्रत्यनन्तरं स्वाधीनम्).

-2 standing nearest (as an heir).

-3 immediately following, closely connected with; जीवेत् क्षत्रियधर्मेण स ह्यस्य (ब्राह्मणस्य) प्रत्यनन्तरः; Ms.1. 82;8.185. (

-रम्) ind.

1 immediately after.

-2 next in succession.

-रीभू to betake oneself close to; P. R.

-अनिलम् ind. towards or against the wind.

-अनीक a

1 hostile, opposed, inimical.

-2 resisting, opposing.

-3 opposite.

-4 equal, vying with. (

-कः) an enemy.

(-कम्) 1 hostility, enmity, hostile attitude or position; न शक्ताः प्रत्यनीकेषु स्थातुं मम सुरासुराः Rām.

-2 a hostile army; यस्य शूरा महेष्वासाः प्रत्यनीकगता रणे Mb.; ये$वस्थिताः प्रत्यनीकेषु योधाः Bg.11.32. (प्र˚ may have here sense 1 also).

-3 (in Rhet.) a figure of speech in which one tries to injure a person or thing connected with an enemy who himself cannot be injured; प्रतिपक्षमशक्तेन प्रतिकर्तुं तिरस्क्रिया । या तदीयस्य तत्स्तुत्यै प्रत्यनीकं तदुच्यते K. P.1.

-अनुप्रासः a kind of alliteration.

-अनुमानम् an opposite conclusion.

-अन्त a. contiguous, lying close to, adjacent, bordering.

(-न्तः) 1 a border, frontier; स गुप्तमूलप्रत्यन्तः R.4.26.

-2 a bordering country; especi- ally, a country occupied by barbarian or Mlechchhas. ˚देशः a bordering country. ˚पर्वतः an adjacent hill; पादाः प्रत्यन्तपर्वताः Ak.

-अन्धकार a. spreading shadow; Buddh.

-अपकारः retaliation, injury in return; शाम्येत् प्रत्यप- कारेण नोपकारेण दुर्जनः Ku.2.4.

-अब्दम् ind. every year

-अमित्र a. hostile. (

-त्रः) an enemy. (

-त्रम्) ind. towards as enemy.

-अरिः 1 a well-matched opponent.

-2 the 9th, 14th or 23rd asterism from the जन्मनक्षत्र.

-3 a particular asterism; दारुणेषु च सर्वेषु प्रत्यरिं च विवर्जयेत् Mb.13.14.28 (com. प्रत्यरिं स्वनक्षत्राद् दिननक्षत्रं यावद् गणयित्वा नवभिर्भागे हृते पञ्चमी तारा प्रत्यरिः ।).

-अर्कः a mock sun; parhelion.

-अर्गलम् the rope by which a churning stick is moved.

-अवयवम् ind.

1 in every limb.

-2 in every particular, in detail.

- अवर a.

1 lower, less honoured; पुरावरान् प्रत्यवरान् गरीयसः Mb.13.94.12.

-2 very low or degrading, very insignificant; Ms.1.19.

-अश्मन् m. red chalk.

-अष्ठीला a kind of nervous disease.

-अहम् ind. every day, daily; day by day; गिरिशमुपचचार प्रत्यहं सा सुकेशी Ku.1.6.

-आकारः a scabbard, sheath.

-आघातः 1 a counter-stroke.

-2 reaction.

-आचारः suitable conduct or behaviour.

-आत्मम् ind. singly, severally.

-आत्मक a. belonging to oneself.

-आत्म्यम् similarity with oneself.

-आत्मेन ind. after one's own image; स किंनरान् कुंपुरुषान् प्रत्यात्म्येना- सृजत् प्रभुः Bhāg.3.2.45.

-आदित्यः a mock sun.

-आरम्भः 1 recommencement, second beginning.

-2 pro- hibition.

-आर्द्र a. fresh.

-आशा 1 hope, expectation; न यत्र प्रत्याशामनुपतति नो वा रहयति Māl.9.8.

-2 trust, con- fidence.

-आसङ्गः Connection, contact; अथ प्रत्यासङ्गः कमपि महिमानं वितरति Mv.1.12.

-आस्वर 1 returning.

-2 reflecting; Ch.Up.1.3.2.

-आह्वयः echo, resonance; छाया प्रत्याह्वयाभासा ह्यसन्तो$प्यर्थकारिणः Bhāg.11.28.5.

-उत्तरम् a reply, rejoinder.

-उलूकः 1 a crow; मृत्युदूतः कपोतो$यमुलूकः कम्पयन्मनः । प्रत्युलूकश्च कुह्वानैरनिद्रौ शून्यमिच्छतः ॥ Bhāg.1.14.14.

-2 a bird resembling an owl.

-ऋचम् ind. in each Rik.

-एक a. each, each one, every single one. (

-कम्) ind.

1 one at a time, severally; singly, in every one, to every one; oft. with the force of an adjective; विवेश दण्डकारण्यं प्रत्येकं च सतां मनः R.12.9. 'entered the mind of every good man'; 12.3;7.34; Ku.2.31.

-एनस् m.

1 an officer of justice (who punishes criminals); Bṛi. Up.4.3.7.

-2 a heir responsible for the debts of the deceased; surety.

-कञ्चुकः 1 an adversary.

-2 a critic.

-कण्ठम् ind.

1 severally, one by one.

-2 near the throat.

-कलम् ind. constantly, perpetually.

-कश a. not obeying the whip.

-कष्ट a. comparatively bad.

-कामिनी a female rival; Śi.

-कायः 1 an effigy, image, picture, likeness.

-2 an adversary; स वृषध्वजसायकावभिन्नं जयहेतुः प्रतिकाय- मेषणीयम् Ki.13.28.

-3 a target, butt, mark.

-कितवः an opponent in a game.

-कुञ्जरः a hostile elephant.

-कूपः a moat, ditch.

-कूल a.

1 unfavourable, adverse, contrary, hostile, opposite, प्रतिकूलतामुपगते हि विधौ विफलत्व- मेति बहुसाधनता Śi.9.6; Ku.3.24.

-2 harsh, discordant. unpleasant, disagreeable; अप्यन्नपुष्टा प्रतिकूलशब्दा Ku.1. 45.

-3 inauspicious.

-4 contradictory.

-5 reverse, inverted.

-6 perverse, cross, peevish, stubborn. ˚आचार- णम्, ˚आचरितम् any offensive or hostile action or conduct; प्रतिकूलाचरितं क्षमख मे R.8.81. ˚उक्तम्, -क्तिः f. a contra- diction. ˚कारिन्, -कृत, -चारिन्, -वत्ति a. opposing. ˚दर्शन a. having an inauspicious or ungracious appearance. ˚प्रवर्तिन्, -वर्तिन् a. acting adversely, taking an adverse course. ˚भाषिन् a. opposing, contradicting. ˚वचनम् dis- agreeable or unpleasant speech. ˚वादः contradiction. (प्रतिकूलता, -त्वम् adverseness, opposition, hostility. प्रति- कूलयति 'to oppose'.).

-कूल ind.

1 adversely, contrarily.

-2 inversely, in inverted order.

-कूलय Den. P. to resist, oppose.

-कूलिक a. hostile, inimical.

-क्षणम् ind. at every moment or instant, constantly; प्रतिक्षणं संभ्रमलोलदृष्टि- र्लीलारविन्देन निवारयन्ती Ku.3.56.

-क्षपम् ind. everynight.

-गजः a hostile elephant

-गात्रम् ind. in very limb.

-गिरिः 1 an opposite mountain.

-2 an inferior mountain.

-गृहम्, -गेहम् ind. in every house.

-ग्रामम् ind. in every village.

-चक्रम् a hostile army.

-चन्द्रः a mock moon; paraselene.

-चरणम् ind.

1 in every (Vedic) school or branch.

-2 at every foot-step.

-छाया, -यिका 1 a reflected image, reflection, shadow; रूपं प्रतिच्छायिक- योपनीतम् N.6.45.

-2 an image, picture.

-जङ्घा the forepart of the leg.

-जिह्वा, -जिह्विका the soft palate,

-तन्त्रम् ind. according to each Tantra or opinion.

-तन्त्र- सिद्धान्तः a conclusion adopted by one of the disputants only; (वादिप्रतिवाद्येकतरमात्राभ्युपगतः).

-त्र्यहम् ind. for three days at a time.

-दण्ड a. Ved. disobedient.

-दिनम् ind. every day; राशीभूतः प्रतिदिनमिव त्र्यम्बकस्याट्टहासः Me.6.

-दिशम् ind. in every direction, all round, every- where.

-दूतः a messenger sent in return.

-देवता a corresponding deity; गताः कलाः पञ्चदश प्रतिष्ठा देवाश्च सर्वे प्रतिदेवतासु Muṇḍa.3.2.7.

-देशम् ind. in every country.

-देहम् ind. in every body.

-दैवतम् ind. for every deity.

-द्वन्द्वः 1 an antagonist, opponent, adversary, rival.

-2 an enemy. (

-द्वम्) opposition, hostility.

-द्वन्द्विन् a.

1 hostile, inimical.

-2 adverse (प्रतिकूल); कृतान्तदुर्वृत्त इवापरेषां पुरः प्रतिद्वन्द्विनि पाण्डवास्त्रे Ki.16.29.

-3 rivalling, vying with; किसलयोद्भेदप्रतिद्वन्दिभिः (करतलैः) Ś.4.5. (-m.) an opponent, adversary, rival; तुल्यप्रति- द्वन्द्वि बभूव युद्धम् R.7.37.;15.25.

-द्वारम् ind. at every gate.

-धुरः a horse harnessed by the side of another.

-नप्तृ m. great-grandson, a son's grandson.

-नव a.

1 new, young, fresh.

-2 newly blown budded; सान्ध्यं तेजः प्रतिनवजपापुष्परक्तं दधानः Me.38.

-नाडी a branch-vein.

-नायकः the adversary of the hero of any poetic com- position; धीरोद्धतः पापकारी व्यसनी प्रतिनायकः S. D., as रावण in the Rāmāyaṇa, शिशुपाल in Māgha-Kāvya &c.

-नारी, -पत्नी, -युवतिः a female rival; Śi.7.45.

-निनादः = प्रतिध्वनिः q. v.

-न्यायम् ind. in inverted order; पुनः प्रतिन्यायं प्रतियोन्याद्रवति स्वप्नायैव Bṛi. Up.4.3.15.

-पक्ष a. like, similar.

(-क्षः) 1 the opposite side, party or faction, hostility; विमृश्य पक्षप्रतिपक्षाभ्यामवधारणं नियमः Gaut. S,

-2 an adversary, enemy, foe, rival; प्रति- पक्षकामिनी, -लक्ष्मी 'a rival wife'; Bv.2.64; दासीकृतायाः प्रति- पक्षलक्ष्याः Vikr.1.73; प्रतिपक्षमशक्तेन प्रतिकर्तुम् K. P.1; Vikr.1.7; often used in comp. in the sense of 'equal' or 'similar'.

-3 remedy, expiation; यादवस्य पापस्य प्रतिपक्षमुपदिशामि Nāg.5.

-4 a defendant or respondent (in law). ˚ता

1 hostility, opposition.

-2 obstacle.

-पक्षित a.

1 containing a contradiction.

-2 nullified by a contradictory premise; (as a hetu in न्याय); cf. सत्प्रतिपक्ष.

-पक्षिन् m. an opponent, adversary.

-पण्यम् merchandise in exchange; Buddh.

-प्रथम् ind. along the road, towards the way; प्रतिपथगतिरासीद् वेगदीर्घीकृताङ्गः Ku.3.76.

-पदम् ind.

1 at evry stop.

-2 at every place, everywhere.

-3 expressly.

-4 in every word; प्रतिपदाख्याने तु गौरवं परिहरद्भिर्वृत्तिकारैः सर्वसामान्यः शब्दः प्रति- गृहीतः प्रकृतिवदिति ŚB. on MS.8.1.2.

-पल्लवः an opposite or outstretched branch; R.

-पाणः 1 a stake.

-2 a counter-pledge.

-3 a counter-stake; Mb.3.

-पादम् ind. in each quarter.

-पात्रम् ind. with regard to each part, of each character; प्रतिपात्रमाधीयतां यत्नः Ś.1 'let care be taken of each character'.

-पादपम् ind. in every tree.

-पाप a. returning sin for sin, requiting evil for evil.

-पु(पू)रुषः 1 a like or similar man.

-2 a substitute, deputy.

-3 a companion.

-4 the effigy of a man pushed by thieves into the interior of a house before entering it themselves (to ascertain if any body is awake).

-5 an effigy in general. (

-षम्) ind. man by man, for each man.

-पुस्तकम् a copy of an original manuscript.

-पूर्वाह्णम् ind. every forenoon.

-प्रति a. counter-balancing, equal to.

-प्रभातम् ind. every morning.

-प्रसवः 1 (As opposed to अनुप्रसव) tracing causes back to the origin as -- a pot, a lump of mud, mud, clay, Pātañjala Yogadarśana.

-2 Negation of (or exception to) a negation. The force of a प्रतिप्रसव is positive, limiting as it does the scope of a प्रतिषेध or negation. Hence it is just the opposite of परिसंख्या whose force is negative or exclusive since it limits the scope of a positive statement. प्रतिप्रसवो$यं न परिसंख्या ŚB. on MS.1.7.45.

-प्रकारः an outer wall or rampart.

-प्रियम् a kindness or service in return; प्रतिप्रियं चेद् भवतो न कुर्यां वृथा हि मे स्यात् स्वपदोपलब्धिः R.5.56.

-बन्धुः an equal in rank or station; Mb.5.121.13.

-बलः a.

1 able, powerful.

-2 equal in strength, equally matched or powerful.

(-लम्) 1 a hostile army; अस्त्रज्वालावलीढप्रतिबलजलधेरन्तरौर्वायमाणे Ve.3.7.

-2 strength.

-बाहु 1 the forepart of the arm.

-2 an opposite side (in a square or polygon).

-बि (वि) म्बः, -म्बम् 1 a reflection, reflected image; ज्योतिषां प्रतिबिम्बानि प्राप्नु- वन्त्युपहारताम् Ku.6.42; Śi.9.18.

-2 an image, a picture.

-बीजम् a rotten seed.

-भट a. vying with, rivalling; घटप्रतिभटस्तनि N.13.5.

(-टः) 1 a rival, an opponent; निवासः कन्दर्पप्रतिभटजटाजूटभवने G. L.21.

-2 a warrior on the opposite side; समालोक्याजौ त्वां विदधति विकल्पान् प्रतिभटाः K. P.1.

-भय a.

1 fearful, formidable, terrible, frightful.

-2 dangerous; स्वगृहोद्यानगते$पि स्निग्धैः पापं विशङ्क्यते मोहात् । किमु दृष्टबह्वपायप्रतिभयकान्तारमध्यस्थे ॥ Pt.2.171; Nāg.5.1.; Bhāg.1.6.14. (

-यम्) a danger; सुनन्द, श्रुतं मया संनिहितगरुडप्रतिभयमुद्देशं जामाता जीमूतवाहनो गतः Nāg.5.

-भैरव a. dreadful.

-मञ्चः a kind of measure (in music.)

-मञ्चाः Platforms opposite to each other; दशभागिकौ द्वौ प्रतिमञ्चौ Kau. A.2.3.21.

-मण्डलम् 1 a secondary disc (of the sun &c.).

-2 an eccentric orbit.

-मन्दिरम् ind. in every house.

-मल्लः an antagonist, a rival; उपेयिवांसं प्रतिमल्लतां रयस्मये जितस्य प्रसभं गरुत्मतः N.1.63; पातालप्रतिमल्लगल्ल &c. Māl.5.22.

-मानना worship (पूजा); स्पर्शमशुचिवपुरर्हति न प्रतिमाननां तु नितरां नृपोचिताम् Śi.15.35.

-माया a counter-spell or charm; प्रतिमाया कृतं च तत् Mb.1.34.22.

-मार्गः the way back; Mb.4.

-मार्गम् ind. back, back- wards.

-माला capping verses (Mar. भंडी).

-मासम् ind. every month, monthly.

-मित्रम् an enemy, adversary.

-मुख a. standing before the face, facing; प्रतिमुखागत Ms.8.291.

-2 near, present. (

-खम्) a secondary plot or incident in a drama which tends either to hasten or retard the catastrophe; see S. D.334 and 351-364. (

-खम्) ind.

1 towards.

-2 in front, before.

-मुखरी a particular mode of drumming.

-मुद्रा 1 a counter- seal.

-2 the impression of a seal.

-मुहूर्तम् ind. every moment.

-मूर्तिः f. an image, a likeness.

-मूषिका f. a musk-rat (Mar. चिचुंदरी).

-यूथपः the leader of a hostile herd of elephants.

-रथः an adversary in war (lit. in fighting in a war-chariot); दौष्यन्तिमप्रतिरथं तनयं निवेश्य Ś.4.2.

-रथ्यम् in every road; अस्मिन् नगरे प्रतिरथ्यं भुजङ्गबद्धसंचारे Udb.

-रवः, -ध्वनिः 1 an echo; प्रतिरवविततो वनानि चक्रे Ki.1.4.

-2 quarrel; controversy.

-3 (Ved.) life (प्राण).

-रसितम् an echo; केनास्मत् सिंह- नादप्रतिरसितसखो दुन्दुभिस्ताड्यते$यम् Ve.1.22.

-राजः a hostile king.

-रात्रम् ind. every night.

-रूप a.

1 corresponding, similar, having a counter-part in; अग्निर्यथैको भुवनं प्रविष्टो रूपं रूपं प्रतिरूपो बभूव Kaṭh.2.2.9.

-2 beautiful.

-3 suitable, proper; इदं न प्रतिरूपं ते स्त्रीष्वदाक्षिण्यमीदृशम् Bu. Ch.4.66; आत्मनः प्रतिरूपं सा बभाषे चारुहासिनी Rām.4. 19.17.

-4 facing (अभिमुख); प्रतिरूपं जनं कुर्यान्न चेत् तद् वर्तते यथा Mb.12.97.16 (com. प्रतिरूपं युद्धाभिमुखम्).

(-पम्) 1 a picture, an image, a likeness.

-2 a mirror-like reflecting object; अदर्शनं स्वशिरसः प्रतिरूपे च सत्यपि Bhāg. 1.42.28.

-4 an object of comparison (उपमान); भवान्मे खलु भक्तानां सर्वेषां प्रतिरूपधृक् Bhāg.7.1.21.

-रूपक a. resembling, similar (at the end of comp.); जहीमान् राक्षसान् पापानात्मनः प्रतिरूपकान् Mb.3.29.11; चेष्टाप्रतिरूपिका मनोवृत्तिः Ś.1.

(-कम्) 1 a picture, an image; अग्निदैर्गर- दैश्चैव प्रतिरूपककारकैः Mb.12.59.49.

-2 a forged edict; जर्जरं चास्य विषयं कुर्वन्ति प्रतिरूपकैः Mb.12.56.52.

-3 a reflec- tion.

-लक्षणम् a mark, sign, token.

-लिपिः f. a tran- script, a written copy.

-लेखः a writ of reply; प्रावृत्तिकश्च प्रतिलेख एव Kau. A.2.1.28.

-लोम a.

1 'against the hair or grain', contray to the natural order, inverted, reverse (opp. अनुलोम); नववर्षसहस्राक्षः प्रतिलोमो$भवद् गुरुः Bhāg.12.14.15.

-2 contrary to caste (said of the issue of a woman who is of a higher caste than her husband).

-3 hostile.

-4 low, vile, base.

-5 left (वाम).

-6 obstinate, perverse; अपरिचितस्यापि ते$प्रतिलोमः संवृत्तः Ś.7.

-7 disagreeable, unpleasant. (

-मम्) any injurious or unpleasant act. (

-मम्) ind. 'against the hair or grain', inversely, invertedly. ˚ज a. born in the inverse order of the castes; i. e. born of a mother who is of a higher caste than the father; cf. Ms.1.16,25.

-लोमक a. reverse, inverted; राजन्यविप्रयोः कस्माद् विवाहः प्रतिलोमकः Bhāg.9.18.5.

-कम् inverted order.

-लोमतः ind.

1 in consequence of the inverted order or course; Ms.1.68.

-2 in an unfriendly manner; यदा बहुविधां वृद्धिं मन्येत प्रतिलोमतः Mb.12.13.39.

-वत्सरम् ind. every year.

-वनम् ind. in every forest.

-वर्णिक a. similar, corresponding.

-वर्धिन् a. being a match for.

-वर्षम् ind. every year.

-वस्तु n.

1 an equivalent, a counter- part.

-2 anything given in return.

-3 a parallel. ˚उपमा a figure of speech thus defined by Mammaṭa:-- प्रतिवस्तूपमा तु सा ॥ सामान्यस्य द्विरेकस्य यत्र वाक्यद्वये स्थितिः । K. P.1; e. g. तापेन भ्राजते सूर्यः शूरश्चापेन राजते Chandr.5. 48.

-वातः a contrary wind; प्रतिवाते$नुवाते च नासीत गुरुणा सह Ms.2.23. (

-तम्) ind. against the wind; चीनांशुक- मिव केतोः प्रतिवातं नीयमानस्य Ś.1.33.

-वारणः a hostile elephant.

-वासरम् ind. every day.

-विटपम् ind.

1 on every branch.

-2 branch by branch.

-विषम् an anti- dote. (

-षा) a birch tree.

-विष्णुकः a Muchakunda tree.

-वीरः an opponent, antagonist.

-वीर्यम् being equal to or a match for.

-वृषः a hostile bull.

-वेलम् ind. at each time, on every occasion.

-वेशः 1 a neighbouring house, neighbourhood.

-2 a neighbour.

-वेशिन् a. a neigh- bour; दृष्ट्वा प्रभातसमये प्रतिवेशिवर्गः Mk.3.14.

-वेश्मन् n. a neighbour's house.

-वेश्यः a neighbour.

-वैरम् re- quital of hostilities revenge.

-शब्दः 1 echo, reverbera- tion; वसुधाधरकन्दराभिसर्पी प्रतिशब्दो$पि हरेर्भिनत्ति नागान् V. 1.16; Ku.6.64; R.2.28.

-2 a roar.

-शशिन् m. a mock-moon.

-शाखम् ind. for every branch or school (of the Veda).

-शाखा a side-branch; महाभूतविशेषश्च विशेषप्रतिशाखवान् Mb.14.35.21.

-संवत्सरम् ind. every year.

-सङ्गक्षिका 1 a cloak to keep off the dust; Buddh.

-संदेशः a reply to the message; दर्पसारस्य प्रति- संदेशमावेदयत् D. K.2.1.

-सम a. equal to, a match for.

-सव्य a. in an inverted order.

-सामन्तः an enemy.

-सायम् ind. every evening.

-सूर्यः, -सूर्यकः 1 a mock-sun.

-2 a lizard, chameleon; 'कृकलासस्तु सरटः प्रतिसूर्यः शयानकः ।' Hemchandra; तृष्यद्भिः प्रतिसूर्यकैरजगरस्वेदद्रवः पीयते U.2.16.

-सेना, सैन्यम् a hostile army; निहतां प्रतिसैन्येन वडवामिव पातिताम् Rām.2.114.17.

-स्थानम् ind. in every place, everywhere.

-स्मृतिः N. of parti- cular kind of magic; गृहाणेमां मया प्रोक्तां सिद्धिं मूर्तिमतीमिव । विद्यां प्रतिस्मृतिं नाम Mb.3.36.3.

-स्रोतस् ind. against the stream; सरस्वतीं प्रतिस्रोतं ययौ ब्राह्मणसंवृतः Bhāg.1.78. 18. -a. going against the stream; अथासाद्य तु कालिन्दी प्रतिस्रोतः समागताम् Rām.2.55.5.

-हस्तः, -हस्तकः a deputy, an agent, substitute, proxy; आश्रितानां भृतौ स्वामिसेवायां धर्मसेवने । पुत्रस्योत्पादने चैव न सन्ति प्रतिहस्तकाः ॥ H.2.33.

-हस्तीकृ to take; Pratijñā 3.

-हस्तिन् the keeper of a brothel; Dk.2.2.

Sanskrit-English dictionary > प्रति _prati
87 λείπω

λείπω, [tense] impf.

A ἔλειπον Il.19.288
, etc.: [tense] fut. λείψω 18.11
: [tense] aor. 1 ἔλειψα, part. λείψας Ar.Fr. 965
(= Antiph.32), elsewh. only late, Plb.12.15.12 ( παρ-), Str.6.3.10 ( παρ-), Ps.-Phoc.77 (ἀπ-), etc.; uncompounded, Ptol.Alm.10.4, Luc.Par.42, Ps.-Callisth.1.44 (cod. C); also in later Poets, Man.1.153, Opp.C.2.33, and in Inscrr., Epigr.Gr.522.16 ([place name] Thessalonica), 314.27 ([place name] Smyrna), etc.: but correct writers normally use [tense] aor. 2 ἔλῐπον Il.2.35
, A.Pers. 984 (lyr.), etc.: [tense] pf. λέλοιπα Od.14.134
: [tense] plpf. ἐλελοίπειν ([dialect] Att. -η) X.Cyr.2.1.21:—[voice] Med., in prop. sense chiefly in compds.: [tense] aor. 2 ἐλιπόμην Hdt.1.186
, 2.40, E.HF 169, etc. (in pass. sense, Il.11.693, al.):—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut. [voice] Med. in pass. sense λείψομαι Hes.Op. 200
, Hdt.7.8.ά, 48; also λειφθήσομαι S.Ph. 1071
, λελείψομαι Il.24.742, Th.5.105, etc.: [tense] aor. ἐλείφθην, λείφθην Pi.O.2.43
; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3pl. ἔλειφθεν h.Merc. 195
: [tense] pf. λέλειμμαι Il.13.256
, Democr.228, Pl.Ti. 61a, etc.: [tense] plpf. ἐλελείμμην Il.2.700
; [dialect] Ep. λέλειπτο 10.256
: [dialect] Ep. [tense] aor. also ἔλειπτο A.R.1.45
, etc.:

1 leave, quit, Ἑλλάδα, δώματα, etc., Il.9.447, Od.21.116, etc.: with a neg., [σκόπελον] οὔ ποτε κύματα λείπει Il.2.396
; νιν.. χιὼν οὐδαμὰ λ. S.Ant. 830
(lyr.); χερσὶν ὕπο Τρώων λείψειν φάος ἠελίοιο, i.e. die, be killed, Il.18.11; λ. τὸν βίον ὑπό τινος Pl.Lg. 872e
; λ. βίον, βίοτον, etc., S.El. 1444, E.Hel. 226 (lyr.), etc.; αὐτόχειρι σφαγῇ λ. βίον Id.Or. 948
.

b conversely, τὸν δ' ἔλιπε ψυχή Il.5.696
, Od.14.426; τὸν.. λίπε θυμός Il.4.470
; ἔπειτά με καὶ λίποι αἰών 5.685
, cf. Od.7.224; λίπε δ' ὀστέα θυμός Il.16.743
; ψυχὴ δὲ λέλοιπεν (sc. ὀστέα) Od.14.134; νῦν δ' ἤδη πάντα λέλοιπεν (sc. ἐμέ) ib. 213; in these two last passages some take it intr., is gone, v. infr. 11.

2 leave behind, leave at home, παιδὶ τὸν ἐν μεγάροισιν ἔλειπες Od.13.403
, cf. Il.5.480; esp. of dying men, leave (as a legacy), Ἀτρεὺς δὲ θνῄσκων ἔλιπεν πολύαρνι Θυέστῃ [τὸσκῆπτρον] 2.106; πατέρι γόον καὶ κήδεα λυγρά 5.157
, cf. S.Aj. 973; παῖδα ὀρφανὸν λ. ib. 653; λ. ἄρρενας, θυγατέρας, Pl.Lg. 923e, 924e; λ. εὔκλειαν ἐν δόμοισι A.Ch. 348
(lyr.):—also in [voice] Med., leave behind one (as a memorial to posterity), μνημόσυνον λιπέσθαι Hdt.1.186
, 6.109, al.; λιπέσθαι τιμωρούς E. HF 169
; διαδόχους ἐμαυτῷ Plu.Aem.36
, etc.

b leave standing, leave remaining, spare, οἰκίαν οὐδεμίαν X.An.7.4.1
; μηδένα Id.HG2.3.41
, Pl.R. 567b, etc.

3 leave, forsake, Il.17.13, etc.; λ. τινὰ χαμαί Pi.O.6.45
; εὕδοντα S.Ph. 273
; τὴν αὑτοῦ φύσιν λ. ib. 903; λ. τὴν τάξιν Pl.Ap. 29a
, etc.; λ. ἐράνους fail in paying.., D.27.25, cf. 25.22; λ. δασμόν, φοράν, X.Cyr.3.1.1, 34; λ. μαρτυρίαν, ὅρκον, fail in.., D.49.19, 59.60, λ. δίκην allow it to go by default, SIG134b24 (Milet., iv B.C.); λοιβὰς.. οὐ λίπε neglected them not, IG3.1337.8.

b conversely, λίπον ἰοὶ ἄνακτα they failed him, Od.22.119.

4 Math., lose or drop something, i.e. have something subtracted from it, τὸ KP λιπὸν τὸ BO the area KP minus the area BO, Apollon.Perg.3.12, cf. Ptol.Alm. 10.4, al., Dioph.2.21.

II intr., to be gone, depart, Epigr.Gr.149.2 ([place name] Rhenea); v. supr. 1.1b.

2 to be wanting or missing, οὔ τί πω ἔλιπεν ἐκ τοῦδ' οἴκου.. αἰκία S.El. 514
(lyr.); οὔποτ' ἔρις λείψει κατὰ πόλεις E.Hel. 1157
(lyr.); τὸ κακοτυχὲς οὐ λέλοιπεν ἐκ τέκνων Id.HF 133
(lyr.); λείπουσιν αἱ ἐκ τῆς κεφαλῆς [τρίχες] Arist.HA 518a24; ἔτι ἕν σοι λείπει Ev.Luc.18.22
; τί λείπει τῶν ἐπιτηδείων αὐταῖς; Plb.10.18.8; τί γάρ σοι λείπει; Arr.Epict.2.22.5, cf. Diog.Oen.64; [εἰς τὴν προκειμένην πραγματείαν] τὸ ὑφ' οὗ γίνεται.. μὴ ῥηθὲν οὐ λείπει is not needed, Marcellin.Puls.69: c. inf., λείπει μὲν οὐδ' ἃ πρόσθεν ἤδεμεν τὸ μὴ οὐ βαρύστον' εἶναι nihil absunt quin.., S.OT 1232: so c. gen., βραχὺ λείπει τοῦ μὴ συνάπτειν Plb.2.14.6
, etc.; πρότασις τῆς προειρημένης λείπουσα ὑποθέσει a proposition containing less in the hypothesis than that aforesaid, Papp.648.1: freq. with numerals, κεφάλαιον γίγνεται μικροῦ λείποντος πέντε καὶ δέκα τάλαντα Lys.19.43
; οὐ πολὺ λεῖπον τῶν ἐνενήκοντα ἐτῶν Plb.12.16.13
; τριήρεις πέντε λείπουσαι τῶν ἑκατὸν εἴκοσι D.S.13.14
: generally, παντὸς μὲν οὖν λείπει Pl.Lg. 728a
; ὁ λιπών ib. 759e; τὸ λεῖπον what is lacking, Plb.4.38.9, etc.; esp. Gramm., to be incomplete, of a phrase, λειπούσης τῆς φράσεως A.D.Adv.159.28
, al.; to be wanting, omitted, λείποντος τοῦ καί Id.Conj.225.24
: also c. dat., λείπει ἡ κεῖνος φωνὴ τῷ ε ¯ Id.Adv.147.17
.

b of the moon, to be invisible (cf. λειψιφαής), Plot.2.3.5.

c λείποντα εἴδη, in Algebra, = λείψεις, negative terms, Dioph.1Def.10.

B [voice] Pass., to be left, left behind, ἄλοχος Φυλάκῃ ἐλέλειπτο Il.2.700
; οἱ δ' οἶοι λείπονται Od.22.250
, etc.; also ὀπίσσω, μετόπισθε, κατόπισθε λ., Il.3.160, 22.334, Od.21.116; παῖδες.. μετόπισθε λελειμμένοι left behind in Troy, Il.24.687; μόνα.. νὼ λελειμμένα S.Ant.58
, etc.; τὸ λειπόμενον βίου (v.l. βιοτᾶς) Ariphron 1 (= IG3.171).

b Math., to be subtracted: τὸ ἀπὸ τῆς ΔΦ λειφθὲν ὑπὸ τοῦ ἀπὸ τῆς ΔΑ ποιεῖ .., the square on ΔΦ subtracted from the square on ΔΑ gives.., Ptol.Alm. 10.7.

2 remain, remain over and above, τριτάτη δ' ἔτι μοῖρα λέλειπται Il.10.253
; ἐμοὶ δὲ λελείψεται ἄλγεα λυγρά 24.742
; ὀλίγων σφι ἡμερέων λείπεται σιτία Hdt.9.45
; ὃ πᾶσι λ. βροτοῖς.. ἐλπίς E.Tr. 681
; αὐτόνομοι ἐλείφθημεν Th.3.11
; ἕως ἄν τι λείπηται Id.8.81
: impers., λείπεται it remains, Pl.Tht. 157e: c.acc. et inf., πεπληρῶσθαί με Id.Phdr. 235c
.

3 remain alive, πολλοὶ δὲ λίποντο Od.4.495
, cf. A. Pers. 480, X.An.3.1.2.

II c. gen.,

1 to be left without, to be forsaken of, κτεάνων λειφθεὶς καὶ φίλων Pi.I.2.11
; σοῦ λελειμμένη S. Ant. 548
; but στρατὸν λελειμμένον δορός which has been left by the spear, i.e. not slain, A.Ag. 517.

2 to be left behind in a race, Il. 23.407, 409, Od.8.125; λελειμμένος οἰῶν lingering behind the sheep, 9.448; λείπετ'.. Μενελάου δουρὸς ἐρωήν he was left a spear's throw behind Menelaus, Il.23.529; ἐς δίσκουρα λέλειπτο he had been left behind as much as a quoit's throw, ib. 523; κίρκοι πελειῶν οὐ μακρὰν λελειμμένοι A.Pr. 857
, cf. E.Hipp. 1244; τοῦ κήρυκος μὴ λείπεσθαι not to lag behind the herald, Th.1.131; but ἀπό τινος to be left behind by one, Il.9.437, 445; λ. βασιλέος or ἀπὸ βασιλέος by the king, Hdt.8.113, 9.66; λείπεσθαι τοῦ καιροῦ to be behind time, X.Cyr.6.3.29; τῆς ναυμαχίης Id.7.168
; τῆς ἐξόδου Id.9.19
; but, λείπου μηδὲ σύ, παρθέν', ἀπ' οἴκων fail not [to come] from the house, i.e. follow us, dub. in S. Tr. 1275 (anap.): abs., to be left behind, be absent, Hdt.7.229, 8.44.

3 come short of, be inferior to, τινος, like ἐλαττοῦσθαι, ἡττᾶσθαι, ὑστερεῖσθαί τινος, because the Verb has a comp. sense, Id.7.48, etc.; οὐκ ἔσθ' ὁποίας λείπεται τόδ' ἡδονῆς falls short of.., E.Fr.138.3; λείπεσθαί τινος ἔς τι or ἔν τινι, Hdt.1.99, 7.8. ά (v. infr. 4); περί τι Plb.6.52.8
; πρός τι S.Tr. 266
; καμήλους ταχυτῆτι οὐ λειπομένας ἵππων Hdt.7.86
; ξύνεσιν οὐδενὸς λ. Th.6.72
; πλήθει λ. X.HG7.4.24
; πλήθει ἡμῶν λειφθέντες Id.An.7.7.31
; οὐδ' ἔτι θηρὸς ἐλείπετο δερκομένοισιν, i.e. resembled.., Epic.in Arch.Pap.7p.4: also c. gen. rei, λειφθῆναι μάχης E.Heracl. 732
; οὐδὲν σοῦ ξίφους λελείψομαι Id.Or. 1041
: Math., τὸ ἐγγραφὲν τοῦ περιγραφέντος ἐλάσσονι λείπεται the inscribed figure falls short of the circumscribed by less than.., Archim.Con.Sph.21: also c. dat. rei, λειφθῆναι μάχῃ A.Pers. 344
: c. part., οὐδὲν ἐμοῦ λείπει γιγνώσκων X.Oec.18.5
; λέλειψαι τῶν ἐμῶν βουλευμάτων you come short of, understand not my plans, E.Or. 1085; λέλειμμαι τῶν ἐν Ἕλλησιν νόμων Id.Hel. 1246
: abs., to be defeated, Plb.1.62.6; ὑπό τινος AP11.224
(Antip.); λείπεσθαι ἐν [τῇ ἀγορανομίᾳ], Lat. repulsam ferre, Plu. Mar.5, etc.: abs., in part., ἄνδρας λελειμμένους inferior men, A.Fr. 37; also,
λειπόμενοι
the poor, IG14.1839.7
.

4 to be wanting or lacking in a thing, fail of or in, c. gen., ὀδυρμάτων ἐλείπετ' οὐδέν S.Tr. 937
; γνώμας λειπομένα σοφᾶς Id.El. 474
(lyr.); λελειμμένη τέκνων E. Ion 680
; λελ. λόγου failing to heed my word, S.Aj. 543; μῆνας ἓξ.. λειπόμενος (sc. τῶν εἴκοσι ἐτῶν) Epigr.Gr. 519 ([place name] Thessalonica); also, λ. ἐν τῷ μὴ δύνασθαι μηδ' ὁρᾶν S.OC 495
; v. supr.3.

5 to be in need of, τῆς σῆς βοηθείας A.D.Synt.289.28
. (I.-E. leiq[uglide]-, cf. Lat. li-n-quo, Skt. ric-, [tense] pres. [ per.] 3sg. ri-ṇa-k-ti 'leaves', etc.)

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > λείπω
88 lado

m.

1 side (coin).

el cine está a este lado de la calle the cinema is on this side of the street

al lado nearby (cerca)

al lado de beside (junto a)

de al lado next

la casa de al lado the house next door

al otro lado de la calle/frontera, across the street/border

en el lado de arriba/abajo on the top/bottom

a ambos lados on both sides

de lado tilted, at an angle (torcido)

mételo de lado put it in sideways

dormir de lado to sleep on one's side

viento de lado crosswind

atravesar algo de lado a lado to cross something from one side to the other

echarse o hacerse a un lado to move aside

por un lado on the one hand

por otro lado on the other hand

2 place (place).

debe de estar en otro lado it must be somewhere else

de un lado para o a otro to and fro

por todos lados everywhere, all around

iremos cada uno por nuestro lado we will go our separate ways

3 side (faction).

y tú ¿de qué lado estás? whose side are you on?

ponerse del lado de alguien to take somebody's side

4 latus, flank, regio lateralis.

* * *

lado

► nombre masculino

1 (gen) side

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

al lado de alguien next to somebody

■ me puse a su lado I sat next to her

■ a su lado no vale nada he's nothing compared to her

■ no se movió de su lado en toda la enfermedad he stood by him all through his illness

al lado de algo beside something

■ lo he dejado al lado del teléfono I've left it beside the phone

■ la casa de al lado next door

dar de lado a alguien to ignore somebody

de medio lado tilted, on the tilt

de un lado para otro about, all over the place, to and fro, backwards and forwards

dejar a alguien de lado to leave somebody out

dejar algo a un lado to leave something aside

dejar algo de lado to leave something aside

estar al lado (muy cerca) to be very near

hacerse a un lado to get out of the way

poner a un lado to set aside

poner algo de lado to put something sideways

por un lado... por otro... on the one hand... on the other hand...

* * *

noun m.

side

- al lado

* * *

SM

1) (=lateral) side

lado derecho — right side, right-hand side

lado izquierdo — left side, left-hand side

a los dos lados de la carretera — on both sides of the road

al otro lado de la calle — on the other side of the street, across the street

llevar algo al otro lado del río — to take sth across o over the river

a un lado y a otro — on all sides, all around

es primo mío por el lado de mi padre — he's a cousin on my father's side

lado a lado — side by side

• de lado — sideways

poner algo de lado — to put sth sideways

lleva el sombrero de lado — she wears her hat at an angle

duermo de lado — I sleep on my side

• echarse o hacerse a un lado — [persona] to move to one side, step aside; [vehículo] to swerve out of the way

• por su lado, se fue cada uno por su lado — they went their separate ways

salieron corriendo cada uno por su lado — they all ran off in different directions

- dar a algn de lado

a mí eso me da de lado — I couldn't care less about that

- dejar a un lado

- echar a un lado

- mirar a algn de medio lado

- poner a un lado

2) (=aspecto) side

todo tiene su lado bueno — everything has its good side

vamos a ver un lado distinto de la cuestión — we're going to look at a different aspect of the issue

ese es su lado débil — that's her weak point

• por un lado..., por otro lado... — on the one hand..., on the other hand...

por ese lado, creo que está bien — in that respect, I think it's all right

3) (=lugar)

• ponlo en cualquier lado — put it anywhere

• otro lado, tiene que estar en otro lado — it must be somewhere else

ir de un lado a otro — to go to and fro, walk up and down

estuvo de un lado para otro toda la mañana — she was up and down all morning, she was running around all morning

• por todos lados, me lo encuentro por todos lados — I bump into him everywhere I go

rodeado de agua por todos lados — surrounded by water on all sides, completely surrounded by water

ir a todos lados — to go all over

4) [indicando proximidad]

no se movió del lado de su madre — she never left her mother's side

• estar al lado — to be near

el cine está aquí al lado — the cinema is just round the corner, the cinema is very near

la mesa de al lado — the next table

la casa de al lado — the house next door

• al lado de, la silla que está al lado del armario — the chair beside the wardrobe

viven al lado de nosotros — they live next door to us

al lado de aquello, esto no es nada — compared to that, this is nothing

al lado de ella, tú pareces una belleza — compared to her, you seem really beautiful

• a mi/tu lado, Felipe se sentó a mi lado — Felipe sat beside me

estuvo a mi lado todo el tiempo — she was at my side the whole time

los buenos ratos que he pasado a su lado — the good times I've had with her

5) (=bando) (Mil) flank; (Pol) faction

yo estoy de su lado — I'm on his side, I'm with him

ponerse al lado de algn — to side with sb

6) (Mat) side

un triángulo tiene tres lados — triangles have three sides

un polígono de cinco lados — a five-sided polygon

7) (Dep) end

cambiar de lado — to change ends

8) † (=favor) favour, protection

tener buenos lados — to have good connections

* * *

masculino

1)

a) ( parte lateral) side

está en el lado derecho — it is on the right-hand side

a este/al otro lado del río — on this/on the other side of the river

¿de qué lado de la calle? — which side of the street?

hacerse a un lado — to move to one side

echarse a un lado — to swerve

ponlas a un lado — set them aside

cambiar de lado — (Dep) to change sides (AmE) o (BrE) ends

b) (de papel, moneda, tela) side

c) (Mat) ( de polígono) side

2) (aspecto, ángulo) side

ver el lado positivo de las cosas — to look on the bright side of things

todo tiene su lado bueno y su lado malo — there's a good side and a bad side to everything

3)

a) ( bando) side

¿de qué lado estás? — whose side are you on?

b) ( rama familiar) side

por el lado materno — on the maternal side

por el lado de mi padre — on my father's side (of the family)

4) (sitio, lugar)

miré en or por todos lados — I looked everywhere

ponlo en cualquier lado — put it anywhere

va a todos lados en taxi — she goes everywhere by taxi

ir de un lado para otro — to run around

5) (en locs)

al lado: viven en la casa de al lado they live next door; los vecinos de al lado the next-door neighbors; nos queda aquí al lado it's very near here o (colloq) is right on the doorstep; al lado de alguien/algo ( contiguo a) next to somebody/something, beside somebody/something; ( en comparación con) compared to somebody/something; a su lado me siento segura I feel safe when I'm with him; de mi/tu/su lado: no te muevas de mi lado don't leave my side, stay close to me; de lado <meter/colocar> sideways; <tumbarse/dormir> on one's side; ponlo de lado turn it sideways; de medio lado at an angle; por otro lado ( en cambio) on the other hand; ( además) apart from anything else; por un lado..., pero por otro lado... on the one hand..., but on the other hand...; dejar algo de lado or a un lado to leave something aside o to one side; dejar a alguien de lado: me dejan de lado en la oficina they leave me out of things at the office; sus amigos la dejaron a un lado her friends gave her the cold shoulder; estar al or del otro lado (CS, Méx fam) to be over the worst, be laughing (colloq); ir cada uno por su lado: mejor vamos cada uno por nuestro lado y allí nos encontramos it's better if we all make our own way and meet each other there; cada uno se fue por su lado they went their separate ways; por cualquier lado que se mire whichever way o however you look at it; saber de qué lado sopla el viento — to know which way the wind blows, know how the land lies

* * *

= part, quarter, side.

Ex. Parts of the abstract are written in the informative style, whilst those points which are of less significance are treated indicatively.

Ex. A reappraisal is therefore outlined here with the understanding that it is open to rebuttal and challenge from whatever quarter.

Ex. The red ON/OFF switch for the terminal is located at the left side of the screen.

----

* a ambos lados de = on either side of.

* a ambos lados del Altántico = on both sides of the ocean, on both sides of the Atlantic.

* a ambos lados de + Lugar = on both sides of + Lugar.

* adelantar por el lado incorrecto = undertake.

* al lado de = beside, at the side of, by the side of.

* al otro lado de = across.

* al otro lado de la barrera = on the other side of the fence.

* al otro lado de la ciudad = cross-town.

* al otro lado del atlántico = across the pond.

* al otro lado del charco = across the pond.

* al otro lado del mundo = half way (a)round the world.

* al otro lado del océano = across the pond.

* ambos lados del argumento = both sides of the fence.

* apartarse a un lado = pull over.

* a todos lados = far and wide.

* a uno y otro lado de = on either side of.

* aunque por otro lado = but otherwise.

* continuar al lado de = stand by.

* con una pierna a cada lado de = astride.

* dar de lado = short-circuit [shortcircuit], give + Nombre + the cold shoulder.

* dejando a un lado = apart from.

* dejar a una lado = put + Nombre + to one side.

* dejar a un lado = put + aside, move + beyond, lay + Nombre + aside, leave by + the wayside.

* dejar de lado = leave + aside, forego [forgo].

* del otro lado de la ciudad = cross-town.

* denerse en el lado del camino = pull over.

* de todos lados = from far and wide.

* de un lado de la ciudad a otro = cross-town.

* de un lado para otro = on the move, to and fro.

* echar a un lado = push aside.

* el otro lado de la barrera = the other side of the fence.

* en el lado negativo = on the negative side, on the downside.

* en el lado positivo = on the credit side, on the positive side, on the plus side, on the bright side.

* en todos lados = far and wide.

* estar al lado de = stand by + Lugar.

* extenderse por todos lados = extend + far and wide, reach + far and wide, stretch + far and wide.

* hacer a un lado = nudge + Nombre + aside, push aside.

* hacerse a un lado = make + room (for), pull over.

* juntos por el lado más ancho = side by side.

* juntos por el lado más estrecho = end to end.

* lado del camino = wayside.

* lado derecho = right-hand side.

* lado derecho, el = right side, the.

* lado exterior, el = far side, the.

* lado externo, el = far side, the.

* lado izquierdo, el = left side, the.

* lado más cercano, el = near side, the, near side, the.

* llegar a todos lados = extend + far and wide, reach + far and wide, stretch + far and wide.

* lo que se gana por un lado se pierde por otro = swings and roundabouts.

* mirar al otro lado = look + the other way.

* pararse en el lado del camino = pull over.

* pasar por el lado de = make + Posesivo + way past.

* pero por otro lado = but then again.

* poner a un lado = lay + Nombre + aside, set + aside.

* ponerse del lado de = side with.

* ponerse del lado de Alguien = side in + Posesivo + favour.

* por otro lado = alternatively, however, on the other side, for another thing, on the flip side, on another topic, on another matter, on another note.

* por otro lados = on other matters.

* por todos lados = left, right and centre, far and wide.

* por una lado... por otro = at one end... at the other.

* por un lado = on the one hand, on the one side.

* por un lado entra + Nombre + y por otro sale + Nombre = in go + Nombre + at one end, and out come + Nombre + at the other.

* tiempo estar de lado de Alguien = time + be + on + Posesivo + side.

* viento de lado = crosswind.

* * *

masculino

1)

a) ( parte lateral) side

está en el lado derecho — it is on the right-hand side

a este/al otro lado del río — on this/on the other side of the river

¿de qué lado de la calle? — which side of the street?

hacerse a un lado — to move to one side

echarse a un lado — to swerve

ponlas a un lado — set them aside

cambiar de lado — (Dep) to change sides (AmE) o (BrE) ends

b) (de papel, moneda, tela) side

c) (Mat) ( de polígono) side

2) (aspecto, ángulo) side

ver el lado positivo de las cosas — to look on the bright side of things

todo tiene su lado bueno y su lado malo — there's a good side and a bad side to everything

3)

a) ( bando) side

¿de qué lado estás? — whose side are you on?

b) ( rama familiar) side

por el lado materno — on the maternal side

por el lado de mi padre — on my father's side (of the family)

4) (sitio, lugar)

miré en or por todos lados — I looked everywhere

ponlo en cualquier lado — put it anywhere

va a todos lados en taxi — she goes everywhere by taxi

ir de un lado para otro — to run around

5) (en locs)

al lado: viven en la casa de al lado they live next door; los vecinos de al lado the next-door neighbors; nos queda aquí al lado it's very near here o (colloq) is right on the doorstep; al lado de alguien/algo ( contiguo a) next to somebody/something, beside somebody/something; ( en comparación con) compared to somebody/something; a su lado me siento segura I feel safe when I'm with him; de mi/tu/su lado: no te muevas de mi lado don't leave my side, stay close to me; de lado <meter/colocar> sideways; <tumbarse/dormir> on one's side; ponlo de lado turn it sideways; de medio lado at an angle; por otro lado ( en cambio) on the other hand; ( además) apart from anything else; por un lado..., pero por otro lado... on the one hand..., but on the other hand...; dejar algo de lado or a un lado to leave something aside o to one side; dejar a alguien de lado: me dejan de lado en la oficina they leave me out of things at the office; sus amigos la dejaron a un lado her friends gave her the cold shoulder; estar al or del otro lado (CS, Méx fam) to be over the worst, be laughing (colloq); ir cada uno por su lado: mejor vamos cada uno por nuestro lado y allí nos encontramos it's better if we all make our own way and meet each other there; cada uno se fue por su lado they went their separate ways; por cualquier lado que se mire whichever way o however you look at it; saber de qué lado sopla el viento — to know which way the wind blows, know how the land lies

* * *

= part, quarter, side.

Ex: Parts of the abstract are written in the informative style, whilst those points which are of less significance are treated indicatively.

Ex: A reappraisal is therefore outlined here with the understanding that it is open to rebuttal and challenge from whatever quarter.

Ex: The red ON/OFF switch for the terminal is located at the left side of the screen.

* a ambos lados de = on either side of.

* a ambos lados del Altántico = on both sides of the ocean, on both sides of the Atlantic.

* a ambos lados de + Lugar = on both sides of + Lugar.

* adelantar por el lado incorrecto = undertake.

* al lado de = beside, at the side of, by the side of.

* al otro lado de = across.

* al otro lado de la barrera = on the other side of the fence.

* al otro lado de la ciudad = cross-town.

* al otro lado del atlántico = across the pond.

* al otro lado del charco = across the pond.

* al otro lado del mundo = half way (a)round the world.

* al otro lado del océano = across the pond.

* ambos lados del argumento = both sides of the fence.

* apartarse a un lado = pull over.

* a todos lados = far and wide.

* a uno y otro lado de = on either side of.

* aunque por otro lado = but otherwise.

* continuar al lado de = stand by.

* con una pierna a cada lado de = astride.

* dar de lado = short-circuit [shortcircuit], give + Nombre + the cold shoulder.

* dejando a un lado = apart from.

* dejar a una lado = put + Nombre + to one side.

* dejar a un lado = put + aside, move + beyond, lay + Nombre + aside, leave by + the wayside.

* dejar de lado = leave + aside, forego [forgo].

* del otro lado de la ciudad = cross-town.

* denerse en el lado del camino = pull over.

* de todos lados = from far and wide.

* de un lado de la ciudad a otro = cross-town.

* de un lado para otro = on the move, to and fro.

* echar a un lado = push aside.

* el otro lado de la barrera = the other side of the fence.

* en el lado negativo = on the negative side, on the downside.

* en el lado positivo = on the credit side, on the positive side, on the plus side, on the bright side.

* en todos lados = far and wide.

* estar al lado de = stand by + Lugar.

* extenderse por todos lados = extend + far and wide, reach + far and wide, stretch + far and wide.

* hacer a un lado = nudge + Nombre + aside, push aside.

* hacerse a un lado = make + room (for), pull over.

* juntos por el lado más ancho = side by side.

* juntos por el lado más estrecho = end to end.

* lado del camino = wayside.

* lado derecho = right-hand side.

* lado derecho, el = right side, the.

* lado exterior, el = far side, the.

* lado externo, el = far side, the.

* lado izquierdo, el = left side, the.

* lado más cercano, el = near side, the, near side, the.

* llegar a todos lados = extend + far and wide, reach + far and wide, stretch + far and wide.

* lo que se gana por un lado se pierde por otro = swings and roundabouts.

* mirar al otro lado = look + the other way.

* pararse en el lado del camino = pull over.

* pasar por el lado de = make + Posesivo + way past.

* pero por otro lado = but then again.

* poner a un lado = lay + Nombre + aside, set + aside.

* ponerse del lado de = side with.

* ponerse del lado de Alguien = side in + Posesivo + favour.

* por otro lado = alternatively, however, on the other side, for another thing, on the flip side, on another topic, on another matter, on another note.

* por otro lados = on other matters.

* por todos lados = left, right and centre, far and wide.

* por una lado... por otro = at one end... at the other.

* por un lado = on the one hand, on the one side.

* por un lado entra + Nombre + y por otro sale + Nombre = in go + Nombre + at one end, and out come + Nombre + at the other.

* tiempo estar de lado de Alguien = time + be + on + Posesivo + side.

* viento de lado = crosswind.

* * *

lado

masculine

A

1 (parte lateral) side

está en el lado derecho it is on the right side o the righthand side

a este/al otro lado del río on this/on the other side of the river

¿de qué lado de la calle está su casa? which side of the street is your house on?

se hizo a un lado para dejarlo pasar she stood aside o moved to one side to let him pass

tuvo que echarse a un lado para evitar la colisión he had to swerve to avoid a collision

pon estas fichas a un lado set these pieces aside, put these counters to one side ( BrE)

cambiar de lado ( Dep) to change sides ( AmE) o ( BrE) ends

2 (de un papel, una moneda, una tela) side

escribe sólo por un lado del folio write on o use one side of the paper only

3 ( Mat) (de un polígono) side

4 ( Econ):

el lado de la demanda/de la oferta the demand/supply side

Compuesto:

lado ciego

blind side

B (aspecto, ángulo) side

hay que ver el lado positivo de las cosas you have to look on the bright side of things

todas las cosas tienen su lado bueno y su lado malo there's a good side and a bad side to everything

Luisa tiene su lado bueno Luisa has her good points

por ese lado te conviene aceptar from that point of view it's to your advantage to accept

C

1 (bando) side

¿tú de qué lado estás, del suyo o del nuestro? whose side are you on? theirs or ours?

igualar a dos goles por lado they drew/tied two goals each

2 (rama familiar) side

por el lado materno/paterno on the maternal/paternal side

por el lado de mi madre/padre on my mother's/father's side (of the family)

D

(sitio, lugar): he mirado en or por todos lados y no lo encuentro I've looked everywhere and I can't find it

ponlo por ahí en cualquier lado put it over there somewhere o ( AmE) someplace

¿por qué no vamos por otro lado? why don't we go a different way?

va a todos lados en taxi she goes everywhere by taxi

me he pasado toda la mañana de un lado para otro I've been running around all morning

vas a tener que intentarlo por otro lado you're going to have to try some other way

E ( en locs):

al lado: viven en la casa de al lado they live next door

nuestros vecinos de al lado our next-door neighbors

el colegio nos queda aquí al lado the school's very near here o ( colloq) is right on the doorstep

al lado de algn/algo (contiguo a) next to sb/sth, beside sb/sth; (en comparación con) compared to sb/sth

se sentó al lado de su padre she sat down next to o beside her father

ponte aquí a mi lado sit here next to o beside me

al lado de él or ( crit) al lado suyo hasta yo parezco inteligente compared to him even I seem intelligent

a su lado me siento segura I feel safe when I'm with him

todas las cosas que he aprendido a su lado everything I've learned from (being with) her

viven al lado de mi casa they live next door to me

me queda al lado del trabajo it's right by o very near where I work

eso no es nada al lado de lo que él tiene that's nothing compared to o with what he has

de mi/tu/su lado: no te muevas de mi lado don't leave my side, stay close to me

de lado ‹meter/colocar› sideways;

‹tumbarse/dormir› on one's side

ponlo de lado a ver si cabe turn it sideways, maybe it'll fit that way

de medio lado at an angle

llevaba el sombrero de medio lado he wore his hat at an angle

por otro lado (en cambio) on the other hand; (además) apart from anything else

por otro lado, estas cifras tampoco son muy significativas there again o however o on the other hand, these figures are not very significant

por un lado …, pero por otro lado … on the one hand …, but on the other hand …

por otro lado yo ni siquiera lo conozco apart from anything else I don't even know him

dejar algo de ladoor a un lado to leave sth aside o to one side

dejar or ( Esp) dar a algn de ladoor a un lado: últimamente lo están dejando de lado en la oficina lately they've been leaving him out of things in the office

sus amigos la están dejando a un lado her friends have been giving her the cold shoulder

estar al or del otro lado (CS, Méx fam); to be over the worst, be laughing ( colloq)

ir cada uno por su lado: mejor vamos cada uno por nuestro lado y allí nos encontramos it's better if we all make our own way and meet each other there

se pelearon y cada uno se fue por su lado they had an argument and went their separate ways

aunque viven juntos, luego cada uno va por su lado although they live together, they all lead their own separate lives o ( colloq) they all do their own thing

mirarle a algn de lado ( fam); to look down on sb

por cualquier lado que se mire whichever way o however you look at it

saber de qué lado sopla el viento to know which way the wind blows, know how the land lies

ser or patear para el otro lado (CS fam); to be gay

* * *

lado sustantivo masculino
1
a) ( en general) side;

◊ está en el lado derecho it is on the right-hand side;

a este/al otro lado del río on this/on the other side of the river;
hacerse a un lado to move to one side;
echarse a un lado [ coche] to swerve;

[ persona] to move over;
◊ ponlas a un lado set them aside;

¿de qué lado estás? whose side are you on?;
cambiar de lado (Dep) to change sides (AmE) o (BrE) ends;
ver el lado positivo de las cosas to look on the bright side of things;
por el lado de mi padre on my father's side (of the family)
b) (de papel, moneda, tela) side

2 (sitio, lugar):
◊ a/en/por todos lados everywhere;

en algún lado somewhere;
en cualquier lado anywhere;
ir de un lado para otro to run around
3 ( en locs)
◊ al lado: viven en la casa de al lado they live next door;

los vecinos de al lado the next-door neighbors;
al lado de algn/algo ( contiguo a) next to sb/sth, beside sb/sth;

( en comparación con) compared to sb/sth;
◊ de lado ‹meter/colocar› sideways;

‹tumbarse/dormir› on one's side;
◊ de lado a lado ‹extenderse/cruzar› from one side to the other;

por otro lado ( en cambio) on the other hand;

( además) apart from anything else;
◊ por un lado …, pero por otro lado … on the one hand …, but on the other hand …;

dejar algo de lado to leave sth aside o to one side;
ir cada uno por su lado: cada uno se fue por su lado they went their separate ways
lado sustantivo masculino
1 side: a este lado del río, on this side of the river
a un lado, aside
2 (lugar) place: idos a otro lado, go somewhere else
3 (camino, dirección) direction, way: nos fuimos por otro lado, we went another way
4 (aspecto) side: tiene un lado salvaje, he has a wild side
por un lado..., por otro lado..., on the one hand..., on the other (hand)...
♦ Locuciones: al lado, close by, nearby: mi casa está ahí al lado, my house is just over there
al lado de, next to, beside: al lado de ella, tú eres un genio, compared with her, you are a genius
dar de lado a alguien, to cold-shoulder sb
de (medio) lado, sideways: saludó friamente y miró de medio lado, he said hello coldly and then looked away
' lado' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
A
- ancha
- ancho
- aparte
- banda
- chalet
- collado
- cuestión
- derecha
- derecho
- emplazar
- estar
- ir
- izquierda
- izquierdo
- justa
- justo
- ladearse
- mano
- moribunda
- moribundo
- parte
- sacudir
- siniestra
- siniestro
- apartar
- colgar
- colocar
- contramano
- contrapeso
- contrario
- cruzar
- cualquiera
- dejar
- dormir
- echar
- enfrente
- explanada
- hacer
- inclinar
- llegar
- ninguno
- ocupar
- opuesto
- orillar
- otro
- paralizar
- pasar
- robar
- través
English:
about
- across
- alongside
- arrogant
- aside
- astir
- beside
- breadth
- bright
- bring out
- brush aside
- bury
- by
- crack
- cross
- dash
- directly
- disturbing
- downside
- dwarf
- either
- embankment
- flank
- flip side
- graph paper
- graze
- hand
- lay aside
- lay down
- move along
- move over
- nearside
- next
- next door
- noplace
- off
- offside
- out
- outside
- over
- pace
- part
- past
- pull over
- push aside
- put aside
- right
- right-hand
- set aside
- side

* * *

lado nm

1. [costado, cara, parte lateral] side;

me duele el lado izquierdo my left side is hurting;

el supermercado está a este lado de la calle the supermarket is on this side of the street;

el lado más áspero de la tela the rougher side of the cloth;

un polígono con cuatro lados a four-sided o quadrilateral polygon;

este cuadro se puede colgar en el lado de la chimenea we can hang this painting on the wall behind the fireplace;

a ambos lados on both sides;

al lado [cerca] nearby;

yo vivo aquí al lado I live just round the corner from here;

al lado de [junto a] beside, next to;
[comparado con] compared to;
la zapatería está al lado de la joyería the shoe shop is next to the jeweller's;

Juan, al lado de su hermano, es muy alto Juan is very tall compared to his brother;

al otro lado de on the other side of;

la mesa de al lado the next table;

la casa de al lado the house next door;

los vecinos de al lado the next-door neighbours;

no te vayas de su lado do not leave her side;

en el lado de arriba/abajo on the top/bottom;

de lado [torcido] at an angle;

el cuadro está de lado the painting isn't straight;

mételo de lado put it in sideways;

dormir de lado to sleep on one's side;

el viento sopla de lado there's a crosswind;

atravesar algo de lado a lado to cross sth from one side to the other;

echarse o [m5] hacerse a un lado to move aside;

poner algo a un lado to put sth aside o to one side

2. [lugar] place;

por este lado no oímos nada we can't hear anything over here;

debe de estar en otro lado it must be somewhere else;

columpiarse de un lado para o [m5] a otro to swing to and fro;

estuve todo el día corriendo de un lado para otro I've been running around all day;

hacerle un lado a alguien to make room for sb;

iremos cada uno por nuestro lado y nos reuniremos en el hotel we will go our separate ways and meet up later at the hotel;

si cada cual va por su lado, nunca sacaremos este proyecto adelante if everyone does their own thing, we'll never make a success of this project;

por todos lados everywhere, all around;

por todos lados se ven anuncios de este nuevo refresco there are adverts for this new drink everywhere

3. [bando] side;

y tú ¿de qué lado estás? whose side are you on?;

estoy de su lado I'm on her side;

ponerse del lado de alguien to take sb's side

4. [línea de parentesco] side;

por el lado paterno on my/his/her/ etc father's side

5. [aspecto] side;

siempre ve el lado negativo de las cosas she always sees the negative side of things;

la entrevista se centra en el lado humano del campeón the interview focuses on the human side of the champion;

por un lado [en primer lugar] on the one hand;
[en cierto modo] in one sense;
por otro lado, Am [m5] de otro lado [en segundo lugar] on the other hand;
[además] in any case
6. Comp

dar de lado a alguien, Méx, RP [m5] dar a alguien por su lado to cold-shoulder sb;

dejar algo de lado o [m5] a un lado [prescindir] to leave sth to one side;
Méx, RP Fam
estar del otro lado to be over the worst;

mirar de lado a alguien [despreciar] to look askance at sb;
RP, Ven Fam
pasar al otro lado to kick the bucket, to snuff it;
RP, Ven Fam
pasar a alguien para el otro lado to bump sb off;
CSur Fam
ser o [m5] patear para el otro lado to be one of them, to be queer

* * *

lado

m side; ( lugar) place;

al lado nearby;

al lado de beside, next to;

al otro lado de on the other side of;

de lado sideways;

por todos lados everywhere;

ir por otro lado go another way;

mirar a otro lado look the other way;

andar de un lado para otro run around;

por un lado … por otro lado on the one hand … on the other hand;

dejar a un lado leave aside;

hacerse a un lado tb fig stand aside;

dar a alguien de lado leave s.o. out;

estar del lado de alguien be on s.o.’s side;

ponerse del lado de alguien take s.o.’s side;

cada uno va por su lado everyone goes their own way;

mirar a alguien de (medio) lado look sideways at s.o.;

por el lado de mi padre on my father’s side

* * *

lado nm

1) : side

2) parte: place

miró por todos lados: he looked everywhere

3)

al lado de : next to, beside

4)

de lado : tilted, sideways

está de lado: it's lying on its side

5)

hacerse a un lado : to step aside

6)

lado a lado : side by side

7)

por otro lado : on the other hand

* * *

lado n

1. (en general) side

al otro lado de la calle on the other side of the street

los tres lados de un triángulo the three sides of a triangle

2. (lugar) somewhere / nowhere / anywhere / everywhere

tu reloj tiene que estar en algún lado your watch must be somewhere

vámonos a otro lado let's go somewhere else

he buscado por todos lados I've looked everywhere

no fuimos a ningún lado we didn't go anywhere

al lado (cerca) near (contiguo) next door

está aquí al lado it's very near

viven al lado they live next door

al lado de next to

vivo al lado de la panadería I live next to the baker's

estar del lado de alguien to be on somebody's side

ponerse del lado de alguien to take somebody's side

por un lado... on the one hand...

por otro lado... on the other hand...

Spanish-English dictionary > lado
89 ध्वृ _dhvṛ

ध्वृ 1 P. (ध्वरति)

1 to bend.

-2 To kill [ध्वृ हूर्च्छने । हूच्छी कौटिल्ये]; ध्वृषीष्ठा युधि मायाभिः...... Bk.9.27. requesting, or commanding, but not in prohibition before the imperative mood. (b) Used with the potential mood न may sometimes have the force of 'lest', 'for fear lest', 'that not'; क्षत्रियैर्धार्यते शस्त्रं नार्तशब्दो भवेदिति Rām. (c) In agrumentative writings न often comes after इति चेत् and means 'not so.' (d) When a negative has to be repeated in successive clauses of the same sentence or in different sentences, न may be simply repeated or may be used with particles like उत, च, अपि, चापि, वा &c.; नाधीयीताश्वमारूढो न वृक्षं न च हस्तिनम् । न नावं न खरं नोष्ट्रं नेरिणत्थो न यानगः ॥ Ms.4.12; प्रविशन्तं न मां कश्चिदपश्यन्नाप्यवारयत् Mb.; Ms.2.195; 3.8,9;4.15; न वा शरच्चन्द्रमरीचिकोमलं मृणालसूत्रं रचितं स्तनान्तरे Ś.16.17. Sometimes न may not be expressed in the second and other clauses, but represented only by च, वा, अपि वा; संपदि यस्य न हर्षो विपदि विषादो रणे च धीरत्वम् Pt.2.175. (c) न is frequently joined with a second न or any other negative particle to intensify or emphasize an assertion; प्रत्युवाच तमृषिर्न तत्त्वतस्त्वां न वेद्मि पुरुषं पुरातनम् R. 11.85; न च न परिचितो न चाप्यगम्यः M.1.11; न पुनरलंकार- श्रियं न पुष्यति Ś1.19/2; नादण्ड्यो नाम राज्ञो$स्ति Ms.8.335; Me.65,18; नासो न काम्यो न च वेद सम्यग् द्रष्टुं न सा R. 6.3; Śi.1.55; Ve.2.1. (f) In a few cases न is retained at the beginning of a negative Tatpuruṣa compound; as नाक, नासत्य, नकुल; see P.VI.3.75. (g) न is often joined with other particles; नच, नवा, नैव, नतु, न चेद्, न खलु &c. (h) It is also used, espe- cially in early Vedic literature, in the sense of 'like', 'as', 'as it were'; यद्वां नरा सनये दंस उग्रमाविष्कृणोमि तन्यतुर्न वृष्टिम् Bṛi. Up.2.5.16; गावो न गव्यूतीरनु; Śi.2.4. (v. l.)

-Comp. -अधीत a. unread.

-अनुरक्त a. unkind, not loving; Pt.2.46 (v. l.).

-आदरः disrespect.

-एकः a.

1 'not one', more than one, several, various; नैकः सुप्तेषु जागृयात् Viduranīti.

-2 Not anyone, nobody; नैको मुनिर्यस्य वचः प्रमाणम् Pt. (

-कः) an epithet of Viṣṇu. ˚आत्मन् a. of a manifold or diverse nature. (-m.) N. of the Supreme Being. ˚चर a. 'not living alone', gregarious, living in society. ˚जः the Supreme Being. ˚धा ind. in many ways, diversely. ˚भेद, ˚रूप a. various, multiform.

-माय a. using many artifices or stratagems. ˚शस् ind. repeatedly, often.

-किंचन a. very poor, beg- garly. सर्वकामरसैर्हीनाः स्थानभ्रष्टा नकिंचनाः Mb.

Sanskrit-English dictionary > ध्वृ _dhvṛ
90 true

1. adjective,
truer, truest

1) (in accordance with fact) wahr; wahrheitsgetreu [Bericht, Beschreibung]

is it true that...? — stimmt es, dass...?

[only] too true — nur zu wahr

that is too good to be true — das ist zu schön, um wahr zu sein

[that's] true [enough] — [das] stimmt

come true — [Traum, Wunsch:] Wirklichkeit werden, wahr werden; [Befürchtung, Prophezeihung:] sich bewahrheiten

2) richtig [Vorteil, Einschätzung]; (rightly so called) eigentlich

the frog is not a true reptile — der Frosch ist kein echtes Reptil

3) (not sham) wahr; echt, wahr [Freund, Freundschaft, Christ]

that's not a true antique — das ist keine echte Antiquität

4) (accurately conforming) getreu [Wiedergabe]

be true to something — einer Sache (Dat.) genau entsprechen

true to type — typisch

true to life — lebensecht

5) (loyal) treu

true to one's word or promise — getreu seinem Versprechen

6) (in correct position) gerade [Pfosten]
2. noun
out of [the] true — schief [Mauer, Pfosten, Räder]
3. adverb
1) (truthfully) aufrichtig [lieben]

tell me true — sag mir die Wahrheit

2) (accurately) gerade; genau [zielen]

* * *
[tru:]
adjective

1) ((negative untrue) telling of something that really happened; not invented; agreeing with fact; not wrong: That is a true statement; Is it true that you did not steal the ring?) wahr

2) ((negative untrue) accurate: They don't have a true idea of its importance.) zutreffend

3) ((negative untrue) faithful; loyal: He has been a true friend.) treu

4) (properly so called: A spider is not a true insect.) echt

•

- academic.ru/76853/trueness">trueness
- truly
* * *

TRUE

[tru:]

n COMPUT WAHR

* * *
[truː]
1. adj

1) (= not false) story, news, rumour, statement wahr

to come true (dream, wishes) — Wirklichkeit werden, wahr werden; (prophecy) sich verwirklichen; (fears) sich bewahrheiten

to make sth come true — etw wahr werden lassen

it is true that... — es stimmt, dass..., es ist wahr or richtig, dass...

that's true — das stimmt, das ist wahr

can it be true (that he didn't know)? — kann es stimmen or sein(, dass er das nicht wusste)?

it is true to say that... — es ist richtig, dass...

true! — richtig!

too true! — (das ist nur) zu wahr!, wie wahr!

it is only too true that... — es ist nur allzu wahr, dass...

we mustn't generalize, (it's) true, but... — wir sollten natürlich nicht verallgemeinern, aber...

that's wrong! – true, but... — das ist falsch! – stimmt or richtig, aber...

is it true about Harry? — stimmt es, was man über Harry sagt?

the reverse is true — ganz im Gegenteil

the reverse is true for... — für... trifft das Gegenteil zu

he's got so much money it's not true! (inf) — es ist unfassbar, wie viel Geld er hat!

2) (= accurate) description, report, account wahrheitsgetreu; likeness (lebens)getreu; copy getreu; aim genau

the true meaning of — die wahre Bedeutung (+gen)

in the true sense (of the word) — im wahren Sinne (des Wortes)

3) (= real, genuine) feeling, friendship, friend, Christian, heir, opinion wahr, echt; reason wirklich; leather, antique echt

the frog is not a true reptile — der Frosch ist kein echtes Reptil

spoken like a true football fan — so spricht ein wahrer Fußballfan

in a true spirit of friendship/love — im wahren Geist der Freundschaft/Liebe

true love — die wahre Liebe

the path of true love ne'er did run smooth (prov) — die Pfade der Liebe sind gewunden

what is the true situation? —

in true life the one true God the True Cross (Rel) — im wirklichen Leben der einzige wahre Gott das wahre Kreuz

4) (= faithful) friend, follower treu

to be true to sb — jdm treu sein/bleiben

to be true to one's word/promise — (treu) zu seinem Wort/Versprechen stehen, seinem Wort treu bleiben

to be true to oneself —

to thine own self be true (liter) — bleibe dir selbst treu

twelve good men and true — zwölf ehrbare Männer

true to life — lebensnah; (Art) lebensecht

the horse ran true to form — das Pferd lief erwartungsgemäß

true to type — erwartungsgemäß; (Bot) artgetreu

5) wall, surface gerade; join genau; circle rund

6) (PHYS) tatsächlich

true north — der eigentliche or tatsächliche or geografische Norden

7)

(= applicable) to be true for sb/sth — für jdn/etw wahr sein

to be true of sb/sth — auf jdn/etw zutreffen

the same is or holds true for... — dasselbe gilt auch für..., dasselbe trifft auch auf... (acc) zu

8) (MUS) note richtig; voice rein

2. n

out of true (upright, beam, wheels) — schief; join verschoben

3. adv
aim genau; sing richtig
to breed true —

he speaks true (old) they speak truer than they know (old) — er spricht die Wahrheit sie kommen der Wahrheit näher, als ihnen bewusst ist

See:

→ ring

* * *

true [truː]

A adj (adv → truly)

1. wahr, wahrheitsgetreu (Geschichte etc):

be ( oder hold) true (for, of) zutreffen (auf akk), gelten (für); → come A 12, ring² B 4

2. echt, wahr (Christ etc):

true current ELEK Wirkstrom m;

true love wahre Liebe;

true stress TECH wahre spezifische Belastung;

true value Ist-Wert m;

(it is) true zwar, allerdings, freilich, zugegeben;

is it true that …? stimmt es, dass …?;

too true! wie wahr!; → horizon 1

3. (ge)treu (to dat):

(as) true as gold ( oder steel) treu wie Gold;

true to one’s contracts vertragstreu;

true to one’s principles( word) seinen Grundsätzen (seinem Wort) getreu;

stay true one’s principles seinen Grundsätzen treu bleiben

4. getreu (to dat) (von Sachen):

true to life lebenswahr, -echt, aus dem Leben gegriffen;

true to nature naturgetreu;

true to pattern modellgetreu;

true to size TECH maßgerecht, -haltig;

true to type artgemäß, typisch; → copy A 1

5. genau, richtig (Gewicht etc)

6. wahr, rechtmäßig, legitim (Erbe etc)

7. zuverlässig (Zeichen etc)

8. TECH genau, richtig (ein)gestellt oder eingepasst

9. GEOG, SCHIFF, PHYS rechtweisend:

true declination Ortsmissweisung f;

true north geografisch oder rechtweisend Nord n

10. MUS richtig gestimmt, rein

11. BIOL reinrassig

B adv

1. wahrheitsgemäß:

speak true die Wahrheit sagen

2. (ge)treu (to dat)

3. genau:

shoot true

C s

1. the true das Wahre

2. (das) Richtige oder Genaue:

out of true

a) schief,

b) TECH unrund

D v/t oft true up TECH

a) ein Lager ausrichten,

b) ein Werkzeug nachschleifen, eine Schleifscheibe abdrehen,

c) ein Rad zentrieren

* * *
1. adjective,
truer, truest

1) (in accordance with fact) wahr; wahrheitsgetreu [Bericht, Beschreibung]

is it true that...? — stimmt es, dass...?

[only] too true — nur zu wahr

that is too good to be true — das ist zu schön, um wahr zu sein

[that's] true [enough] — [das] stimmt

come true — [Traum, Wunsch:] Wirklichkeit werden, wahr werden; [Befürchtung, Prophezeihung:] sich bewahrheiten

2) richtig [Vorteil, Einschätzung]; (rightly so called) eigentlich

the frog is not a true reptile — der Frosch ist kein echtes Reptil

3) (not sham) wahr; echt, wahr [Freund, Freundschaft, Christ]

that's not a true antique — das ist keine echte Antiquität

4) (accurately conforming) getreu [Wiedergabe]

be true to something — einer Sache (Dat.) genau entsprechen

true to type — typisch

true to life — lebensecht

5) (loyal) treu

true to one's word or promise — getreu seinem Versprechen

6) (in correct position) gerade [Pfosten]
2. noun
out of [the] true — schief [Mauer, Pfosten, Räder]
3. adverb
1) (truthfully) aufrichtig [lieben]

tell me true — sag mir die Wahrheit

2) (accurately) gerade; genau [zielen]

* * *

adj.

echt adj.

richtig adj.

treu adj.

wahr adj.

zutreffend adj.

English-german dictionary > true
91 anybody

anybody [ˈenɪbɒdɪ]

pronoun

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► In negative constructions, anybody is generally translated by personne.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• I can't see anybody je ne vois personne

• without anybody seeing him sans que personne (ne) le voie

• it's impossible for anybody to see him today personne ne peut le voir aujourd'hui

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► In questions and if clauses, anybody can usually be translated by quelqu'un.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• was (there) anybody there? est-ce qu'il y avait quelqu'un ?

• did anybody see you? est-ce que quelqu'un t'a vu ?

• if anybody can do it, he can si quelqu'un peut le faire c'est bien lui

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► Note the different ways of translating anybody in affirmative sentences.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

• anybody who wants to do it should say so now si quelqu'un veut le faire qu'il le dise tout de suite

• anybody could tell you n'importe qui pourrait vous le dire

• he's not just anybody, he's the boss (inf) ce n'est pas n'importe qui, c'est le patron

• anybody would have thought he had lost on aurait pu croire qu'il avait perdu

• bring anybody you like amenez qui vous voudrez

• anybody who had heard him speak would agree quiconque l'a entendu parler serait d'accord

• anybody with any sense would know that! toute personne sensée sait ça !

► anybody else n'importe qui d'autre

• bring anybody else you like venez avec qui vous voulez

• anybody else would have cried, but not him tout autre que lui aurait pleuré

* * *
['enɪbɒdɪ]
pronoun

1) (with negative, implied negative) personne

there wasn't anybody in the house — il n'y avait personne dans la maison

without anybody knowing — sans que personne le sache

I didn't have anybody to talk to — il n'y avait personne avec qui j'aurais pu parler

I don't like him and nor does anybody else — je ne l'aime pas, d'ailleurs personne ne l'aime

hardly anybody came — il n'est venu presque personne

2) (in questions, conditional sentences) quelqu'un

is there anybody in the house? — est-ce qu'il y a quelqu'un dans la maison?

if anybody asks, tell them I've gone out — si quelqu'un me cherche, dis que je suis sorti

3) ( no matter who)

anybody could do it — n'importe qui pourrait le faire

anybody but you/his boss would say yes — tout autre que toi/ton patron dirait oui

‘who shall I invite?’ - ‘anybody but him’ — ‘qui vais-je inviter?’ - ‘n'importe qui, sauf lui’

anybody who wants to, can go — tous ceux qui le veulent, peuvent y aller

anybody but you would have given it to him — n'importe qui d'autre que toi le lui aurait donné

anybody can make a mistake — ça arrive à tout le monde de faire une erreur

anybody would think you were deaf — c'est à croire que tu es sourd

you can invite anybody (you like) — tu peux inviter qui tu veux

4) ( somebody unimportant)

we can't ask just anybody to do it — nous ne pouvons pas demander à n'importe qui de le faire

5) ( somebody important)

anybody who was anybody was at the party — tous les gens importants étaient à la soirée

English-French dictionary > anybody
92 ac

atque or āc (atque is used before vowels and consonants, ac, in class. lang., only before consonants; v. infra, I.), conj. [at has regularly in the compound atque a continuative, as in atqui it has an adversative force; pr. and further, and besides, and also; cf. in Gr. pros de, pros de eti, eti kai, eti de, and te kai; v. at init., and for the change of form atque, ac, cf. neque, nec; in MSS. and inscriptions sometimes written adque, and sometimes by confusion atqui ], a copulative particle, and also, and besides, and even, and (indicating a close internal connection between single words or whole clauses; while et designates an external connection of diff. objects with each other, v. et; syn.: et, -que, autem, praeterea, porro, ad hoc, ad haec).
I.
In joining single words, which is its most common use.
A.
In gen. (The following representation is based on a collection of all the instances of the use of atque and ac in Cic. Imp. Pomp., Phil. 2, Tusc. 1, and Off. 1; in Caes. B. G. 1 and 2; in Sall. C.; and in Liv. 21; and wherever in the account either author or work is not cited, there atque or ac does not occur.)
1.
The form atque.
a.
Before vowels and h. —Before a (very freq.):
sociorum atque amicorum,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6; 3, 7; id. Phil. 2, 13, 33; id. Tusc. 1, 34, 122; Caes. B. G. 1, 2; 1, 18; 1, 26; 2, 14; Sall. C. 5, 8; 7, 5; Liv. 21, 3; 21, 12.—Before e (very freq.):
deposci atque expeti,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 5; 6, 16; 10, 28; id. Phil, 2, 21, 51; 2, 21, 52; id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46; Caes. B. G. 1, 6; 1, 15; 1, 18; 2, 19; Sall. C. 14, 6; 49, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 37.—Before i (very freq.):
excitare atque inflammare,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6; 3, 7; 7, 18; id. Phil. 2, 15, 37; 2, 21, 50; id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46; 1, 40, 97; Caes. B. G. 1, 17; 1, 20; 1, 22; 2, 1 bis; Sall. C. 2, 3; 3, 5; 14, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 6; 21, 10.—Before o (freq. in Cic.):
honestissimus atque ornatissimus,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 7, 17; 8, 21; 11, 31; id. Off. 1, 25, 86; 1, 27, 94; Caes. B. G. 1, 40; 2, 14; Sall. C. 10, 6; Liv. 21, 8.—Before u (very rare), Cic. Imp. Pomp. 3, 7; 5, 11; 6, 15; Caes. B. G. 1, 26; 2, 20; Sall. C. 31, 6; 42, 1.—Before h (not infreq.):
Sertorianae atque Hispaniensis,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 7, 19; id. Tusc. 1, 28, 69; id. Off. 1, 24, 87; Caes. B. G. 1, 19; 2, 9; 2, 10; Sall. C. 6, 1; 12, 2; Liv. 21, 37.—
b.
Before consonants.—Before b (very rare):
Gallorum atque Belgarum,
Caes. B. G. 1, 6; so,
Cassius atque Brutus,
Tac. A. 3, 76.—Before c (infreq. in Cic., freq. in Sall.):
in portubus atque custodiis,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 6, 16; 8, 21; id. Phil. 2, 8, 18; id. Tusc. 1, 18, 42; id. Off. 1, 25, 88; Sall. C. 2, 3; 7, 4; 16, 3; 26, 4; 29, 3.—Before d (infreq.):
superatam esse atque depressam,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 8, 21; id. Phil. 2, 44, 114: id. Off. 1, 6, 19; 1, 25, 85; 1, 33, 119; Sall. C. 4, 1; 20, 7; 20, 10.—Before f (infreq.):
vitiis atque flagitiis,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 30, 72; id. Off. 1, 28, 98; 1, 28, 100; Caes. B. G. 1, 2; Sall. C. 1, 4; 2, 9; 11, 2.— Before g (very rare):
dignitate atque gloria,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 11; 5, 12:
virtute atque gloria,
Sall. C. 3, 2; 61, 9.—Before j (very rare):
labore atque justitia,
Sall. C. 10, 1; 29, 3.—Before l (rare):
hilari atque laeto,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 42, 100; id. Off. 1, 19, 64; Sall. C. 14, 3; 21, 2; 28, 4.—Before m (infreq. in Cic., once in Caes.):
multae atque magnae,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 17, 50; id. Phil. 2, 39, 100; id. Off. 1, 29, 103; 1, 31, 110; Caes. B. G. 1, 34; Sall. C. 18, 4; 31, 7; 34, 1; 51, 1.—Before n (infreq.):
adventu atque nomine,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 5, 13; 20, 60; id. Off. 1, 28, 101; Sall. C. 2, 2 bis. —Before p (infreq. in Cic.):
magna atque praeclara,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 11, 31; 16, 48; id. Off. 1, 44, 156; Sall. C. 4, 1; 4, 4; 16, 2; 20, 3.—Before q (does not occur).—Before r (rare):
se conlegit atque recreavit,
Cic. Phil. 2, 24, 58.— Before s (rare in Cic.):
provinciarum atque sociorum,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 1, 24, 71; id. Off. 1, 9, 30; 1, 21, 72; Sall. C. 2, 5; 2, 7; 6, 1.— Before t (infreq.):
parietum atque tectorum,
Cic. Phil. 2, 28, 69; id. Tusc. 1, 24, 57; id. Off. 1, 35, 126; Sall. C. 42, 2; 50, 3; 51, 38.—Before v (infreq.):
gravis atque vehemens,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 9, 25; id. Tusc. 1, 23, 54; Sall. C. 1, 1; 12, 3; 45, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 30.—
2.
The form ac before consonants.—Before b (very rare):
sentientes ac bene meritos,
Cic. Off. 1, 41, 149:
feri ac barbari,
Caes. B. G. 1, 31 and 33.—Before c (very rare):
liberis ac conjugibus,
Liv. 21, 30:
Romae ac circa urbem,
id. 21, 62.—Before d (freq. in Cic.):
periculum ac discrimen,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 5, 12; 9, 23; 12, 33; id. Tusc. 1, 17, 40; 1, 28, 69; id. Off. 1, 14, 42:
usus ac disciplina,
Caes. B. G. 1, 40; 2, 31; Sall. C. 5, 4; 5, 8; 28, 1; Liv. 21, 10; 21, 18; 21, 19.—Before f (infreq.):
opima est ac fertilis,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 6, 14; 7, 19; id. Tusc. 1, 1, 2; 1, 27, 66; id. Off. 1, 29, 103:
potentissimos ac firmissimos,
Caes. B. G. 1, 3; 1, 48; 2, 12;
2, 13: pessuma ac flagitiosissima,
Sall. C. 5, 9; Liv. 21, 17; 21, 20.—Before g (does not occur).—Before j (very rare):
nobilitatis ac juventutis,
Cic. Phil. 2, 15, 37.—Before l (not infreq. in Liv.), Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 9; 23, 66; id. Phil. 2, 22, 54; Caes. B. G. 1, 12; 1, 23; 2, 23; Liv. 21, 13; 21, 14; 21, 35.—Before m (not infreq. in Cic.):
terrore ac metu,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 18, 54 bis; 20, 59; id. Tusc. 1, 40, 95; id. Off. 1, 30, 106; Caes. B. G. 1, 39; 2, 14; Sall. C. 2, 4; 10, 1; Liv. 21, 8; 21, 60.—Before n (not infreq. in Cic.):
insedit ac nimis inveteravit,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 3, 7:
gentes ac nationes,
id. ib. 11, 31; 12, 35 bis; id. Phil. 2, 21, 50; id. Tusc. 1, 21, 48; Caes. B. G. 1, 20; 2, 28; Liv. 21, 32.—Before p (not infreq. in Cic., Caes., and Liv.):
celeberrimum ac plenissimum,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 12, 33; 12, 35; 13, 36; id. Phil. 2, 15, 39; id. Tusc. 1, 17, 41; id. Off. 1, 20, 68; Caes. B. G. 1, 18; 1, 20; 2, 13; 2, 19; Sall. C. 5, 9; Liv. 21, 25; 21, 34; 21, 35.—Before q (does not occur).—Before r (infreq.):
firmamenti ac roboris,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 8, 21; 15, 45; id. Off. 1, 5, 15; Caes. B. G. 1, 25; Liv. 21, 41; 21, 44.—Before s (freq. in Cic. and Liv., infreq. in Caes.):
vectigalibus ac sociis,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 4; 4, 10; 11, 30; id. Phil. 2, 27, 66; Caes. B. G. 1, 25; 1, 31; 1, 33; 2, 24; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 33 bis; 21, 36.—Before t (infreq. in Cic., freq. in Liv.):
tantis rebus ac tanto bello,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 10, 27 bis; 19, 56; 20, 59; Caes. B. G. 1, 26; 1, 39; 2, 6; Liv. 21, 7 ter; 21, 10; 21, 14; 21, 25.—Before v (not in Cic., only once in Caes. and Sall., but freq. in Liv.):
armatos ac victores,
Caes. B. G. 1, 40:
inconsulte ac veluti etc.,
Sall. C. 42, 2:
opera ac vineae,
Liv. 21, 7; 21, 22; 21, 40; 21, 43. —(So in the phrases treated below: atque adeo, atque alter or alius, atque eccum, atque eo, atque etiam, atque illuc, atque is or hic, atque iterum, atque omnia, atque ut, atque late, atque sic, atque velut, but ac ne, ac si, and ac tamen).—With simul:
Britannorum acies in speciem simul ac terrorem editioribus locis constiterat,
Tac. Agr. 35:
in se simul atque in Herculem,
id. G. 34:
suos prosequitur simul ac deponit,
id. ib. 30; so,
sociis pariter atque hostibus,
id. H. 4, 73:
innocentes ac noxios juxta cadere,
id. A. 1, 48.—Hence, sometimes syn. with et—et, ut—ita, aeque ac; both—and, as—so, as well—as, as well as: hodie sero ac nequiquam [p. 190] voles, Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 103 (cf. Cic. Quinct. 25, 79:
verum et sero et nequidquam pudet): copia sententiarum atque verborum,
Cic. Cael. 19, 45:
omnia honesta atque inhonesta,
Sall. C. 30, 4:
nobiles atque ignobiles,
id. ib. 20, 7:
caloris ac frigoris patientia par,
Liv. 21, 4; 6, 41; Vell. 2, 127:
vir bonus et prudens dici delector ego ac tu,
Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 32.—
B.
Esp.
a.
In a hendiadys:
utinam isto animo atque virtute in summa re publica versari quam in municipali maluisset,
with this virtuous feeling, Cic. Leg. 3, 16, 36:
de conplexu ejus ac sinu,
of his bosom embrace, id. Cat. 2, 10, 22:
me eadem, quae ceteros, fama atque invidia vexabat, i. e. invidiosa fama,
Sall. C. 3 fin.:
clamore atque adsensu,
shout of applause, Liv. 21, 3.—
b.
In joining to the idea of a preceding word one more important, and indeed, and even, and especially (v. Kritz ad Sall. J. 4, 3).
(α).
Absol.: Pa. Nempe tu istic ais esse erilem concubinam? Sc. Atque arguo me etc., yea and I maintain that I etc., Plaut. Mil. 2, 3, 66: Ph. Tun vidisti? Sc. Atque his quidem oculis, id. ib. 2, 4, 15: Ps. Ecquid habet is homo aceti in pectore? Ch. Atque acidissimi, id. Ps. 2, 4, 49; so id. Bacch. 3, 6, 9; id. Men. 1, 2, 40: Py. Cognoscitne (ea)? Ch. Ac memoriter, Ter. Eun. 5, 3, 6:
Faciam boni tibi aliquid pro ista re ac lubens,
and with a good will, id. Heaut. 4, 5, 15:
rem difficilem (dii immortales) atque omnium difficillimam,
and indeed, Cic. Or. 16, 52:
magna diis immortalibus habenda est gratia atque huic ipsi Jovi Statori, etc.,
and especially, id. Cat. 1, 5, 11:
hebeti ingenio atque nullo,
and in fact, id. Tusc. 5, 15, 45:
ex plurimis periculis et insidiis atque ex media morte,
and even, id. Cat. 4, 9:
fratre meo atque eodem propinquo suo interfecto,
and at the same time, Sall. J. 14, 11:
intra moenia atque in sinu urbis,
id. C. 52, 35.—
(β).
With adeo, and that too, and even:
intra moenia atque adeo in senatu,
Cic. Cat. 1, 2, 5:
qui in urbe remanserunt atque adeo qui contra urbis salutem etc.,
id. ib. 2, 12, 27:
insto atque urgeo, insector, posco atque adeo flagito crimen,
id. Planc. 19 fin.:
non petentem atque adeo etiam absentem,
Liv. 10, 5.—And with autem also added:
atque adeo autem quor etc.,
Ter. Eun. 5, 4, 42.—
(γ).
With etiam:
id jam populare atque etiam plausibile factum est,
and also, Cic. Div. in Caecil. 3, 8:
ne Verginio commeatum dent atque etiam in custodia habeant,
Liv. 3, 46.—
(δ).
With the dem. pron. hic, is:
negotium magnum est navigare atque id mense Quintili,
and besides, and that, and that too, Cic. Att. 5, 12; 1, 14:
maximis defixis trabibus atque eis praeacutis,
Caes. B. C. 1, 27:
Asseres pedum XII. cuspidibus praefixis atque hi maximis ballistis missi,
id. ib. 2, 2:
duabus missis subsidio cohortibus a Caesare, atque his primis legionum duarum,
id. B. G. 5, 15; id. B. C. 3, 70:
flumen uno omnino loco pedibus atque hoc aegre transiri potest,
id. B. G. 5, 18:
ad celeritatem onerandi subductionesque paulo facit humiliores... atque id eo magis, quod, etc.,
id. ib. 5, 1; cf. without id (perh. to avoid the repetition of the pron.): qua (sc. virtute) nostri milites facile superabant, atque eo magis, quod, etc., and that the more because etc., id. ib. 3, 8 fin.:
dicendi artem apta trepidatione occultans atque eo validior,
Tac. H. 1, 69; 2, 37; id. A. 4, 22; 4, 46.—
II.
In comparisons.
A.
Of equality (Rudd. II. p. 94; Zumpt, § 340); with par, idem, item, aequus, similis, juxta, talis, totidem, etc., as: et nota, quod ex hujus modi structura Graeca (sc. homoios kai, etc.) frequenter Latini ac et atque in significatione similitudinis accipiunt, Prisc. pp. 1192 and 1193 P.; cf. Gell. 10, 29; Lidd. and Scott, s. v. kai, III.:
si parem sententiam hic habet ac formam,
Plaut. Mil. 4, 6, 36: quom opulenti loquuntur pariter atque ignobiles, Enn. ap. Gell. 11, 4:
Ecastor pariter hoc atque alias res soles,
Plaut. Men. 5, 1, 52:
pariter nunc opera me adjuves ac re dudum opitulata es,
Ter. Phorm. 5, 3, 3:
neque enim mihi par ratio cum Lucilio est ac tecum fuit,
Cic. N. D. 3, 1, 3:
parique eum atque illos imperio esse jussit,
Nep. Dat. 3, 5:
magistrum equitum pari ac dictatorem imperio fugavit,
id. Hann. 5, 3:
pariter patribus ac plebi carus,
Liv. 2, 33: nam et vita est eadem et animus te erga idem ac fuit, Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 24:
In hanc argumentationes ex eisdem locis sumendae sunt atque in causam negotialem,
Cic. Inv. 2, 23, 70:
equi quod alii sunt ad rem militarem idonei, alii ad vecturam... non item sunt spectandi atque habendi,
Varr. R. R. 2, 7, 15; id. L. L. 10, § 74 Mull.:
cum ex provincia populi Romani aequam partem tu tibi sumpseris atque populo Romano miseris,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 19:
Modo ne in aequo (jure) hostes apud vos sint ac nos socii,
Liv. 39, 37 (exs. with aeque; v. aeque, d); Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 83 fin.:
et simili jure tu ulcisceris patrui mortem atque ille persequeretur fratris sui, si, etc.,
id. Rab. Perd. 5; id. Phil. 1, 4; id. Agr. 1, 4 fin.:
similem pavorem inde ac fugam fore, ac bello Gallico fuerit,
Liv. 6, 28; Col. 5, 7, 3:
contendant, se juxta hieme atque aestate bella gerere posse,
Liv. 5, 6; cf. Drak. ad Liv. 1, 54, 9:
faxo eum tali mactatum, atque hic est, infortunio,
Ter. Phorm. 5, 9, 39; Cic. Vatin. 4, 10:
cum totidem navibus atque erat profectus,
Nep. Milt. 7, 4.—
B.
Of difference; with alius and its derivv., with dissimile, contra, contrarius, secus, etc., than:
illi sunt alio ingenio atque tu,
other than, different from, Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 35 al.; v. the passages under alius, I. B. a:
aliter tuum amorem atque est accipis,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 23 al.; v. the passages under aliter, 1. a.; cf.
also aliorsum, II., and aliusmodi: quod est non dissimile atque ire in Solonium,
Cic. Att. 2, 3:
simulacrum in excelso collocare et, contra atque ante fuerat, ad orientem convertere,
id. Cat. 3, 8, 20:
vides, omnia fere contra ac dicta sint evenisse,
id. Div. 2, 24 fin.; id. Verr. 2, 1, 46:
qui versantur retro, contrario motu atque caelum,
id. Rep. 6, 17, 17:
membra paulo secus a me atque ab illo partita,
id. de Or. 3, 30, 119:
cujus ego salutem non secus ac meam tueri debeo,
id. Planc. 1 fin. al.; v. contra, contrarius, secus, etc.—
C.
Sometimes, in cases of equality or difference, atque with ut or ac with si (with aliter affirm. Cic. appears to connect only atque ut, not ac si;
once, however, non aliter, ac si,
Cic. Att. 13, 51;
v. aliter, 1. b.): pariter hoc fit atque ut alia facta sunt,
Plaut. Am. 4, 1, 11:
nec fallaciam Astutiorem ullus fecit poeta atque Ut haec est fabre facta a nobis,
id. Cas. 5, 1, 6 sqq.:
quod iste aliter atque ut edixerat decrevisset,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 46:
et qui suos casus aliter ferunt atque ut auctores aliis ipsi fuerunt, etc.,
id. Tusc. 3, 30, 73:
si mentionem fecerint, quo aliter ager possideretur atque ut ex legibus Juliis,
id. Att. 2, 18, 2; 16, 13, c; cf. Wopk. Lect. Tull. 1, 15, p. 118; Dig. 43, 13, 11:
Egnatii absentis rem ut tueare, aeque a te peto ac si mea negotia essent,
just as if, Cic. Fam. 13, 43:
tu autem similiter facis ac si me roges, etc.,
id. N. D. 3, 3, 8:
reliquis officiis, juxta ac si meus frater esset, sustentavit,
id. Post. Red. in Sen. 8, 20:
quod dandum est amicitiae, large dabitur a me non secus ac si meus esset frater,
id. Mur. 4 fin.:
haec sunt, tribuni, consilia vestra, non, hercule, dissimilia, ac si quis, etc.,
Liv. 5, 5 fin. al. —
D.
More rare with nimis, in partem, pro eo, etc.;
in Plaut. also with mutare or demutare = aliud esse: nimis bellus, atque ut esse maxume optabam, locus,
Plaut. Bacch. 4, 4, 73:
haud centensumam Partem dixi atque, otium rei si sit, possim expromere,
id. Mil. 3, 1, 168: sane quam pro eo ac debui graviter molesteque tuli, just as was my duty, Sulp. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5:
debeo sperare, omnes deos, qui huic urbi praesident, pro eo mihi, ac mereor, relaturos gratiam esse,
Cic. Cat. 4, 2:
pro eo, ac si concessum sit, concludere oportebit argumentationem,
id. Inv. 1, 32, 54:
non possum ego non aut proxime atque ille aut etiam aeque laborare,
nearly the same as he, id. Fam. 9, 13, 2:
neque se luna quoquam mutat atque uti exorta est semel,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 118:
num quid videtur demutare atque ut quidem Dixi?
id. Mil. 4, 3, 37.—
E.
Sometimes the word indicating comparison (aeque, tantopere, etc.) is to be supplied from the connection (in the class. per. perh. used only once by Cassius in epist. style):
nebula haud est mollis atque hujus est,
Plaut. Cas. 4, 4, 21:
quem esse amicum ratus sum atque ipsus sum mihi,
id. Bacch. 3, 6, 20:
quae suco caret atque putris pumex,
Priap. 32, 7 (Mull., est putusque): digne ac mereor commendatus esse, Cass. ap. Cic. Fam. 12, 13; Dig. 2, 14, 4; 19, 2, 54.—
F.
Poet. or in post-Aug. prose with comparatives (for quam), than:
amicior mihi nullus vivit atque is est,
Plaut. Merc. 5, 2, 56:
non Apollinis magis verum atque hoc responsum est,
Ter. And. 4, 2, 15 Ruhnk.:
Illi non minus ac tibi Pectore uritur intimo Flamma,
Cat. 61, 172:
haud minus ac jussi faciunt,
Verg. A. 3, 561:
Non tuus hoc capiet venter plus ac meus,
Hor. S. 1, 1, 46 Bentl. and Heind. (cf. infra:
nihilo plus accipias quam Qui nil portarit): qui peccas minus atque ego,
id. ib. 2, 7, 96:
Artius atque hedera procera adstringitur ilex,
id. Epod. 15, 5; Suet. Caes. 14 Ruhnk. —
G.
In the comparison of two periods of time, most freq. with simul (v. examples under simul); ante- or post-class. with principio, statim:
principio Atque animus ephebis aetate exiit,
as soon as, Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 40:
judici enim, statim atque factus est, omnium rerum officium incumbit,
Dig. 21, 1, 25:
quamvis, statim atque intercessit, mulier competierat,
ib. 16, 1, 24.—
III.
To connect a negative clause which explains or corrects what precedes; hence sometimes with potius (class.; in Cic. very freq., but rare in the poets), and not, and not rather.
a.
Absol.:
Decipiam ac non veniam,
Ter. Heaut. 4, 4, 6:
si fidem habeat,... ac non id metuat, ne etc.,
id. Eun. 1, 2, 60:
perparvam vero controversiam dicis, ac non eam, quae dirimat omnia,
Cic. Leg. 1, 20, 54:
quasi nunc id agatur, quis ex tanta multitudine occiderit, ac non hoc quaeratur, eum, etc.,
id. Rosc. Am. 33:
si (mundum) tuum ac non deorum immortalium domicilium putes, nonne plane desipere videare?
id. N. D. 2, 6, 17:
nemo erat, qui illum reum ac non miliens condemnatum arbitraretur,
id. Att. 1, 16:
si hoc dissuadere est, ac non disturbare ac pervertere,
id. Agr. 2, 37, 101:
si res verba desideraret ac non pro se ipsa loqueretur,
id. Fam. 3, 2 fin.: hoc te exspectare tempus tibi turpe est ac non ei rei sapientia tua te occurrere, Serv. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5, 6:
velut destituti ac non qui ipsi destituissent,
Liv. 8, 27; 7, 3 fin.:
si mihi mea sententia proferenda ac non disertissimorum,
Tac. Or. 1.—
b.
With potius:
Quam ob rem scriba deducet, ac non potius mulio, qui advexit?
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 79 (B. and K., et):
quis (eum) ita aspexit, ut perditum civem, ac non potius ut importunissimum hostem?
id. Cat. 2, 6, 12.— Pliny the elder commonly employs in this sense atque non, not ac non:
concremasse ea (scrinia) optuma fide atque non legisse,
Plin. 7, 25, 26, § 94; 22, 24, 50, § 108; 29, 2, 9, § 29; 27, 9, 55, § 78; 31, 7, 39, § 73 et saep. —
IV.
In connecting clauses and beginning periods.
1.
In gen., and, and so, and even, and too: Pamph. Antiquam adeo tuam venustatem obtines. Bacch. Ac tu ecastor morem antiquom atque ingenium obtines, And you too, Ter. Hec. 5, 4, 20:
atque illi (philosopho) ordiri placet etc.,
Cic. de Or. 3, 47, 183: Africanus indigens mei? Minime hercle. Ac ne ego quidem illius, And I indeed not, etc., id. Lael. 9, 30; id. Fin. 5, 11, 33:
cum versus facias, te ipsum percontor, etc.... Atque ego cum Graecos facerem, natus mare citra, Versiculos, etc.,
Hor. S. 1, 10, 31:
multa quippe et diversa angebant: validior per Germaniam exercitus, etc.... quos igitur anteferret? ac (i. e. similiter angebat), ne postpositi contumelia incenderentur,
Tac. A. 1, 47:
Minime, minime, inquit Secundus, atque adeo vellem maturius intervenisses,
Tac. Or. 14:
ac similiter in translatione, etc.,
Quint. 3, 6, 77.—
2.
In adducing new arguments of similar force in favor of any assertion or making further statements about a subject, etc.; cf. Beier ad Cic. Off. 3, 11, 487.
a.
Absol.:
maxima est enim vis vetustatis et consuetudinis: atque in ipso equo, cujus modo mentionem feci, si, etc.,
and furthermore, and moreover, Cic. Lael. 19, 68: Atque, si natura confirmatura jus non erit, virtutes omnes tollentur, id. Leg. 1, 15, 42 B. and K. —
b.
Often with etiam:
Atque alias etiam dicendi virtutes sequitur,
Cic. Or. 40, 139:
Atque hoc etiam animadvertendum non esse omnia etc.,
id. de Or. 2, 61, 251; so id. Off. 1, 26, 90; id. N. D. 2, 11, 30; Col. 2, 2, 3.—
c.
Sometimes with quoque:
Atque occidi quoque Potius quam cibum praehiberem,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 133; so Cic. N. D. 2, 12, 32; Col. 2, 13, 3, and Cels. 2, 3; 3, 22.—
d.
And even with quoque etiam: Atque ego [p. 191] quoque etiam, qui Jovis sum filius, Contagione etc., Plaut. Am. prol. 30.—
3.
In narration:
aegre submoventes obvios intrare portam, qui adducebant Philopoemenem, potuerunt: atque conferta turba iter reliquum clauserat,
Liv. 39, 49; 5, 21 fin.:
completur caede, quantum inter castra murosque vacui fuit: ac rursus nova laborum facies,
Tac. H. 3, 30; cf. Caes. B. C. 2, 28 fin. and 2, 29 init. —
4.
In introducing comparisons, atque ut, atque velut (mostly poet., esp. in epic poetry):
Atque ut perspicio, profecto etc.,
Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 53:
ac veluti magno in populo cum saepe coorta est Seditio.... Sic cunctus pelagi cecidit fragor, etc.,
Verg. A. 1, 148; so id. G. 4, 170; id. A. 2, 626; 4, 402; 4, 441; 6, 707; 9, 59; 10, 405; 10, 707; 10, 803; 11, 809; 12, 365; 12, 521; 12, 684; 12, 715;
12, 908: Inclinare meridiem Sentis ac, veluti stet volucris dies, Parcis deripere etc.,
Hor. C. 3, 28, 6; Val. Fl. 6, 664;
and so, Ac velut in nigro jactatis turbine nautis, etc.... Tale fuit nobis Manius auxilium,
Cat. 68, 63 (for which Sillig and Muller read:
Hic velut, etc.): Atque ut magnas utilitates adipiscimur, etc.,
Cic. Off. 2, 5, 16:
Atque ut hujus mores veros amicos parere non potuerunt, sic etc.,
id. Lael. 15, 54.—
5.
In connecting two acts or events.
a.
In the order of time, and then; hence the ancient grammarians assume in it the notion of quick succession, and explain it, though improperly, as syn. with statim, ilico, without any accompanying copulative, v. Gell. 10, 29; Non. p. 530, 1 sq. (only in the poets and histt.): Atque atque accedit muros Romana juventus (the repetition of the atque represents the approach step by step), Enn. ap. Gell. and Non. l. l. (Ann. v. 527 Mull.): Quo imus una;
ad prandium? Atque illi tacent,
And then they are silent, Plaut. Capt. 3, 1, 19:
Ubi cenamus? inquam, atque illi abnuunt,
and upon this they shake their head, id. ib. 3, 1, 21; id. Ep. 2, 2, 33:
dum circumspecto atque ego lembum conspicor,
id. Bacch. 2, 3, 45; so id. Merc. 2, 1, 32; 2, 1, 35; id. Most. 5, 1, 9:
lucernam forte oblitus fueram exstinguere: Atque ille exclamat derepente maximum,
and then he suddenly exclaims, id. ib. 2, 2, 57: cui fidus Achates It comes... atque illi Misenum in litore sicco Ut venere, vident, etc., and as they thus came, etc., Verg. A. 6, 162:
dixerat, atque illi sese deus obtulit ultro,
Stat. Th. 9, 481; 12, 360; Liv. 26, 39, 16; Tac. H. 3, 17:
tum Otho ingredi castra ausus: atque illum tribuni centurionesque circumsistunt,
id. ib. 1, 82. —Sometimes with two imperatives, in order to indicate vividly the necessity of a quicker succession, or the close connection between two actions:
cape hoc argentum atque defer,
Ter. Heaut. 4, 7, 3:
abi domum ac deos comprecare,
id. Ad. 4, 5, 65:
tace modo ac sequere hac,
id. ib. 2, 4, 16:
Accipe carmina atque hanc sine tempora circum hederam tibi serpere,
Verg. E. 8, 12; id. G. 1, 40; 3, 65; 4, 330:
Da auxilium, pater, atque haec omina firma,
id. A. 2, 691; 3, 89; 3, 250; 3, 639; 4, 424; 9, 90; 10, 624; 11, 370.—
b.
In the order of thought, and so, and thus, and therefore.
(α).
Absol.:
si nunc de tuo jure concessisses paululum, Atque adulescenti morigerasses,
and so, Ter. Ad. 2, 2, 10.—
(β).
With ita or sic:
Ventum deinde ad multo angustiorem rupem, atque ita rectis saxis, etc.,
Liv. 21, 36; Plin. 10, 58, 79, § 158:
ac sic prope innumerabiles species reperiuntur,
Quint. 12, 10, 67.—
c.
Connecting conclusion and condition, so, then (cf. at, II. F.):
non aliter quam qui adverso vix flumine lembum Remigiis subigit, si bracchia forte remisit, Atque illum praeceps prono rapit alveus amni,
Verg. G. 1, 203 (here explained by statim by Gell. 10, 29, and by Servius, but thus its connective force is wholly lost; cf. also Forbig ad h. l. for still another explanation).—
6.
(As supra, I. c.) To annex a thought of more importance:
Satisne videtur declarasse Dionysius nihil esse ei beatum, cui semper aliqui terror impendeat? atque ei ne integrum quidem erat, ut ad justitiam remigraret,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 21, 62; id. Tull. 4:
hoc enim spectant leges, hoc volunt, incolumem esse civium conjunctionem, quam qui dirimunt, eos morte... coercent. Atque hoc multo magis efficit ipsa naturae ratio,
id. Off. 3, 5, 23; id. Fam. 6, 1, 4: hac spe lapsus Induciomarus... exsules damnatosque tota Gallia magnis praemiis ad se allicere coepit;
ac tantam sibi jam iis rebus in Gallia auctoritatem comparaverat, ut, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 5, 55 fin.; Nep. Hann. 13, 2; Quint. 1, 10, 16.—Hence also in answers, in order to confirm a question or assertion:
Sed videone ego Pamphilippum cum fratre Epignomo? Atque is est,
And he it is, Yes, it is he, Plaut. Stich. 4, 2, 4; so id. Truc. 1, 2, 24: Th. Mihin malum minitare? Ca. Atque edepol non minitabor, sed dabo, id. Curc. 4, 4, 15: Ch. Egon formidulosus? nemost hominum, qui vivat, minus. Th. Atque ita opust, Ter. Eun. 4, 6, 20.—
7.
In expressing a wish, atque utinam:
Veritus sum arbitros, atque utinam memet possim obliscier! Att., Trag. Rel. p. 160 Rib.: videmus enim fuisse quosdam, qui idem ornate ac graviter, idem versute et subtiliter dicerent. Atque utinam in Latinis talis oratoris simulacrum reperire possemus!
Cic. Or. 7, 22; so id. Rep. 3, 5, 8:
Atque utinam pro decore etc.,
Liv. 21, 41, 13:
Atque utinam ex vobis unus etc.,
Verg. E. 10, 35; id. A. 1, 575:
Atque utinam... Ille vir in medio fiat amore lapis!
Prop. 2, 9, 47; 3, 6, 15; 3, 7, 25; 3, 8, 19 al.—
8.
To connect an adversative clause, and often fully with tamen, and yet, notwithstanding, nevertheless.
a.
Absol.: Mihi quidem hercle non fit veri simile;
atque ipsis commentum placet,
Ter. And. 1, 3, 20 Ruhnk. (atque pro tamen, Don.):
ego quia non rediit filius, quae cogito!... Atque ex me hic natus non est, sed ex fratre,
id. Ad. 1, 1, 15 (Quasi dicat, ex me non est, et sic afficior: quid paterer si genuissem? Don.; cf. Acron. ap. Charis. p. 204 P.); Cic. Off. 3, 11, 48 Beier; id. Mur. 34, 71 Matth.:
ceterum ex aliis negotiis, quae ingenio exercentur, in primis magno usui est memoria rerum gestarum... Atque ego credo fore qui, etc.,
and yet I believe, Sall. J. 4, 1 and 3 Corte; id. C. 51, 35:
observare principis egressum in publicum, insidere vias examina infantium futurusque populus solebat. Labor parentibus erat ostentare parvulos... Ac plerique insitis precibus surdas principis aures obstrepebant,
Plin. Pan. 26.—
b.
With tamen:
nihil praeterea est magnopere dicendum. Ac tamen, ne cui loco non videatur esse responsum, etc.,
Cic. Fin. 2, 27, 85:
discipulos dissimilis inter se ac tamen laudandos,
id. de Or. 3, 10, 35; id. Rep. 1, 7, 12:
Atque in his tamen tribus generibus etc.,
id. Off. 3, 33, 118; id. Pis. 1, 3; 13, 30; id. Prov. Cons. 7, 16; 7, 15 fin. (cf. in reference to the last four passages Wund. Varr. Lectt. p. lviii. sq.):
ac tamen initia fastigii etc.,
Tac. A. 3, 29; 3, 56; 12, 56;
14, 21: pauciores cum pluribus certasse, ac tamen fusos Germanos,
id. H. 5, 16.—
9.
To connect a minor affirmative proposition (the assumptio or propositio minor of logical lang.) in syllogisms, now, but, but now (while atqui is used to connect either an affirmative or negative minor premiss: v. atqui): Scaptius quaternas postulabat. Metui, si impetrasset, ne tu ipse me amare desineres;
... Atque hoc tempore ipso impingit mihi epistulam etc.,
Cic. Att. 6, 1, 6.—Sometimes the conclusion is to be supplied:
nisi qui naturas hominum, penitus perspexerit, dicendo, quod volet, perficere non poterit. Atque totus hic locus philosophorum putatur proprius (conclusion: ergo oratorem philosophiam cognoscere oportet),
Cic. de Or. 1, 12, 53 and 54.—
10.
In introducing a purpose (freq. in Cic.).
a.
A negative purpose, and esp. in anticipating an objection:
Ac ne sine causa videretur edixisse,
Cic. Phil. 3, 9, 24:
Ac ne forte hoc magnum ac mirabile esse videatur,
id. de Or. 2, 46, 191; so id. Fam. 5, 12, 30:
Ac ne saepius dicendum sit,
Cels. 8, 1:
Ac ne forte roges, quo me duce, quo lare tuter,
Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 13:
Ac ne forte putes,
id. ib. 2, 1, 208:
Ac ne forte putes etc.,
Ov. R. Am. 465 (Merkel, Et).—
b.
A positive purpose:
Atque ut ejus diversa studia in dissimili ratione perspicere possitis, nemo etc.,
Cic. Cat. 2, 5, 9:
Atque ut omnes intellegant me etc.... dico etc.,
id. Imp. Pomp. 8, 20; 2, 4; id. Clu. 14, 43; id. Sull. 2, 5; id. de Or. 3, 11, 40:
Atque ut C. Flaminium relinquam etc.,
id. Leg. 3, 9, 20; id. Fin. 3, 2, 4.—
11.
a.. In continuing a thought in assertions or narration, and, now, and now, Plaut. Aul. prol. 18: audistis, cum pro se diceret, genus orationis, etc.,... perspexistis. Atque in eo non solum ingenium ejus videbatis, etc., Cic. Cael. 19, 45; so id. de Or. 3, 32, 130; 2, 7, 27; 3, 10, 39 al.; Caes. B. G. 2, 29; Nep. Ages. 7, 3; 8, 1, Eum. 10, 3 Bremi; Tac. A. 14, 64; 15, 3; Verg. A. 9, 1; Sil. 4, 1 al.: ac si, sublato illo, depelli a vobis omne periculum judicarem, now if I, etc., Cic. Cat. 2, 2, 3:
atque si etiam hoc natura praescribit, etc.,
id. Off. 3, 6, 27; so Quint. 10, 1, 26; 10, 2, 8.—
b.
In introducing parentheses:
vulgo credere, Penino (atque inde nomen et jugo Alpium inditum) transgressum,
Liv. 21, 38:
omne adfectus genus (atque ea maxime jucundam et ornatam faciunt orationem) de luxuria, etc.,
Quint. 4, 3, 15 MSS., where Halm after Spalding reads et quae. —
c.
At the conclusion of a discourse (not infreq. in Cic.): Atque in primis duabus dicendi partibus qualis esset, summatim breviterque descripsimus, And thus have we, then, briefly described, etc., Cic. Or. 15, 50:
Ac de primo quidem officii fonte diximus,
id. Off. 1, 6, 19:
Ac de inferenda quidem injuria satis dictum est,
id. ib. 1, 8, 27; id. Inv. 2, 39, 115 al.—
V.
In particular connections and phrases.
A.
Unus atque alter, one and the other; alius atque alius, one and another; now this, now that:
unae atque alterae scalae,
Sall. J. 60, 7:
quarum (coclearum) cum unam atque alteram, dein plures peteret,
id. ib. 93, 2:
unum atque alterum lacum integer perfluit,
Tac. H. 5, 6:
dilatisque alia atque alia de causa comitiis,
Liv. 8, 23, 17; Col. 9, 8, 10:
alius atque alius,
Tac. H. 1, 46; 1, 50 (v. alius, II. D.).—Also separated by several words:
aliud ejus subinde atque aliud facientes initium,
Sen. Ep. 32, 2.—
B.
Etiam atque etiam. again and again:
temo Stellas cogens etiam atque etiam Noctis sublime iter, Enn., Trag. Rel. p. 39 Rib.: etiam atque etiam cogita,
Ter. Eun. 1, 1, 11:
etiam atque etiam considera,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 14, 46:
monitos eos etiam atque etiam volo,
id. Cat. 2, 12, 27.—So, semel atque iterum, Cic. Font. 26; id. Clu. 49; Tac. Or. 17; and:
iterum atque iterum,
Verg. A. 8, 527; Hor. S. 1, 10, 39.—
C.
Huc atque illuc, hither and thither, Cic. Q. Rosc. 37; id. de Or. 1, 40, 184; Verg. A. 9, 57; Ov. M. 2, 357; 10, 376; Tac. Agr. 10; id. H. 1, 85.—
D.
Longe atque late, far and wide, Cic. Marcell. 29:
atque eccum or atque eccum video, in colloquial lang.: Heus vocate huc Davom. Atque eccum,
but here he is, Ter. And. 3, 3, 48:
Audire vocem visa sum modo militis. Atque eccum,
and here he is, id. Eun. 3, 2, 2; so id. Hec. 4, 1, 8.—
E.
Atque omnia, in making an assertion general, and so generally:
Atque in eis omnibus, quae sunt actionis, inest quaedam vis a natura data,
Cic. de Or. 3, 59, 223:
quorum (verborum) descriptus ordo alias alia terminatione concluditur, atque omnia illa et prima et media verba spectare debent ad ultimum,
id. Or. 59, 200; id. de Or. 2, 64, 257: commoda civium non divellere, atque omnes aequitate eadem continere, and so rather, etc., id. Off. 2, 23, 83:
nihil acerbum esse, nihil crudele, atque omnia plena clementiae, humanitatis,
id. ad Q. Fr. 1, 1, 8:
Atque omnis vitae ratio sic constat, ut, quae probamus in aliis, facere ipsi velimus,
Quint. 10, 2, 2.—
F.
With other conjunctions.
1.
After et:
equidem putabam virtutem hominibus instituendo et persuadendo, non minis et vi ac metu tradi,
Cic. de Or. 1, 58, 247:
Magnifica vero vox et magno viro ac sapiente digna,
id. Off. 3, 1, 1; id. Cael. 13:
vanus aspectus et auri fulgor atque argenti,
Tac. Agr. 32.:
denuntiarent, ut ab Saguntinis abstineret et Carthaginem in Africam traicerent ac sociorum querimonias deferrent,
Liv. 21, 6, 4:
ubi et fratrem consilii ac periculi socium haberem,
id. 21, 41, 2:
et uti liter demum ac Latine perspicueque,
Quint. 8, 3, 3:
Nam et subtili plenius aliquid atque subtilius et vehementi remissius atque vehementius invenitur,
id. 12, 10, 67. —
2.
After que, as in Gr. te kai: litterisque ac laudibus aeternare, Varr. ap. Non. p. 75, 20:
submoverique atque in castra redigi,
Liv. 26, 10:
terrorem caedemque ac fugam fecere,
id. 21, 52:
mus Sub terris posuitque domos atque horrea fecit,
Verg. G. 1, 182; 3, 434; id. A. 8, 486.—
3.
Before et:
caelum ipsum ac mare et silvas circum spectantes,
Tac. Agr. 32.—
4.
After neque (only in the poets and post - Aug. prose):
nec clavis nec canis atque calix,
Mart. 1, 32, 4: naturam Oceani atque aestus [p. 192] neque quaerere hujus operis est, ac multi retulere, Tac. Agr. 10:
mediocritatem pristinam neque dissimulavit umquam ac frequenter etiam prae se tulit,
Suet. Vesp. 12.—
G.
Atque repeated, esp. in arch. Lat.: Scio solere plerisque hominibus in rebus secundis atque prolixis atque prosperis animum excellere atque superbiam atque ferociam augescere atque crescere, Cato ap. Gell. 7, 3: Dicere possum quibus villae atque aedes aedificatae atque expolitae maximo opere citro atque ebore atque pavimentis Poenicis stent, Cato ap. Fest. p. 242 Mull.:
atque ut C. Flamininum atque ea, quae jam prisca videntur, propter vetustatem relinquam,
Cic. Leg. 3, 9, 20:
omnem dignitatem tuam in virtute atque in rebus gestis atque in tua gravitate positam existimare,
id. Fam. 1, 5, 8.—Esp. freq. in enumerations in the poets:
Haec atque illa dies atque alia atque alia,
Cat. 68, 152:
Mavortia tellus Atque Getae atque Hebrus,
Verg. G. 4, 463:
Clioque et Beroe atque Ephyre Atque Opis et Asia,
id. ib. 4, 343.—And sometimes forming a double connective, both— and = et—et:
Multus ut in terras deplueretque lapis: Atque tubas atque arma ferunt crepitantia caelo Audita,
Tib. 2, 5, 73:
complexa sui corpus miserabile nati Atque deos atque astra vocat crudelia mater,
Verg. E. 5, 23; Sil. 1, 93; v. Forbig ad Verg. l. l.

► Atque regularly stands at the beginning of its sentence or clause or before the word it connects, but in poetry it sometimes, like et and at, stands:
a.
In the second place:
Jamque novum terrae stupeant lucescere solem, Altius atque cadant imbres,
Verg. E. 6, 38 Rib., ubi v. Forbig.:
Accipite ergo animis atque haec mea figite dicta,
id. A. 3, 250, and 10, 104 (animis may, however, here be taken with Accipite, as in id. ib. 5, 304):
Esto beata, funus atque imagines Ducant triumphales tuum,
Hor. Epod. 8, 11; id. S. 1, 5, 4; 1, 6, 111; 1, 7, 12 (ubi v. Fritzsche).—
b.
In the third place:
quod pubes hedera virente Gaudeant pulla magis atque myrto,
Hor. C. 1, 25, 18; cf. at fin. (Vid. more upon this word in Hand, Turs. I. pp. 452-513.)

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > ac
93 adque

atque or āc (atque is used before vowels and consonants, ac, in class. lang., only before consonants; v. infra, I.), conj. [at has regularly in the compound atque a continuative, as in atqui it has an adversative force; pr. and further, and besides, and also; cf. in Gr. pros de, pros de eti, eti kai, eti de, and te kai; v. at init., and for the change of form atque, ac, cf. neque, nec; in MSS. and inscriptions sometimes written adque, and sometimes by confusion atqui ], a copulative particle, and also, and besides, and even, and (indicating a close internal connection between single words or whole clauses; while et designates an external connection of diff. objects with each other, v. et; syn.: et, -que, autem, praeterea, porro, ad hoc, ad haec).
I.
In joining single words, which is its most common use.
A.
In gen. (The following representation is based on a collection of all the instances of the use of atque and ac in Cic. Imp. Pomp., Phil. 2, Tusc. 1, and Off. 1; in Caes. B. G. 1 and 2; in Sall. C.; and in Liv. 21; and wherever in the account either author or work is not cited, there atque or ac does not occur.)
1.
The form atque.
a.
Before vowels and h. —Before a (very freq.):
sociorum atque amicorum,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6; 3, 7; id. Phil. 2, 13, 33; id. Tusc. 1, 34, 122; Caes. B. G. 1, 2; 1, 18; 1, 26; 2, 14; Sall. C. 5, 8; 7, 5; Liv. 21, 3; 21, 12.—Before e (very freq.):
deposci atque expeti,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 5; 6, 16; 10, 28; id. Phil, 2, 21, 51; 2, 21, 52; id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46; Caes. B. G. 1, 6; 1, 15; 1, 18; 2, 19; Sall. C. 14, 6; 49, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 37.—Before i (very freq.):
excitare atque inflammare,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6; 3, 7; 7, 18; id. Phil. 2, 15, 37; 2, 21, 50; id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46; 1, 40, 97; Caes. B. G. 1, 17; 1, 20; 1, 22; 2, 1 bis; Sall. C. 2, 3; 3, 5; 14, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 6; 21, 10.—Before o (freq. in Cic.):
honestissimus atque ornatissimus,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 7, 17; 8, 21; 11, 31; id. Off. 1, 25, 86; 1, 27, 94; Caes. B. G. 1, 40; 2, 14; Sall. C. 10, 6; Liv. 21, 8.—Before u (very rare), Cic. Imp. Pomp. 3, 7; 5, 11; 6, 15; Caes. B. G. 1, 26; 2, 20; Sall. C. 31, 6; 42, 1.—Before h (not infreq.):
Sertorianae atque Hispaniensis,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 7, 19; id. Tusc. 1, 28, 69; id. Off. 1, 24, 87; Caes. B. G. 1, 19; 2, 9; 2, 10; Sall. C. 6, 1; 12, 2; Liv. 21, 37.—
b.
Before consonants.—Before b (very rare):
Gallorum atque Belgarum,
Caes. B. G. 1, 6; so,
Cassius atque Brutus,
Tac. A. 3, 76.—Before c (infreq. in Cic., freq. in Sall.):
in portubus atque custodiis,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 6, 16; 8, 21; id. Phil. 2, 8, 18; id. Tusc. 1, 18, 42; id. Off. 1, 25, 88; Sall. C. 2, 3; 7, 4; 16, 3; 26, 4; 29, 3.—Before d (infreq.):
superatam esse atque depressam,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 8, 21; id. Phil. 2, 44, 114: id. Off. 1, 6, 19; 1, 25, 85; 1, 33, 119; Sall. C. 4, 1; 20, 7; 20, 10.—Before f (infreq.):
vitiis atque flagitiis,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 30, 72; id. Off. 1, 28, 98; 1, 28, 100; Caes. B. G. 1, 2; Sall. C. 1, 4; 2, 9; 11, 2.— Before g (very rare):
dignitate atque gloria,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 11; 5, 12:
virtute atque gloria,
Sall. C. 3, 2; 61, 9.—Before j (very rare):
labore atque justitia,
Sall. C. 10, 1; 29, 3.—Before l (rare):
hilari atque laeto,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 42, 100; id. Off. 1, 19, 64; Sall. C. 14, 3; 21, 2; 28, 4.—Before m (infreq. in Cic., once in Caes.):
multae atque magnae,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 17, 50; id. Phil. 2, 39, 100; id. Off. 1, 29, 103; 1, 31, 110; Caes. B. G. 1, 34; Sall. C. 18, 4; 31, 7; 34, 1; 51, 1.—Before n (infreq.):
adventu atque nomine,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 5, 13; 20, 60; id. Off. 1, 28, 101; Sall. C. 2, 2 bis. —Before p (infreq. in Cic.):
magna atque praeclara,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 11, 31; 16, 48; id. Off. 1, 44, 156; Sall. C. 4, 1; 4, 4; 16, 2; 20, 3.—Before q (does not occur).—Before r (rare):
se conlegit atque recreavit,
Cic. Phil. 2, 24, 58.— Before s (rare in Cic.):
provinciarum atque sociorum,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 1, 24, 71; id. Off. 1, 9, 30; 1, 21, 72; Sall. C. 2, 5; 2, 7; 6, 1.— Before t (infreq.):
parietum atque tectorum,
Cic. Phil. 2, 28, 69; id. Tusc. 1, 24, 57; id. Off. 1, 35, 126; Sall. C. 42, 2; 50, 3; 51, 38.—Before v (infreq.):
gravis atque vehemens,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 9, 25; id. Tusc. 1, 23, 54; Sall. C. 1, 1; 12, 3; 45, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 30.—
2.
The form ac before consonants.—Before b (very rare):
sentientes ac bene meritos,
Cic. Off. 1, 41, 149:
feri ac barbari,
Caes. B. G. 1, 31 and 33.—Before c (very rare):
liberis ac conjugibus,
Liv. 21, 30:
Romae ac circa urbem,
id. 21, 62.—Before d (freq. in Cic.):
periculum ac discrimen,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 5, 12; 9, 23; 12, 33; id. Tusc. 1, 17, 40; 1, 28, 69; id. Off. 1, 14, 42:
usus ac disciplina,
Caes. B. G. 1, 40; 2, 31; Sall. C. 5, 4; 5, 8; 28, 1; Liv. 21, 10; 21, 18; 21, 19.—Before f (infreq.):
opima est ac fertilis,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 6, 14; 7, 19; id. Tusc. 1, 1, 2; 1, 27, 66; id. Off. 1, 29, 103:
potentissimos ac firmissimos,
Caes. B. G. 1, 3; 1, 48; 2, 12;
2, 13: pessuma ac flagitiosissima,
Sall. C. 5, 9; Liv. 21, 17; 21, 20.—Before g (does not occur).—Before j (very rare):
nobilitatis ac juventutis,
Cic. Phil. 2, 15, 37.—Before l (not infreq. in Liv.), Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 9; 23, 66; id. Phil. 2, 22, 54; Caes. B. G. 1, 12; 1, 23; 2, 23; Liv. 21, 13; 21, 14; 21, 35.—Before m (not infreq. in Cic.):
terrore ac metu,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 18, 54 bis; 20, 59; id. Tusc. 1, 40, 95; id. Off. 1, 30, 106; Caes. B. G. 1, 39; 2, 14; Sall. C. 2, 4; 10, 1; Liv. 21, 8; 21, 60.—Before n (not infreq. in Cic.):
insedit ac nimis inveteravit,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 3, 7:
gentes ac nationes,
id. ib. 11, 31; 12, 35 bis; id. Phil. 2, 21, 50; id. Tusc. 1, 21, 48; Caes. B. G. 1, 20; 2, 28; Liv. 21, 32.—Before p (not infreq. in Cic., Caes., and Liv.):
celeberrimum ac plenissimum,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 12, 33; 12, 35; 13, 36; id. Phil. 2, 15, 39; id. Tusc. 1, 17, 41; id. Off. 1, 20, 68; Caes. B. G. 1, 18; 1, 20; 2, 13; 2, 19; Sall. C. 5, 9; Liv. 21, 25; 21, 34; 21, 35.—Before q (does not occur).—Before r (infreq.):
firmamenti ac roboris,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 8, 21; 15, 45; id. Off. 1, 5, 15; Caes. B. G. 1, 25; Liv. 21, 41; 21, 44.—Before s (freq. in Cic. and Liv., infreq. in Caes.):
vectigalibus ac sociis,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 4; 4, 10; 11, 30; id. Phil. 2, 27, 66; Caes. B. G. 1, 25; 1, 31; 1, 33; 2, 24; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 33 bis; 21, 36.—Before t (infreq. in Cic., freq. in Liv.):
tantis rebus ac tanto bello,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 10, 27 bis; 19, 56; 20, 59; Caes. B. G. 1, 26; 1, 39; 2, 6; Liv. 21, 7 ter; 21, 10; 21, 14; 21, 25.—Before v (not in Cic., only once in Caes. and Sall., but freq. in Liv.):
armatos ac victores,
Caes. B. G. 1, 40:
inconsulte ac veluti etc.,
Sall. C. 42, 2:
opera ac vineae,
Liv. 21, 7; 21, 22; 21, 40; 21, 43. —(So in the phrases treated below: atque adeo, atque alter or alius, atque eccum, atque eo, atque etiam, atque illuc, atque is or hic, atque iterum, atque omnia, atque ut, atque late, atque sic, atque velut, but ac ne, ac si, and ac tamen).—With simul:
Britannorum acies in speciem simul ac terrorem editioribus locis constiterat,
Tac. Agr. 35:
in se simul atque in Herculem,
id. G. 34:
suos prosequitur simul ac deponit,
id. ib. 30; so,
sociis pariter atque hostibus,
id. H. 4, 73:
innocentes ac noxios juxta cadere,
id. A. 1, 48.—Hence, sometimes syn. with et—et, ut—ita, aeque ac; both—and, as—so, as well—as, as well as: hodie sero ac nequiquam [p. 190] voles, Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 103 (cf. Cic. Quinct. 25, 79:
verum et sero et nequidquam pudet): copia sententiarum atque verborum,
Cic. Cael. 19, 45:
omnia honesta atque inhonesta,
Sall. C. 30, 4:
nobiles atque ignobiles,
id. ib. 20, 7:
caloris ac frigoris patientia par,
Liv. 21, 4; 6, 41; Vell. 2, 127:
vir bonus et prudens dici delector ego ac tu,
Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 32.—
B.
Esp.
a.
In a hendiadys:
utinam isto animo atque virtute in summa re publica versari quam in municipali maluisset,
with this virtuous feeling, Cic. Leg. 3, 16, 36:
de conplexu ejus ac sinu,
of his bosom embrace, id. Cat. 2, 10, 22:
me eadem, quae ceteros, fama atque invidia vexabat, i. e. invidiosa fama,
Sall. C. 3 fin.:
clamore atque adsensu,
shout of applause, Liv. 21, 3.—
b.
In joining to the idea of a preceding word one more important, and indeed, and even, and especially (v. Kritz ad Sall. J. 4, 3).
(α).
Absol.: Pa. Nempe tu istic ais esse erilem concubinam? Sc. Atque arguo me etc., yea and I maintain that I etc., Plaut. Mil. 2, 3, 66: Ph. Tun vidisti? Sc. Atque his quidem oculis, id. ib. 2, 4, 15: Ps. Ecquid habet is homo aceti in pectore? Ch. Atque acidissimi, id. Ps. 2, 4, 49; so id. Bacch. 3, 6, 9; id. Men. 1, 2, 40: Py. Cognoscitne (ea)? Ch. Ac memoriter, Ter. Eun. 5, 3, 6:
Faciam boni tibi aliquid pro ista re ac lubens,
and with a good will, id. Heaut. 4, 5, 15:
rem difficilem (dii immortales) atque omnium difficillimam,
and indeed, Cic. Or. 16, 52:
magna diis immortalibus habenda est gratia atque huic ipsi Jovi Statori, etc.,
and especially, id. Cat. 1, 5, 11:
hebeti ingenio atque nullo,
and in fact, id. Tusc. 5, 15, 45:
ex plurimis periculis et insidiis atque ex media morte,
and even, id. Cat. 4, 9:
fratre meo atque eodem propinquo suo interfecto,
and at the same time, Sall. J. 14, 11:
intra moenia atque in sinu urbis,
id. C. 52, 35.—
(β).
With adeo, and that too, and even:
intra moenia atque adeo in senatu,
Cic. Cat. 1, 2, 5:
qui in urbe remanserunt atque adeo qui contra urbis salutem etc.,
id. ib. 2, 12, 27:
insto atque urgeo, insector, posco atque adeo flagito crimen,
id. Planc. 19 fin.:
non petentem atque adeo etiam absentem,
Liv. 10, 5.—And with autem also added:
atque adeo autem quor etc.,
Ter. Eun. 5, 4, 42.—
(γ).
With etiam:
id jam populare atque etiam plausibile factum est,
and also, Cic. Div. in Caecil. 3, 8:
ne Verginio commeatum dent atque etiam in custodia habeant,
Liv. 3, 46.—
(δ).
With the dem. pron. hic, is:
negotium magnum est navigare atque id mense Quintili,
and besides, and that, and that too, Cic. Att. 5, 12; 1, 14:
maximis defixis trabibus atque eis praeacutis,
Caes. B. C. 1, 27:
Asseres pedum XII. cuspidibus praefixis atque hi maximis ballistis missi,
id. ib. 2, 2:
duabus missis subsidio cohortibus a Caesare, atque his primis legionum duarum,
id. B. G. 5, 15; id. B. C. 3, 70:
flumen uno omnino loco pedibus atque hoc aegre transiri potest,
id. B. G. 5, 18:
ad celeritatem onerandi subductionesque paulo facit humiliores... atque id eo magis, quod, etc.,
id. ib. 5, 1; cf. without id (perh. to avoid the repetition of the pron.): qua (sc. virtute) nostri milites facile superabant, atque eo magis, quod, etc., and that the more because etc., id. ib. 3, 8 fin.:
dicendi artem apta trepidatione occultans atque eo validior,
Tac. H. 1, 69; 2, 37; id. A. 4, 22; 4, 46.—
II.
In comparisons.
A.
Of equality (Rudd. II. p. 94; Zumpt, § 340); with par, idem, item, aequus, similis, juxta, talis, totidem, etc., as: et nota, quod ex hujus modi structura Graeca (sc. homoios kai, etc.) frequenter Latini ac et atque in significatione similitudinis accipiunt, Prisc. pp. 1192 and 1193 P.; cf. Gell. 10, 29; Lidd. and Scott, s. v. kai, III.:
si parem sententiam hic habet ac formam,
Plaut. Mil. 4, 6, 36: quom opulenti loquuntur pariter atque ignobiles, Enn. ap. Gell. 11, 4:
Ecastor pariter hoc atque alias res soles,
Plaut. Men. 5, 1, 52:
pariter nunc opera me adjuves ac re dudum opitulata es,
Ter. Phorm. 5, 3, 3:
neque enim mihi par ratio cum Lucilio est ac tecum fuit,
Cic. N. D. 3, 1, 3:
parique eum atque illos imperio esse jussit,
Nep. Dat. 3, 5:
magistrum equitum pari ac dictatorem imperio fugavit,
id. Hann. 5, 3:
pariter patribus ac plebi carus,
Liv. 2, 33: nam et vita est eadem et animus te erga idem ac fuit, Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 24:
In hanc argumentationes ex eisdem locis sumendae sunt atque in causam negotialem,
Cic. Inv. 2, 23, 70:
equi quod alii sunt ad rem militarem idonei, alii ad vecturam... non item sunt spectandi atque habendi,
Varr. R. R. 2, 7, 15; id. L. L. 10, § 74 Mull.:
cum ex provincia populi Romani aequam partem tu tibi sumpseris atque populo Romano miseris,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 19:
Modo ne in aequo (jure) hostes apud vos sint ac nos socii,
Liv. 39, 37 (exs. with aeque; v. aeque, d); Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 83 fin.:
et simili jure tu ulcisceris patrui mortem atque ille persequeretur fratris sui, si, etc.,
id. Rab. Perd. 5; id. Phil. 1, 4; id. Agr. 1, 4 fin.:
similem pavorem inde ac fugam fore, ac bello Gallico fuerit,
Liv. 6, 28; Col. 5, 7, 3:
contendant, se juxta hieme atque aestate bella gerere posse,
Liv. 5, 6; cf. Drak. ad Liv. 1, 54, 9:
faxo eum tali mactatum, atque hic est, infortunio,
Ter. Phorm. 5, 9, 39; Cic. Vatin. 4, 10:
cum totidem navibus atque erat profectus,
Nep. Milt. 7, 4.—
B.
Of difference; with alius and its derivv., with dissimile, contra, contrarius, secus, etc., than:
illi sunt alio ingenio atque tu,
other than, different from, Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 35 al.; v. the passages under alius, I. B. a:
aliter tuum amorem atque est accipis,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 23 al.; v. the passages under aliter, 1. a.; cf.
also aliorsum, II., and aliusmodi: quod est non dissimile atque ire in Solonium,
Cic. Att. 2, 3:
simulacrum in excelso collocare et, contra atque ante fuerat, ad orientem convertere,
id. Cat. 3, 8, 20:
vides, omnia fere contra ac dicta sint evenisse,
id. Div. 2, 24 fin.; id. Verr. 2, 1, 46:
qui versantur retro, contrario motu atque caelum,
id. Rep. 6, 17, 17:
membra paulo secus a me atque ab illo partita,
id. de Or. 3, 30, 119:
cujus ego salutem non secus ac meam tueri debeo,
id. Planc. 1 fin. al.; v. contra, contrarius, secus, etc.—
C.
Sometimes, in cases of equality or difference, atque with ut or ac with si (with aliter affirm. Cic. appears to connect only atque ut, not ac si;
once, however, non aliter, ac si,
Cic. Att. 13, 51;
v. aliter, 1. b.): pariter hoc fit atque ut alia facta sunt,
Plaut. Am. 4, 1, 11:
nec fallaciam Astutiorem ullus fecit poeta atque Ut haec est fabre facta a nobis,
id. Cas. 5, 1, 6 sqq.:
quod iste aliter atque ut edixerat decrevisset,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 46:
et qui suos casus aliter ferunt atque ut auctores aliis ipsi fuerunt, etc.,
id. Tusc. 3, 30, 73:
si mentionem fecerint, quo aliter ager possideretur atque ut ex legibus Juliis,
id. Att. 2, 18, 2; 16, 13, c; cf. Wopk. Lect. Tull. 1, 15, p. 118; Dig. 43, 13, 11:
Egnatii absentis rem ut tueare, aeque a te peto ac si mea negotia essent,
just as if, Cic. Fam. 13, 43:
tu autem similiter facis ac si me roges, etc.,
id. N. D. 3, 3, 8:
reliquis officiis, juxta ac si meus frater esset, sustentavit,
id. Post. Red. in Sen. 8, 20:
quod dandum est amicitiae, large dabitur a me non secus ac si meus esset frater,
id. Mur. 4 fin.:
haec sunt, tribuni, consilia vestra, non, hercule, dissimilia, ac si quis, etc.,
Liv. 5, 5 fin. al. —
D.
More rare with nimis, in partem, pro eo, etc.;
in Plaut. also with mutare or demutare = aliud esse: nimis bellus, atque ut esse maxume optabam, locus,
Plaut. Bacch. 4, 4, 73:
haud centensumam Partem dixi atque, otium rei si sit, possim expromere,
id. Mil. 3, 1, 168: sane quam pro eo ac debui graviter molesteque tuli, just as was my duty, Sulp. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5:
debeo sperare, omnes deos, qui huic urbi praesident, pro eo mihi, ac mereor, relaturos gratiam esse,
Cic. Cat. 4, 2:
pro eo, ac si concessum sit, concludere oportebit argumentationem,
id. Inv. 1, 32, 54:
non possum ego non aut proxime atque ille aut etiam aeque laborare,
nearly the same as he, id. Fam. 9, 13, 2:
neque se luna quoquam mutat atque uti exorta est semel,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 118:
num quid videtur demutare atque ut quidem Dixi?
id. Mil. 4, 3, 37.—
E.
Sometimes the word indicating comparison (aeque, tantopere, etc.) is to be supplied from the connection (in the class. per. perh. used only once by Cassius in epist. style):
nebula haud est mollis atque hujus est,
Plaut. Cas. 4, 4, 21:
quem esse amicum ratus sum atque ipsus sum mihi,
id. Bacch. 3, 6, 20:
quae suco caret atque putris pumex,
Priap. 32, 7 (Mull., est putusque): digne ac mereor commendatus esse, Cass. ap. Cic. Fam. 12, 13; Dig. 2, 14, 4; 19, 2, 54.—
F.
Poet. or in post-Aug. prose with comparatives (for quam), than:
amicior mihi nullus vivit atque is est,
Plaut. Merc. 5, 2, 56:
non Apollinis magis verum atque hoc responsum est,
Ter. And. 4, 2, 15 Ruhnk.:
Illi non minus ac tibi Pectore uritur intimo Flamma,
Cat. 61, 172:
haud minus ac jussi faciunt,
Verg. A. 3, 561:
Non tuus hoc capiet venter plus ac meus,
Hor. S. 1, 1, 46 Bentl. and Heind. (cf. infra:
nihilo plus accipias quam Qui nil portarit): qui peccas minus atque ego,
id. ib. 2, 7, 96:
Artius atque hedera procera adstringitur ilex,
id. Epod. 15, 5; Suet. Caes. 14 Ruhnk. —
G.
In the comparison of two periods of time, most freq. with simul (v. examples under simul); ante- or post-class. with principio, statim:
principio Atque animus ephebis aetate exiit,
as soon as, Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 40:
judici enim, statim atque factus est, omnium rerum officium incumbit,
Dig. 21, 1, 25:
quamvis, statim atque intercessit, mulier competierat,
ib. 16, 1, 24.—
III.
To connect a negative clause which explains or corrects what precedes; hence sometimes with potius (class.; in Cic. very freq., but rare in the poets), and not, and not rather.
a.
Absol.:
Decipiam ac non veniam,
Ter. Heaut. 4, 4, 6:
si fidem habeat,... ac non id metuat, ne etc.,
id. Eun. 1, 2, 60:
perparvam vero controversiam dicis, ac non eam, quae dirimat omnia,
Cic. Leg. 1, 20, 54:
quasi nunc id agatur, quis ex tanta multitudine occiderit, ac non hoc quaeratur, eum, etc.,
id. Rosc. Am. 33:
si (mundum) tuum ac non deorum immortalium domicilium putes, nonne plane desipere videare?
id. N. D. 2, 6, 17:
nemo erat, qui illum reum ac non miliens condemnatum arbitraretur,
id. Att. 1, 16:
si hoc dissuadere est, ac non disturbare ac pervertere,
id. Agr. 2, 37, 101:
si res verba desideraret ac non pro se ipsa loqueretur,
id. Fam. 3, 2 fin.: hoc te exspectare tempus tibi turpe est ac non ei rei sapientia tua te occurrere, Serv. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5, 6:
velut destituti ac non qui ipsi destituissent,
Liv. 8, 27; 7, 3 fin.:
si mihi mea sententia proferenda ac non disertissimorum,
Tac. Or. 1.—
b.
With potius:
Quam ob rem scriba deducet, ac non potius mulio, qui advexit?
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 79 (B. and K., et):
quis (eum) ita aspexit, ut perditum civem, ac non potius ut importunissimum hostem?
id. Cat. 2, 6, 12.— Pliny the elder commonly employs in this sense atque non, not ac non:
concremasse ea (scrinia) optuma fide atque non legisse,
Plin. 7, 25, 26, § 94; 22, 24, 50, § 108; 29, 2, 9, § 29; 27, 9, 55, § 78; 31, 7, 39, § 73 et saep. —
IV.
In connecting clauses and beginning periods.
1.
In gen., and, and so, and even, and too: Pamph. Antiquam adeo tuam venustatem obtines. Bacch. Ac tu ecastor morem antiquom atque ingenium obtines, And you too, Ter. Hec. 5, 4, 20:
atque illi (philosopho) ordiri placet etc.,
Cic. de Or. 3, 47, 183: Africanus indigens mei? Minime hercle. Ac ne ego quidem illius, And I indeed not, etc., id. Lael. 9, 30; id. Fin. 5, 11, 33:
cum versus facias, te ipsum percontor, etc.... Atque ego cum Graecos facerem, natus mare citra, Versiculos, etc.,
Hor. S. 1, 10, 31:
multa quippe et diversa angebant: validior per Germaniam exercitus, etc.... quos igitur anteferret? ac (i. e. similiter angebat), ne postpositi contumelia incenderentur,
Tac. A. 1, 47:
Minime, minime, inquit Secundus, atque adeo vellem maturius intervenisses,
Tac. Or. 14:
ac similiter in translatione, etc.,
Quint. 3, 6, 77.—
2.
In adducing new arguments of similar force in favor of any assertion or making further statements about a subject, etc.; cf. Beier ad Cic. Off. 3, 11, 487.
a.
Absol.:
maxima est enim vis vetustatis et consuetudinis: atque in ipso equo, cujus modo mentionem feci, si, etc.,
and furthermore, and moreover, Cic. Lael. 19, 68: Atque, si natura confirmatura jus non erit, virtutes omnes tollentur, id. Leg. 1, 15, 42 B. and K. —
b.
Often with etiam:
Atque alias etiam dicendi virtutes sequitur,
Cic. Or. 40, 139:
Atque hoc etiam animadvertendum non esse omnia etc.,
id. de Or. 2, 61, 251; so id. Off. 1, 26, 90; id. N. D. 2, 11, 30; Col. 2, 2, 3.—
c.
Sometimes with quoque:
Atque occidi quoque Potius quam cibum praehiberem,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 133; so Cic. N. D. 2, 12, 32; Col. 2, 13, 3, and Cels. 2, 3; 3, 22.—
d.
And even with quoque etiam: Atque ego [p. 191] quoque etiam, qui Jovis sum filius, Contagione etc., Plaut. Am. prol. 30.—
3.
In narration:
aegre submoventes obvios intrare portam, qui adducebant Philopoemenem, potuerunt: atque conferta turba iter reliquum clauserat,
Liv. 39, 49; 5, 21 fin.:
completur caede, quantum inter castra murosque vacui fuit: ac rursus nova laborum facies,
Tac. H. 3, 30; cf. Caes. B. C. 2, 28 fin. and 2, 29 init. —
4.
In introducing comparisons, atque ut, atque velut (mostly poet., esp. in epic poetry):
Atque ut perspicio, profecto etc.,
Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 53:
ac veluti magno in populo cum saepe coorta est Seditio.... Sic cunctus pelagi cecidit fragor, etc.,
Verg. A. 1, 148; so id. G. 4, 170; id. A. 2, 626; 4, 402; 4, 441; 6, 707; 9, 59; 10, 405; 10, 707; 10, 803; 11, 809; 12, 365; 12, 521; 12, 684; 12, 715;
12, 908: Inclinare meridiem Sentis ac, veluti stet volucris dies, Parcis deripere etc.,
Hor. C. 3, 28, 6; Val. Fl. 6, 664;
and so, Ac velut in nigro jactatis turbine nautis, etc.... Tale fuit nobis Manius auxilium,
Cat. 68, 63 (for which Sillig and Muller read:
Hic velut, etc.): Atque ut magnas utilitates adipiscimur, etc.,
Cic. Off. 2, 5, 16:
Atque ut hujus mores veros amicos parere non potuerunt, sic etc.,
id. Lael. 15, 54.—
5.
In connecting two acts or events.
a.
In the order of time, and then; hence the ancient grammarians assume in it the notion of quick succession, and explain it, though improperly, as syn. with statim, ilico, without any accompanying copulative, v. Gell. 10, 29; Non. p. 530, 1 sq. (only in the poets and histt.): Atque atque accedit muros Romana juventus (the repetition of the atque represents the approach step by step), Enn. ap. Gell. and Non. l. l. (Ann. v. 527 Mull.): Quo imus una;
ad prandium? Atque illi tacent,
And then they are silent, Plaut. Capt. 3, 1, 19:
Ubi cenamus? inquam, atque illi abnuunt,
and upon this they shake their head, id. ib. 3, 1, 21; id. Ep. 2, 2, 33:
dum circumspecto atque ego lembum conspicor,
id. Bacch. 2, 3, 45; so id. Merc. 2, 1, 32; 2, 1, 35; id. Most. 5, 1, 9:
lucernam forte oblitus fueram exstinguere: Atque ille exclamat derepente maximum,
and then he suddenly exclaims, id. ib. 2, 2, 57: cui fidus Achates It comes... atque illi Misenum in litore sicco Ut venere, vident, etc., and as they thus came, etc., Verg. A. 6, 162:
dixerat, atque illi sese deus obtulit ultro,
Stat. Th. 9, 481; 12, 360; Liv. 26, 39, 16; Tac. H. 3, 17:
tum Otho ingredi castra ausus: atque illum tribuni centurionesque circumsistunt,
id. ib. 1, 82. —Sometimes with two imperatives, in order to indicate vividly the necessity of a quicker succession, or the close connection between two actions:
cape hoc argentum atque defer,
Ter. Heaut. 4, 7, 3:
abi domum ac deos comprecare,
id. Ad. 4, 5, 65:
tace modo ac sequere hac,
id. ib. 2, 4, 16:
Accipe carmina atque hanc sine tempora circum hederam tibi serpere,
Verg. E. 8, 12; id. G. 1, 40; 3, 65; 4, 330:
Da auxilium, pater, atque haec omina firma,
id. A. 2, 691; 3, 89; 3, 250; 3, 639; 4, 424; 9, 90; 10, 624; 11, 370.—
b.
In the order of thought, and so, and thus, and therefore.
(α).
Absol.:
si nunc de tuo jure concessisses paululum, Atque adulescenti morigerasses,
and so, Ter. Ad. 2, 2, 10.—
(β).
With ita or sic:
Ventum deinde ad multo angustiorem rupem, atque ita rectis saxis, etc.,
Liv. 21, 36; Plin. 10, 58, 79, § 158:
ac sic prope innumerabiles species reperiuntur,
Quint. 12, 10, 67.—
c.
Connecting conclusion and condition, so, then (cf. at, II. F.):
non aliter quam qui adverso vix flumine lembum Remigiis subigit, si bracchia forte remisit, Atque illum praeceps prono rapit alveus amni,
Verg. G. 1, 203 (here explained by statim by Gell. 10, 29, and by Servius, but thus its connective force is wholly lost; cf. also Forbig ad h. l. for still another explanation).—
6.
(As supra, I. c.) To annex a thought of more importance:
Satisne videtur declarasse Dionysius nihil esse ei beatum, cui semper aliqui terror impendeat? atque ei ne integrum quidem erat, ut ad justitiam remigraret,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 21, 62; id. Tull. 4:
hoc enim spectant leges, hoc volunt, incolumem esse civium conjunctionem, quam qui dirimunt, eos morte... coercent. Atque hoc multo magis efficit ipsa naturae ratio,
id. Off. 3, 5, 23; id. Fam. 6, 1, 4: hac spe lapsus Induciomarus... exsules damnatosque tota Gallia magnis praemiis ad se allicere coepit;
ac tantam sibi jam iis rebus in Gallia auctoritatem comparaverat, ut, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 5, 55 fin.; Nep. Hann. 13, 2; Quint. 1, 10, 16.—Hence also in answers, in order to confirm a question or assertion:
Sed videone ego Pamphilippum cum fratre Epignomo? Atque is est,
And he it is, Yes, it is he, Plaut. Stich. 4, 2, 4; so id. Truc. 1, 2, 24: Th. Mihin malum minitare? Ca. Atque edepol non minitabor, sed dabo, id. Curc. 4, 4, 15: Ch. Egon formidulosus? nemost hominum, qui vivat, minus. Th. Atque ita opust, Ter. Eun. 4, 6, 20.—
7.
In expressing a wish, atque utinam:
Veritus sum arbitros, atque utinam memet possim obliscier! Att., Trag. Rel. p. 160 Rib.: videmus enim fuisse quosdam, qui idem ornate ac graviter, idem versute et subtiliter dicerent. Atque utinam in Latinis talis oratoris simulacrum reperire possemus!
Cic. Or. 7, 22; so id. Rep. 3, 5, 8:
Atque utinam pro decore etc.,
Liv. 21, 41, 13:
Atque utinam ex vobis unus etc.,
Verg. E. 10, 35; id. A. 1, 575:
Atque utinam... Ille vir in medio fiat amore lapis!
Prop. 2, 9, 47; 3, 6, 15; 3, 7, 25; 3, 8, 19 al.—
8.
To connect an adversative clause, and often fully with tamen, and yet, notwithstanding, nevertheless.
a.
Absol.: Mihi quidem hercle non fit veri simile;
atque ipsis commentum placet,
Ter. And. 1, 3, 20 Ruhnk. (atque pro tamen, Don.):
ego quia non rediit filius, quae cogito!... Atque ex me hic natus non est, sed ex fratre,
id. Ad. 1, 1, 15 (Quasi dicat, ex me non est, et sic afficior: quid paterer si genuissem? Don.; cf. Acron. ap. Charis. p. 204 P.); Cic. Off. 3, 11, 48 Beier; id. Mur. 34, 71 Matth.:
ceterum ex aliis negotiis, quae ingenio exercentur, in primis magno usui est memoria rerum gestarum... Atque ego credo fore qui, etc.,
and yet I believe, Sall. J. 4, 1 and 3 Corte; id. C. 51, 35:
observare principis egressum in publicum, insidere vias examina infantium futurusque populus solebat. Labor parentibus erat ostentare parvulos... Ac plerique insitis precibus surdas principis aures obstrepebant,
Plin. Pan. 26.—
b.
With tamen:
nihil praeterea est magnopere dicendum. Ac tamen, ne cui loco non videatur esse responsum, etc.,
Cic. Fin. 2, 27, 85:
discipulos dissimilis inter se ac tamen laudandos,
id. de Or. 3, 10, 35; id. Rep. 1, 7, 12:
Atque in his tamen tribus generibus etc.,
id. Off. 3, 33, 118; id. Pis. 1, 3; 13, 30; id. Prov. Cons. 7, 16; 7, 15 fin. (cf. in reference to the last four passages Wund. Varr. Lectt. p. lviii. sq.):
ac tamen initia fastigii etc.,
Tac. A. 3, 29; 3, 56; 12, 56;
14, 21: pauciores cum pluribus certasse, ac tamen fusos Germanos,
id. H. 5, 16.—
9.
To connect a minor affirmative proposition (the assumptio or propositio minor of logical lang.) in syllogisms, now, but, but now (while atqui is used to connect either an affirmative or negative minor premiss: v. atqui): Scaptius quaternas postulabat. Metui, si impetrasset, ne tu ipse me amare desineres;
... Atque hoc tempore ipso impingit mihi epistulam etc.,
Cic. Att. 6, 1, 6.—Sometimes the conclusion is to be supplied:
nisi qui naturas hominum, penitus perspexerit, dicendo, quod volet, perficere non poterit. Atque totus hic locus philosophorum putatur proprius (conclusion: ergo oratorem philosophiam cognoscere oportet),
Cic. de Or. 1, 12, 53 and 54.—
10.
In introducing a purpose (freq. in Cic.).
a.
A negative purpose, and esp. in anticipating an objection:
Ac ne sine causa videretur edixisse,
Cic. Phil. 3, 9, 24:
Ac ne forte hoc magnum ac mirabile esse videatur,
id. de Or. 2, 46, 191; so id. Fam. 5, 12, 30:
Ac ne saepius dicendum sit,
Cels. 8, 1:
Ac ne forte roges, quo me duce, quo lare tuter,
Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 13:
Ac ne forte putes,
id. ib. 2, 1, 208:
Ac ne forte putes etc.,
Ov. R. Am. 465 (Merkel, Et).—
b.
A positive purpose:
Atque ut ejus diversa studia in dissimili ratione perspicere possitis, nemo etc.,
Cic. Cat. 2, 5, 9:
Atque ut omnes intellegant me etc.... dico etc.,
id. Imp. Pomp. 8, 20; 2, 4; id. Clu. 14, 43; id. Sull. 2, 5; id. de Or. 3, 11, 40:
Atque ut C. Flaminium relinquam etc.,
id. Leg. 3, 9, 20; id. Fin. 3, 2, 4.—
11.
a.. In continuing a thought in assertions or narration, and, now, and now, Plaut. Aul. prol. 18: audistis, cum pro se diceret, genus orationis, etc.,... perspexistis. Atque in eo non solum ingenium ejus videbatis, etc., Cic. Cael. 19, 45; so id. de Or. 3, 32, 130; 2, 7, 27; 3, 10, 39 al.; Caes. B. G. 2, 29; Nep. Ages. 7, 3; 8, 1, Eum. 10, 3 Bremi; Tac. A. 14, 64; 15, 3; Verg. A. 9, 1; Sil. 4, 1 al.: ac si, sublato illo, depelli a vobis omne periculum judicarem, now if I, etc., Cic. Cat. 2, 2, 3:
atque si etiam hoc natura praescribit, etc.,
id. Off. 3, 6, 27; so Quint. 10, 1, 26; 10, 2, 8.—
b.
In introducing parentheses:
vulgo credere, Penino (atque inde nomen et jugo Alpium inditum) transgressum,
Liv. 21, 38:
omne adfectus genus (atque ea maxime jucundam et ornatam faciunt orationem) de luxuria, etc.,
Quint. 4, 3, 15 MSS., where Halm after Spalding reads et quae. —
c.
At the conclusion of a discourse (not infreq. in Cic.): Atque in primis duabus dicendi partibus qualis esset, summatim breviterque descripsimus, And thus have we, then, briefly described, etc., Cic. Or. 15, 50:
Ac de primo quidem officii fonte diximus,
id. Off. 1, 6, 19:
Ac de inferenda quidem injuria satis dictum est,
id. ib. 1, 8, 27; id. Inv. 2, 39, 115 al.—
V.
In particular connections and phrases.
A.
Unus atque alter, one and the other; alius atque alius, one and another; now this, now that:
unae atque alterae scalae,
Sall. J. 60, 7:
quarum (coclearum) cum unam atque alteram, dein plures peteret,
id. ib. 93, 2:
unum atque alterum lacum integer perfluit,
Tac. H. 5, 6:
dilatisque alia atque alia de causa comitiis,
Liv. 8, 23, 17; Col. 9, 8, 10:
alius atque alius,
Tac. H. 1, 46; 1, 50 (v. alius, II. D.).—Also separated by several words:
aliud ejus subinde atque aliud facientes initium,
Sen. Ep. 32, 2.—
B.
Etiam atque etiam. again and again:
temo Stellas cogens etiam atque etiam Noctis sublime iter, Enn., Trag. Rel. p. 39 Rib.: etiam atque etiam cogita,
Ter. Eun. 1, 1, 11:
etiam atque etiam considera,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 14, 46:
monitos eos etiam atque etiam volo,
id. Cat. 2, 12, 27.—So, semel atque iterum, Cic. Font. 26; id. Clu. 49; Tac. Or. 17; and:
iterum atque iterum,
Verg. A. 8, 527; Hor. S. 1, 10, 39.—
C.
Huc atque illuc, hither and thither, Cic. Q. Rosc. 37; id. de Or. 1, 40, 184; Verg. A. 9, 57; Ov. M. 2, 357; 10, 376; Tac. Agr. 10; id. H. 1, 85.—
D.
Longe atque late, far and wide, Cic. Marcell. 29:
atque eccum or atque eccum video, in colloquial lang.: Heus vocate huc Davom. Atque eccum,
but here he is, Ter. And. 3, 3, 48:
Audire vocem visa sum modo militis. Atque eccum,
and here he is, id. Eun. 3, 2, 2; so id. Hec. 4, 1, 8.—
E.
Atque omnia, in making an assertion general, and so generally:
Atque in eis omnibus, quae sunt actionis, inest quaedam vis a natura data,
Cic. de Or. 3, 59, 223:
quorum (verborum) descriptus ordo alias alia terminatione concluditur, atque omnia illa et prima et media verba spectare debent ad ultimum,
id. Or. 59, 200; id. de Or. 2, 64, 257: commoda civium non divellere, atque omnes aequitate eadem continere, and so rather, etc., id. Off. 2, 23, 83:
nihil acerbum esse, nihil crudele, atque omnia plena clementiae, humanitatis,
id. ad Q. Fr. 1, 1, 8:
Atque omnis vitae ratio sic constat, ut, quae probamus in aliis, facere ipsi velimus,
Quint. 10, 2, 2.—
F.
With other conjunctions.
1.
After et:
equidem putabam virtutem hominibus instituendo et persuadendo, non minis et vi ac metu tradi,
Cic. de Or. 1, 58, 247:
Magnifica vero vox et magno viro ac sapiente digna,
id. Off. 3, 1, 1; id. Cael. 13:
vanus aspectus et auri fulgor atque argenti,
Tac. Agr. 32.:
denuntiarent, ut ab Saguntinis abstineret et Carthaginem in Africam traicerent ac sociorum querimonias deferrent,
Liv. 21, 6, 4:
ubi et fratrem consilii ac periculi socium haberem,
id. 21, 41, 2:
et uti liter demum ac Latine perspicueque,
Quint. 8, 3, 3:
Nam et subtili plenius aliquid atque subtilius et vehementi remissius atque vehementius invenitur,
id. 12, 10, 67. —
2.
After que, as in Gr. te kai: litterisque ac laudibus aeternare, Varr. ap. Non. p. 75, 20:
submoverique atque in castra redigi,
Liv. 26, 10:
terrorem caedemque ac fugam fecere,
id. 21, 52:
mus Sub terris posuitque domos atque horrea fecit,
Verg. G. 1, 182; 3, 434; id. A. 8, 486.—
3.
Before et:
caelum ipsum ac mare et silvas circum spectantes,
Tac. Agr. 32.—
4.
After neque (only in the poets and post - Aug. prose):
nec clavis nec canis atque calix,
Mart. 1, 32, 4: naturam Oceani atque aestus [p. 192] neque quaerere hujus operis est, ac multi retulere, Tac. Agr. 10:
mediocritatem pristinam neque dissimulavit umquam ac frequenter etiam prae se tulit,
Suet. Vesp. 12.—
G.
Atque repeated, esp. in arch. Lat.: Scio solere plerisque hominibus in rebus secundis atque prolixis atque prosperis animum excellere atque superbiam atque ferociam augescere atque crescere, Cato ap. Gell. 7, 3: Dicere possum quibus villae atque aedes aedificatae atque expolitae maximo opere citro atque ebore atque pavimentis Poenicis stent, Cato ap. Fest. p. 242 Mull.:
atque ut C. Flamininum atque ea, quae jam prisca videntur, propter vetustatem relinquam,
Cic. Leg. 3, 9, 20:
omnem dignitatem tuam in virtute atque in rebus gestis atque in tua gravitate positam existimare,
id. Fam. 1, 5, 8.—Esp. freq. in enumerations in the poets:
Haec atque illa dies atque alia atque alia,
Cat. 68, 152:
Mavortia tellus Atque Getae atque Hebrus,
Verg. G. 4, 463:
Clioque et Beroe atque Ephyre Atque Opis et Asia,
id. ib. 4, 343.—And sometimes forming a double connective, both— and = et—et:
Multus ut in terras deplueretque lapis: Atque tubas atque arma ferunt crepitantia caelo Audita,
Tib. 2, 5, 73:
complexa sui corpus miserabile nati Atque deos atque astra vocat crudelia mater,
Verg. E. 5, 23; Sil. 1, 93; v. Forbig ad Verg. l. l.

► Atque regularly stands at the beginning of its sentence or clause or before the word it connects, but in poetry it sometimes, like et and at, stands:
a.
In the second place:
Jamque novum terrae stupeant lucescere solem, Altius atque cadant imbres,
Verg. E. 6, 38 Rib., ubi v. Forbig.:
Accipite ergo animis atque haec mea figite dicta,
id. A. 3, 250, and 10, 104 (animis may, however, here be taken with Accipite, as in id. ib. 5, 304):
Esto beata, funus atque imagines Ducant triumphales tuum,
Hor. Epod. 8, 11; id. S. 1, 5, 4; 1, 6, 111; 1, 7, 12 (ubi v. Fritzsche).—
b.
In the third place:
quod pubes hedera virente Gaudeant pulla magis atque myrto,
Hor. C. 1, 25, 18; cf. at fin. (Vid. more upon this word in Hand, Turs. I. pp. 452-513.)

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > adque
94 atque

atque or āc (atque is used before vowels and consonants, ac, in class. lang., only before consonants; v. infra, I.), conj. [at has regularly in the compound atque a continuative, as in atqui it has an adversative force; pr. and further, and besides, and also; cf. in Gr. pros de, pros de eti, eti kai, eti de, and te kai; v. at init., and for the change of form atque, ac, cf. neque, nec; in MSS. and inscriptions sometimes written adque, and sometimes by confusion atqui ], a copulative particle, and also, and besides, and even, and (indicating a close internal connection between single words or whole clauses; while et designates an external connection of diff. objects with each other, v. et; syn.: et, -que, autem, praeterea, porro, ad hoc, ad haec).
I.
In joining single words, which is its most common use.
A.
In gen. (The following representation is based on a collection of all the instances of the use of atque and ac in Cic. Imp. Pomp., Phil. 2, Tusc. 1, and Off. 1; in Caes. B. G. 1 and 2; in Sall. C.; and in Liv. 21; and wherever in the account either author or work is not cited, there atque or ac does not occur.)
1.
The form atque.
a.
Before vowels and h. —Before a (very freq.):
sociorum atque amicorum,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6; 3, 7; id. Phil. 2, 13, 33; id. Tusc. 1, 34, 122; Caes. B. G. 1, 2; 1, 18; 1, 26; 2, 14; Sall. C. 5, 8; 7, 5; Liv. 21, 3; 21, 12.—Before e (very freq.):
deposci atque expeti,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 5; 6, 16; 10, 28; id. Phil, 2, 21, 51; 2, 21, 52; id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46; Caes. B. G. 1, 6; 1, 15; 1, 18; 2, 19; Sall. C. 14, 6; 49, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 37.—Before i (very freq.):
excitare atque inflammare,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6; 3, 7; 7, 18; id. Phil. 2, 15, 37; 2, 21, 50; id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46; 1, 40, 97; Caes. B. G. 1, 17; 1, 20; 1, 22; 2, 1 bis; Sall. C. 2, 3; 3, 5; 14, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 6; 21, 10.—Before o (freq. in Cic.):
honestissimus atque ornatissimus,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 7, 17; 8, 21; 11, 31; id. Off. 1, 25, 86; 1, 27, 94; Caes. B. G. 1, 40; 2, 14; Sall. C. 10, 6; Liv. 21, 8.—Before u (very rare), Cic. Imp. Pomp. 3, 7; 5, 11; 6, 15; Caes. B. G. 1, 26; 2, 20; Sall. C. 31, 6; 42, 1.—Before h (not infreq.):
Sertorianae atque Hispaniensis,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 7, 19; id. Tusc. 1, 28, 69; id. Off. 1, 24, 87; Caes. B. G. 1, 19; 2, 9; 2, 10; Sall. C. 6, 1; 12, 2; Liv. 21, 37.—
b.
Before consonants.—Before b (very rare):
Gallorum atque Belgarum,
Caes. B. G. 1, 6; so,
Cassius atque Brutus,
Tac. A. 3, 76.—Before c (infreq. in Cic., freq. in Sall.):
in portubus atque custodiis,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 6, 16; 8, 21; id. Phil. 2, 8, 18; id. Tusc. 1, 18, 42; id. Off. 1, 25, 88; Sall. C. 2, 3; 7, 4; 16, 3; 26, 4; 29, 3.—Before d (infreq.):
superatam esse atque depressam,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 8, 21; id. Phil. 2, 44, 114: id. Off. 1, 6, 19; 1, 25, 85; 1, 33, 119; Sall. C. 4, 1; 20, 7; 20, 10.—Before f (infreq.):
vitiis atque flagitiis,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 30, 72; id. Off. 1, 28, 98; 1, 28, 100; Caes. B. G. 1, 2; Sall. C. 1, 4; 2, 9; 11, 2.— Before g (very rare):
dignitate atque gloria,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 11; 5, 12:
virtute atque gloria,
Sall. C. 3, 2; 61, 9.—Before j (very rare):
labore atque justitia,
Sall. C. 10, 1; 29, 3.—Before l (rare):
hilari atque laeto,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 42, 100; id. Off. 1, 19, 64; Sall. C. 14, 3; 21, 2; 28, 4.—Before m (infreq. in Cic., once in Caes.):
multae atque magnae,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 17, 50; id. Phil. 2, 39, 100; id. Off. 1, 29, 103; 1, 31, 110; Caes. B. G. 1, 34; Sall. C. 18, 4; 31, 7; 34, 1; 51, 1.—Before n (infreq.):
adventu atque nomine,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 5, 13; 20, 60; id. Off. 1, 28, 101; Sall. C. 2, 2 bis. —Before p (infreq. in Cic.):
magna atque praeclara,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 11, 31; 16, 48; id. Off. 1, 44, 156; Sall. C. 4, 1; 4, 4; 16, 2; 20, 3.—Before q (does not occur).—Before r (rare):
se conlegit atque recreavit,
Cic. Phil. 2, 24, 58.— Before s (rare in Cic.):
provinciarum atque sociorum,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 1, 24, 71; id. Off. 1, 9, 30; 1, 21, 72; Sall. C. 2, 5; 2, 7; 6, 1.— Before t (infreq.):
parietum atque tectorum,
Cic. Phil. 2, 28, 69; id. Tusc. 1, 24, 57; id. Off. 1, 35, 126; Sall. C. 42, 2; 50, 3; 51, 38.—Before v (infreq.):
gravis atque vehemens,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 9, 25; id. Tusc. 1, 23, 54; Sall. C. 1, 1; 12, 3; 45, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 30.—
2.
The form ac before consonants.—Before b (very rare):
sentientes ac bene meritos,
Cic. Off. 1, 41, 149:
feri ac barbari,
Caes. B. G. 1, 31 and 33.—Before c (very rare):
liberis ac conjugibus,
Liv. 21, 30:
Romae ac circa urbem,
id. 21, 62.—Before d (freq. in Cic.):
periculum ac discrimen,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 5, 12; 9, 23; 12, 33; id. Tusc. 1, 17, 40; 1, 28, 69; id. Off. 1, 14, 42:
usus ac disciplina,
Caes. B. G. 1, 40; 2, 31; Sall. C. 5, 4; 5, 8; 28, 1; Liv. 21, 10; 21, 18; 21, 19.—Before f (infreq.):
opima est ac fertilis,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 6, 14; 7, 19; id. Tusc. 1, 1, 2; 1, 27, 66; id. Off. 1, 29, 103:
potentissimos ac firmissimos,
Caes. B. G. 1, 3; 1, 48; 2, 12;
2, 13: pessuma ac flagitiosissima,
Sall. C. 5, 9; Liv. 21, 17; 21, 20.—Before g (does not occur).—Before j (very rare):
nobilitatis ac juventutis,
Cic. Phil. 2, 15, 37.—Before l (not infreq. in Liv.), Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 9; 23, 66; id. Phil. 2, 22, 54; Caes. B. G. 1, 12; 1, 23; 2, 23; Liv. 21, 13; 21, 14; 21, 35.—Before m (not infreq. in Cic.):
terrore ac metu,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 18, 54 bis; 20, 59; id. Tusc. 1, 40, 95; id. Off. 1, 30, 106; Caes. B. G. 1, 39; 2, 14; Sall. C. 2, 4; 10, 1; Liv. 21, 8; 21, 60.—Before n (not infreq. in Cic.):
insedit ac nimis inveteravit,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 3, 7:
gentes ac nationes,
id. ib. 11, 31; 12, 35 bis; id. Phil. 2, 21, 50; id. Tusc. 1, 21, 48; Caes. B. G. 1, 20; 2, 28; Liv. 21, 32.—Before p (not infreq. in Cic., Caes., and Liv.):
celeberrimum ac plenissimum,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 12, 33; 12, 35; 13, 36; id. Phil. 2, 15, 39; id. Tusc. 1, 17, 41; id. Off. 1, 20, 68; Caes. B. G. 1, 18; 1, 20; 2, 13; 2, 19; Sall. C. 5, 9; Liv. 21, 25; 21, 34; 21, 35.—Before q (does not occur).—Before r (infreq.):
firmamenti ac roboris,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 8, 21; 15, 45; id. Off. 1, 5, 15; Caes. B. G. 1, 25; Liv. 21, 41; 21, 44.—Before s (freq. in Cic. and Liv., infreq. in Caes.):
vectigalibus ac sociis,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 4; 4, 10; 11, 30; id. Phil. 2, 27, 66; Caes. B. G. 1, 25; 1, 31; 1, 33; 2, 24; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 33 bis; 21, 36.—Before t (infreq. in Cic., freq. in Liv.):
tantis rebus ac tanto bello,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 10, 27 bis; 19, 56; 20, 59; Caes. B. G. 1, 26; 1, 39; 2, 6; Liv. 21, 7 ter; 21, 10; 21, 14; 21, 25.—Before v (not in Cic., only once in Caes. and Sall., but freq. in Liv.):
armatos ac victores,
Caes. B. G. 1, 40:
inconsulte ac veluti etc.,
Sall. C. 42, 2:
opera ac vineae,
Liv. 21, 7; 21, 22; 21, 40; 21, 43. —(So in the phrases treated below: atque adeo, atque alter or alius, atque eccum, atque eo, atque etiam, atque illuc, atque is or hic, atque iterum, atque omnia, atque ut, atque late, atque sic, atque velut, but ac ne, ac si, and ac tamen).—With simul:
Britannorum acies in speciem simul ac terrorem editioribus locis constiterat,
Tac. Agr. 35:
in se simul atque in Herculem,
id. G. 34:
suos prosequitur simul ac deponit,
id. ib. 30; so,
sociis pariter atque hostibus,
id. H. 4, 73:
innocentes ac noxios juxta cadere,
id. A. 1, 48.—Hence, sometimes syn. with et—et, ut—ita, aeque ac; both—and, as—so, as well—as, as well as: hodie sero ac nequiquam [p. 190] voles, Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 103 (cf. Cic. Quinct. 25, 79:
verum et sero et nequidquam pudet): copia sententiarum atque verborum,
Cic. Cael. 19, 45:
omnia honesta atque inhonesta,
Sall. C. 30, 4:
nobiles atque ignobiles,
id. ib. 20, 7:
caloris ac frigoris patientia par,
Liv. 21, 4; 6, 41; Vell. 2, 127:
vir bonus et prudens dici delector ego ac tu,
Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 32.—
B.
Esp.
a.
In a hendiadys:
utinam isto animo atque virtute in summa re publica versari quam in municipali maluisset,
with this virtuous feeling, Cic. Leg. 3, 16, 36:
de conplexu ejus ac sinu,
of his bosom embrace, id. Cat. 2, 10, 22:
me eadem, quae ceteros, fama atque invidia vexabat, i. e. invidiosa fama,
Sall. C. 3 fin.:
clamore atque adsensu,
shout of applause, Liv. 21, 3.—
b.
In joining to the idea of a preceding word one more important, and indeed, and even, and especially (v. Kritz ad Sall. J. 4, 3).
(α).
Absol.: Pa. Nempe tu istic ais esse erilem concubinam? Sc. Atque arguo me etc., yea and I maintain that I etc., Plaut. Mil. 2, 3, 66: Ph. Tun vidisti? Sc. Atque his quidem oculis, id. ib. 2, 4, 15: Ps. Ecquid habet is homo aceti in pectore? Ch. Atque acidissimi, id. Ps. 2, 4, 49; so id. Bacch. 3, 6, 9; id. Men. 1, 2, 40: Py. Cognoscitne (ea)? Ch. Ac memoriter, Ter. Eun. 5, 3, 6:
Faciam boni tibi aliquid pro ista re ac lubens,
and with a good will, id. Heaut. 4, 5, 15:
rem difficilem (dii immortales) atque omnium difficillimam,
and indeed, Cic. Or. 16, 52:
magna diis immortalibus habenda est gratia atque huic ipsi Jovi Statori, etc.,
and especially, id. Cat. 1, 5, 11:
hebeti ingenio atque nullo,
and in fact, id. Tusc. 5, 15, 45:
ex plurimis periculis et insidiis atque ex media morte,
and even, id. Cat. 4, 9:
fratre meo atque eodem propinquo suo interfecto,
and at the same time, Sall. J. 14, 11:
intra moenia atque in sinu urbis,
id. C. 52, 35.—
(β).
With adeo, and that too, and even:
intra moenia atque adeo in senatu,
Cic. Cat. 1, 2, 5:
qui in urbe remanserunt atque adeo qui contra urbis salutem etc.,
id. ib. 2, 12, 27:
insto atque urgeo, insector, posco atque adeo flagito crimen,
id. Planc. 19 fin.:
non petentem atque adeo etiam absentem,
Liv. 10, 5.—And with autem also added:
atque adeo autem quor etc.,
Ter. Eun. 5, 4, 42.—
(γ).
With etiam:
id jam populare atque etiam plausibile factum est,
and also, Cic. Div. in Caecil. 3, 8:
ne Verginio commeatum dent atque etiam in custodia habeant,
Liv. 3, 46.—
(δ).
With the dem. pron. hic, is:
negotium magnum est navigare atque id mense Quintili,
and besides, and that, and that too, Cic. Att. 5, 12; 1, 14:
maximis defixis trabibus atque eis praeacutis,
Caes. B. C. 1, 27:
Asseres pedum XII. cuspidibus praefixis atque hi maximis ballistis missi,
id. ib. 2, 2:
duabus missis subsidio cohortibus a Caesare, atque his primis legionum duarum,
id. B. G. 5, 15; id. B. C. 3, 70:
flumen uno omnino loco pedibus atque hoc aegre transiri potest,
id. B. G. 5, 18:
ad celeritatem onerandi subductionesque paulo facit humiliores... atque id eo magis, quod, etc.,
id. ib. 5, 1; cf. without id (perh. to avoid the repetition of the pron.): qua (sc. virtute) nostri milites facile superabant, atque eo magis, quod, etc., and that the more because etc., id. ib. 3, 8 fin.:
dicendi artem apta trepidatione occultans atque eo validior,
Tac. H. 1, 69; 2, 37; id. A. 4, 22; 4, 46.—
II.
In comparisons.
A.
Of equality (Rudd. II. p. 94; Zumpt, § 340); with par, idem, item, aequus, similis, juxta, talis, totidem, etc., as: et nota, quod ex hujus modi structura Graeca (sc. homoios kai, etc.) frequenter Latini ac et atque in significatione similitudinis accipiunt, Prisc. pp. 1192 and 1193 P.; cf. Gell. 10, 29; Lidd. and Scott, s. v. kai, III.:
si parem sententiam hic habet ac formam,
Plaut. Mil. 4, 6, 36: quom opulenti loquuntur pariter atque ignobiles, Enn. ap. Gell. 11, 4:
Ecastor pariter hoc atque alias res soles,
Plaut. Men. 5, 1, 52:
pariter nunc opera me adjuves ac re dudum opitulata es,
Ter. Phorm. 5, 3, 3:
neque enim mihi par ratio cum Lucilio est ac tecum fuit,
Cic. N. D. 3, 1, 3:
parique eum atque illos imperio esse jussit,
Nep. Dat. 3, 5:
magistrum equitum pari ac dictatorem imperio fugavit,
id. Hann. 5, 3:
pariter patribus ac plebi carus,
Liv. 2, 33: nam et vita est eadem et animus te erga idem ac fuit, Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 24:
In hanc argumentationes ex eisdem locis sumendae sunt atque in causam negotialem,
Cic. Inv. 2, 23, 70:
equi quod alii sunt ad rem militarem idonei, alii ad vecturam... non item sunt spectandi atque habendi,
Varr. R. R. 2, 7, 15; id. L. L. 10, § 74 Mull.:
cum ex provincia populi Romani aequam partem tu tibi sumpseris atque populo Romano miseris,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 19:
Modo ne in aequo (jure) hostes apud vos sint ac nos socii,
Liv. 39, 37 (exs. with aeque; v. aeque, d); Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 83 fin.:
et simili jure tu ulcisceris patrui mortem atque ille persequeretur fratris sui, si, etc.,
id. Rab. Perd. 5; id. Phil. 1, 4; id. Agr. 1, 4 fin.:
similem pavorem inde ac fugam fore, ac bello Gallico fuerit,
Liv. 6, 28; Col. 5, 7, 3:
contendant, se juxta hieme atque aestate bella gerere posse,
Liv. 5, 6; cf. Drak. ad Liv. 1, 54, 9:
faxo eum tali mactatum, atque hic est, infortunio,
Ter. Phorm. 5, 9, 39; Cic. Vatin. 4, 10:
cum totidem navibus atque erat profectus,
Nep. Milt. 7, 4.—
B.
Of difference; with alius and its derivv., with dissimile, contra, contrarius, secus, etc., than:
illi sunt alio ingenio atque tu,
other than, different from, Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 35 al.; v. the passages under alius, I. B. a:
aliter tuum amorem atque est accipis,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 23 al.; v. the passages under aliter, 1. a.; cf.
also aliorsum, II., and aliusmodi: quod est non dissimile atque ire in Solonium,
Cic. Att. 2, 3:
simulacrum in excelso collocare et, contra atque ante fuerat, ad orientem convertere,
id. Cat. 3, 8, 20:
vides, omnia fere contra ac dicta sint evenisse,
id. Div. 2, 24 fin.; id. Verr. 2, 1, 46:
qui versantur retro, contrario motu atque caelum,
id. Rep. 6, 17, 17:
membra paulo secus a me atque ab illo partita,
id. de Or. 3, 30, 119:
cujus ego salutem non secus ac meam tueri debeo,
id. Planc. 1 fin. al.; v. contra, contrarius, secus, etc.—
C.
Sometimes, in cases of equality or difference, atque with ut or ac with si (with aliter affirm. Cic. appears to connect only atque ut, not ac si;
once, however, non aliter, ac si,
Cic. Att. 13, 51;
v. aliter, 1. b.): pariter hoc fit atque ut alia facta sunt,
Plaut. Am. 4, 1, 11:
nec fallaciam Astutiorem ullus fecit poeta atque Ut haec est fabre facta a nobis,
id. Cas. 5, 1, 6 sqq.:
quod iste aliter atque ut edixerat decrevisset,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 46:
et qui suos casus aliter ferunt atque ut auctores aliis ipsi fuerunt, etc.,
id. Tusc. 3, 30, 73:
si mentionem fecerint, quo aliter ager possideretur atque ut ex legibus Juliis,
id. Att. 2, 18, 2; 16, 13, c; cf. Wopk. Lect. Tull. 1, 15, p. 118; Dig. 43, 13, 11:
Egnatii absentis rem ut tueare, aeque a te peto ac si mea negotia essent,
just as if, Cic. Fam. 13, 43:
tu autem similiter facis ac si me roges, etc.,
id. N. D. 3, 3, 8:
reliquis officiis, juxta ac si meus frater esset, sustentavit,
id. Post. Red. in Sen. 8, 20:
quod dandum est amicitiae, large dabitur a me non secus ac si meus esset frater,
id. Mur. 4 fin.:
haec sunt, tribuni, consilia vestra, non, hercule, dissimilia, ac si quis, etc.,
Liv. 5, 5 fin. al. —
D.
More rare with nimis, in partem, pro eo, etc.;
in Plaut. also with mutare or demutare = aliud esse: nimis bellus, atque ut esse maxume optabam, locus,
Plaut. Bacch. 4, 4, 73:
haud centensumam Partem dixi atque, otium rei si sit, possim expromere,
id. Mil. 3, 1, 168: sane quam pro eo ac debui graviter molesteque tuli, just as was my duty, Sulp. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5:
debeo sperare, omnes deos, qui huic urbi praesident, pro eo mihi, ac mereor, relaturos gratiam esse,
Cic. Cat. 4, 2:
pro eo, ac si concessum sit, concludere oportebit argumentationem,
id. Inv. 1, 32, 54:
non possum ego non aut proxime atque ille aut etiam aeque laborare,
nearly the same as he, id. Fam. 9, 13, 2:
neque se luna quoquam mutat atque uti exorta est semel,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 118:
num quid videtur demutare atque ut quidem Dixi?
id. Mil. 4, 3, 37.—
E.
Sometimes the word indicating comparison (aeque, tantopere, etc.) is to be supplied from the connection (in the class. per. perh. used only once by Cassius in epist. style):
nebula haud est mollis atque hujus est,
Plaut. Cas. 4, 4, 21:
quem esse amicum ratus sum atque ipsus sum mihi,
id. Bacch. 3, 6, 20:
quae suco caret atque putris pumex,
Priap. 32, 7 (Mull., est putusque): digne ac mereor commendatus esse, Cass. ap. Cic. Fam. 12, 13; Dig. 2, 14, 4; 19, 2, 54.—
F.
Poet. or in post-Aug. prose with comparatives (for quam), than:
amicior mihi nullus vivit atque is est,
Plaut. Merc. 5, 2, 56:
non Apollinis magis verum atque hoc responsum est,
Ter. And. 4, 2, 15 Ruhnk.:
Illi non minus ac tibi Pectore uritur intimo Flamma,
Cat. 61, 172:
haud minus ac jussi faciunt,
Verg. A. 3, 561:
Non tuus hoc capiet venter plus ac meus,
Hor. S. 1, 1, 46 Bentl. and Heind. (cf. infra:
nihilo plus accipias quam Qui nil portarit): qui peccas minus atque ego,
id. ib. 2, 7, 96:
Artius atque hedera procera adstringitur ilex,
id. Epod. 15, 5; Suet. Caes. 14 Ruhnk. —
G.
In the comparison of two periods of time, most freq. with simul (v. examples under simul); ante- or post-class. with principio, statim:
principio Atque animus ephebis aetate exiit,
as soon as, Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 40:
judici enim, statim atque factus est, omnium rerum officium incumbit,
Dig. 21, 1, 25:
quamvis, statim atque intercessit, mulier competierat,
ib. 16, 1, 24.—
III.
To connect a negative clause which explains or corrects what precedes; hence sometimes with potius (class.; in Cic. very freq., but rare in the poets), and not, and not rather.
a.
Absol.:
Decipiam ac non veniam,
Ter. Heaut. 4, 4, 6:
si fidem habeat,... ac non id metuat, ne etc.,
id. Eun. 1, 2, 60:
perparvam vero controversiam dicis, ac non eam, quae dirimat omnia,
Cic. Leg. 1, 20, 54:
quasi nunc id agatur, quis ex tanta multitudine occiderit, ac non hoc quaeratur, eum, etc.,
id. Rosc. Am. 33:
si (mundum) tuum ac non deorum immortalium domicilium putes, nonne plane desipere videare?
id. N. D. 2, 6, 17:
nemo erat, qui illum reum ac non miliens condemnatum arbitraretur,
id. Att. 1, 16:
si hoc dissuadere est, ac non disturbare ac pervertere,
id. Agr. 2, 37, 101:
si res verba desideraret ac non pro se ipsa loqueretur,
id. Fam. 3, 2 fin.: hoc te exspectare tempus tibi turpe est ac non ei rei sapientia tua te occurrere, Serv. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5, 6:
velut destituti ac non qui ipsi destituissent,
Liv. 8, 27; 7, 3 fin.:
si mihi mea sententia proferenda ac non disertissimorum,
Tac. Or. 1.—
b.
With potius:
Quam ob rem scriba deducet, ac non potius mulio, qui advexit?
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 79 (B. and K., et):
quis (eum) ita aspexit, ut perditum civem, ac non potius ut importunissimum hostem?
id. Cat. 2, 6, 12.— Pliny the elder commonly employs in this sense atque non, not ac non:
concremasse ea (scrinia) optuma fide atque non legisse,
Plin. 7, 25, 26, § 94; 22, 24, 50, § 108; 29, 2, 9, § 29; 27, 9, 55, § 78; 31, 7, 39, § 73 et saep. —
IV.
In connecting clauses and beginning periods.
1.
In gen., and, and so, and even, and too: Pamph. Antiquam adeo tuam venustatem obtines. Bacch. Ac tu ecastor morem antiquom atque ingenium obtines, And you too, Ter. Hec. 5, 4, 20:
atque illi (philosopho) ordiri placet etc.,
Cic. de Or. 3, 47, 183: Africanus indigens mei? Minime hercle. Ac ne ego quidem illius, And I indeed not, etc., id. Lael. 9, 30; id. Fin. 5, 11, 33:
cum versus facias, te ipsum percontor, etc.... Atque ego cum Graecos facerem, natus mare citra, Versiculos, etc.,
Hor. S. 1, 10, 31:
multa quippe et diversa angebant: validior per Germaniam exercitus, etc.... quos igitur anteferret? ac (i. e. similiter angebat), ne postpositi contumelia incenderentur,
Tac. A. 1, 47:
Minime, minime, inquit Secundus, atque adeo vellem maturius intervenisses,
Tac. Or. 14:
ac similiter in translatione, etc.,
Quint. 3, 6, 77.—
2.
In adducing new arguments of similar force in favor of any assertion or making further statements about a subject, etc.; cf. Beier ad Cic. Off. 3, 11, 487.
a.
Absol.:
maxima est enim vis vetustatis et consuetudinis: atque in ipso equo, cujus modo mentionem feci, si, etc.,
and furthermore, and moreover, Cic. Lael. 19, 68: Atque, si natura confirmatura jus non erit, virtutes omnes tollentur, id. Leg. 1, 15, 42 B. and K. —
b.
Often with etiam:
Atque alias etiam dicendi virtutes sequitur,
Cic. Or. 40, 139:
Atque hoc etiam animadvertendum non esse omnia etc.,
id. de Or. 2, 61, 251; so id. Off. 1, 26, 90; id. N. D. 2, 11, 30; Col. 2, 2, 3.—
c.
Sometimes with quoque:
Atque occidi quoque Potius quam cibum praehiberem,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 133; so Cic. N. D. 2, 12, 32; Col. 2, 13, 3, and Cels. 2, 3; 3, 22.—
d.
And even with quoque etiam: Atque ego [p. 191] quoque etiam, qui Jovis sum filius, Contagione etc., Plaut. Am. prol. 30.—
3.
In narration:
aegre submoventes obvios intrare portam, qui adducebant Philopoemenem, potuerunt: atque conferta turba iter reliquum clauserat,
Liv. 39, 49; 5, 21 fin.:
completur caede, quantum inter castra murosque vacui fuit: ac rursus nova laborum facies,
Tac. H. 3, 30; cf. Caes. B. C. 2, 28 fin. and 2, 29 init. —
4.
In introducing comparisons, atque ut, atque velut (mostly poet., esp. in epic poetry):
Atque ut perspicio, profecto etc.,
Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 53:
ac veluti magno in populo cum saepe coorta est Seditio.... Sic cunctus pelagi cecidit fragor, etc.,
Verg. A. 1, 148; so id. G. 4, 170; id. A. 2, 626; 4, 402; 4, 441; 6, 707; 9, 59; 10, 405; 10, 707; 10, 803; 11, 809; 12, 365; 12, 521; 12, 684; 12, 715;
12, 908: Inclinare meridiem Sentis ac, veluti stet volucris dies, Parcis deripere etc.,
Hor. C. 3, 28, 6; Val. Fl. 6, 664;
and so, Ac velut in nigro jactatis turbine nautis, etc.... Tale fuit nobis Manius auxilium,
Cat. 68, 63 (for which Sillig and Muller read:
Hic velut, etc.): Atque ut magnas utilitates adipiscimur, etc.,
Cic. Off. 2, 5, 16:
Atque ut hujus mores veros amicos parere non potuerunt, sic etc.,
id. Lael. 15, 54.—
5.
In connecting two acts or events.
a.
In the order of time, and then; hence the ancient grammarians assume in it the notion of quick succession, and explain it, though improperly, as syn. with statim, ilico, without any accompanying copulative, v. Gell. 10, 29; Non. p. 530, 1 sq. (only in the poets and histt.): Atque atque accedit muros Romana juventus (the repetition of the atque represents the approach step by step), Enn. ap. Gell. and Non. l. l. (Ann. v. 527 Mull.): Quo imus una;
ad prandium? Atque illi tacent,
And then they are silent, Plaut. Capt. 3, 1, 19:
Ubi cenamus? inquam, atque illi abnuunt,
and upon this they shake their head, id. ib. 3, 1, 21; id. Ep. 2, 2, 33:
dum circumspecto atque ego lembum conspicor,
id. Bacch. 2, 3, 45; so id. Merc. 2, 1, 32; 2, 1, 35; id. Most. 5, 1, 9:
lucernam forte oblitus fueram exstinguere: Atque ille exclamat derepente maximum,
and then he suddenly exclaims, id. ib. 2, 2, 57: cui fidus Achates It comes... atque illi Misenum in litore sicco Ut venere, vident, etc., and as they thus came, etc., Verg. A. 6, 162:
dixerat, atque illi sese deus obtulit ultro,
Stat. Th. 9, 481; 12, 360; Liv. 26, 39, 16; Tac. H. 3, 17:
tum Otho ingredi castra ausus: atque illum tribuni centurionesque circumsistunt,
id. ib. 1, 82. —Sometimes with two imperatives, in order to indicate vividly the necessity of a quicker succession, or the close connection between two actions:
cape hoc argentum atque defer,
Ter. Heaut. 4, 7, 3:
abi domum ac deos comprecare,
id. Ad. 4, 5, 65:
tace modo ac sequere hac,
id. ib. 2, 4, 16:
Accipe carmina atque hanc sine tempora circum hederam tibi serpere,
Verg. E. 8, 12; id. G. 1, 40; 3, 65; 4, 330:
Da auxilium, pater, atque haec omina firma,
id. A. 2, 691; 3, 89; 3, 250; 3, 639; 4, 424; 9, 90; 10, 624; 11, 370.—
b.
In the order of thought, and so, and thus, and therefore.
(α).
Absol.:
si nunc de tuo jure concessisses paululum, Atque adulescenti morigerasses,
and so, Ter. Ad. 2, 2, 10.—
(β).
With ita or sic:
Ventum deinde ad multo angustiorem rupem, atque ita rectis saxis, etc.,
Liv. 21, 36; Plin. 10, 58, 79, § 158:
ac sic prope innumerabiles species reperiuntur,
Quint. 12, 10, 67.—
c.
Connecting conclusion and condition, so, then (cf. at, II. F.):
non aliter quam qui adverso vix flumine lembum Remigiis subigit, si bracchia forte remisit, Atque illum praeceps prono rapit alveus amni,
Verg. G. 1, 203 (here explained by statim by Gell. 10, 29, and by Servius, but thus its connective force is wholly lost; cf. also Forbig ad h. l. for still another explanation).—
6.
(As supra, I. c.) To annex a thought of more importance:
Satisne videtur declarasse Dionysius nihil esse ei beatum, cui semper aliqui terror impendeat? atque ei ne integrum quidem erat, ut ad justitiam remigraret,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 21, 62; id. Tull. 4:
hoc enim spectant leges, hoc volunt, incolumem esse civium conjunctionem, quam qui dirimunt, eos morte... coercent. Atque hoc multo magis efficit ipsa naturae ratio,
id. Off. 3, 5, 23; id. Fam. 6, 1, 4: hac spe lapsus Induciomarus... exsules damnatosque tota Gallia magnis praemiis ad se allicere coepit;
ac tantam sibi jam iis rebus in Gallia auctoritatem comparaverat, ut, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 5, 55 fin.; Nep. Hann. 13, 2; Quint. 1, 10, 16.—Hence also in answers, in order to confirm a question or assertion:
Sed videone ego Pamphilippum cum fratre Epignomo? Atque is est,
And he it is, Yes, it is he, Plaut. Stich. 4, 2, 4; so id. Truc. 1, 2, 24: Th. Mihin malum minitare? Ca. Atque edepol non minitabor, sed dabo, id. Curc. 4, 4, 15: Ch. Egon formidulosus? nemost hominum, qui vivat, minus. Th. Atque ita opust, Ter. Eun. 4, 6, 20.—
7.
In expressing a wish, atque utinam:
Veritus sum arbitros, atque utinam memet possim obliscier! Att., Trag. Rel. p. 160 Rib.: videmus enim fuisse quosdam, qui idem ornate ac graviter, idem versute et subtiliter dicerent. Atque utinam in Latinis talis oratoris simulacrum reperire possemus!
Cic. Or. 7, 22; so id. Rep. 3, 5, 8:
Atque utinam pro decore etc.,
Liv. 21, 41, 13:
Atque utinam ex vobis unus etc.,
Verg. E. 10, 35; id. A. 1, 575:
Atque utinam... Ille vir in medio fiat amore lapis!
Prop. 2, 9, 47; 3, 6, 15; 3, 7, 25; 3, 8, 19 al.—
8.
To connect an adversative clause, and often fully with tamen, and yet, notwithstanding, nevertheless.
a.
Absol.: Mihi quidem hercle non fit veri simile;
atque ipsis commentum placet,
Ter. And. 1, 3, 20 Ruhnk. (atque pro tamen, Don.):
ego quia non rediit filius, quae cogito!... Atque ex me hic natus non est, sed ex fratre,
id. Ad. 1, 1, 15 (Quasi dicat, ex me non est, et sic afficior: quid paterer si genuissem? Don.; cf. Acron. ap. Charis. p. 204 P.); Cic. Off. 3, 11, 48 Beier; id. Mur. 34, 71 Matth.:
ceterum ex aliis negotiis, quae ingenio exercentur, in primis magno usui est memoria rerum gestarum... Atque ego credo fore qui, etc.,
and yet I believe, Sall. J. 4, 1 and 3 Corte; id. C. 51, 35:
observare principis egressum in publicum, insidere vias examina infantium futurusque populus solebat. Labor parentibus erat ostentare parvulos... Ac plerique insitis precibus surdas principis aures obstrepebant,
Plin. Pan. 26.—
b.
With tamen:
nihil praeterea est magnopere dicendum. Ac tamen, ne cui loco non videatur esse responsum, etc.,
Cic. Fin. 2, 27, 85:
discipulos dissimilis inter se ac tamen laudandos,
id. de Or. 3, 10, 35; id. Rep. 1, 7, 12:
Atque in his tamen tribus generibus etc.,
id. Off. 3, 33, 118; id. Pis. 1, 3; 13, 30; id. Prov. Cons. 7, 16; 7, 15 fin. (cf. in reference to the last four passages Wund. Varr. Lectt. p. lviii. sq.):
ac tamen initia fastigii etc.,
Tac. A. 3, 29; 3, 56; 12, 56;
14, 21: pauciores cum pluribus certasse, ac tamen fusos Germanos,
id. H. 5, 16.—
9.
To connect a minor affirmative proposition (the assumptio or propositio minor of logical lang.) in syllogisms, now, but, but now (while atqui is used to connect either an affirmative or negative minor premiss: v. atqui): Scaptius quaternas postulabat. Metui, si impetrasset, ne tu ipse me amare desineres;
... Atque hoc tempore ipso impingit mihi epistulam etc.,
Cic. Att. 6, 1, 6.—Sometimes the conclusion is to be supplied:
nisi qui naturas hominum, penitus perspexerit, dicendo, quod volet, perficere non poterit. Atque totus hic locus philosophorum putatur proprius (conclusion: ergo oratorem philosophiam cognoscere oportet),
Cic. de Or. 1, 12, 53 and 54.—
10.
In introducing a purpose (freq. in Cic.).
a.
A negative purpose, and esp. in anticipating an objection:
Ac ne sine causa videretur edixisse,
Cic. Phil. 3, 9, 24:
Ac ne forte hoc magnum ac mirabile esse videatur,
id. de Or. 2, 46, 191; so id. Fam. 5, 12, 30:
Ac ne saepius dicendum sit,
Cels. 8, 1:
Ac ne forte roges, quo me duce, quo lare tuter,
Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 13:
Ac ne forte putes,
id. ib. 2, 1, 208:
Ac ne forte putes etc.,
Ov. R. Am. 465 (Merkel, Et).—
b.
A positive purpose:
Atque ut ejus diversa studia in dissimili ratione perspicere possitis, nemo etc.,
Cic. Cat. 2, 5, 9:
Atque ut omnes intellegant me etc.... dico etc.,
id. Imp. Pomp. 8, 20; 2, 4; id. Clu. 14, 43; id. Sull. 2, 5; id. de Or. 3, 11, 40:
Atque ut C. Flaminium relinquam etc.,
id. Leg. 3, 9, 20; id. Fin. 3, 2, 4.—
11.
a.. In continuing a thought in assertions or narration, and, now, and now, Plaut. Aul. prol. 18: audistis, cum pro se diceret, genus orationis, etc.,... perspexistis. Atque in eo non solum ingenium ejus videbatis, etc., Cic. Cael. 19, 45; so id. de Or. 3, 32, 130; 2, 7, 27; 3, 10, 39 al.; Caes. B. G. 2, 29; Nep. Ages. 7, 3; 8, 1, Eum. 10, 3 Bremi; Tac. A. 14, 64; 15, 3; Verg. A. 9, 1; Sil. 4, 1 al.: ac si, sublato illo, depelli a vobis omne periculum judicarem, now if I, etc., Cic. Cat. 2, 2, 3:
atque si etiam hoc natura praescribit, etc.,
id. Off. 3, 6, 27; so Quint. 10, 1, 26; 10, 2, 8.—
b.
In introducing parentheses:
vulgo credere, Penino (atque inde nomen et jugo Alpium inditum) transgressum,
Liv. 21, 38:
omne adfectus genus (atque ea maxime jucundam et ornatam faciunt orationem) de luxuria, etc.,
Quint. 4, 3, 15 MSS., where Halm after Spalding reads et quae. —
c.
At the conclusion of a discourse (not infreq. in Cic.): Atque in primis duabus dicendi partibus qualis esset, summatim breviterque descripsimus, And thus have we, then, briefly described, etc., Cic. Or. 15, 50:
Ac de primo quidem officii fonte diximus,
id. Off. 1, 6, 19:
Ac de inferenda quidem injuria satis dictum est,
id. ib. 1, 8, 27; id. Inv. 2, 39, 115 al.—
V.
In particular connections and phrases.
A.
Unus atque alter, one and the other; alius atque alius, one and another; now this, now that:
unae atque alterae scalae,
Sall. J. 60, 7:
quarum (coclearum) cum unam atque alteram, dein plures peteret,
id. ib. 93, 2:
unum atque alterum lacum integer perfluit,
Tac. H. 5, 6:
dilatisque alia atque alia de causa comitiis,
Liv. 8, 23, 17; Col. 9, 8, 10:
alius atque alius,
Tac. H. 1, 46; 1, 50 (v. alius, II. D.).—Also separated by several words:
aliud ejus subinde atque aliud facientes initium,
Sen. Ep. 32, 2.—
B.
Etiam atque etiam. again and again:
temo Stellas cogens etiam atque etiam Noctis sublime iter, Enn., Trag. Rel. p. 39 Rib.: etiam atque etiam cogita,
Ter. Eun. 1, 1, 11:
etiam atque etiam considera,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 14, 46:
monitos eos etiam atque etiam volo,
id. Cat. 2, 12, 27.—So, semel atque iterum, Cic. Font. 26; id. Clu. 49; Tac. Or. 17; and:
iterum atque iterum,
Verg. A. 8, 527; Hor. S. 1, 10, 39.—
C.
Huc atque illuc, hither and thither, Cic. Q. Rosc. 37; id. de Or. 1, 40, 184; Verg. A. 9, 57; Ov. M. 2, 357; 10, 376; Tac. Agr. 10; id. H. 1, 85.—
D.
Longe atque late, far and wide, Cic. Marcell. 29:
atque eccum or atque eccum video, in colloquial lang.: Heus vocate huc Davom. Atque eccum,
but here he is, Ter. And. 3, 3, 48:
Audire vocem visa sum modo militis. Atque eccum,
and here he is, id. Eun. 3, 2, 2; so id. Hec. 4, 1, 8.—
E.
Atque omnia, in making an assertion general, and so generally:
Atque in eis omnibus, quae sunt actionis, inest quaedam vis a natura data,
Cic. de Or. 3, 59, 223:
quorum (verborum) descriptus ordo alias alia terminatione concluditur, atque omnia illa et prima et media verba spectare debent ad ultimum,
id. Or. 59, 200; id. de Or. 2, 64, 257: commoda civium non divellere, atque omnes aequitate eadem continere, and so rather, etc., id. Off. 2, 23, 83:
nihil acerbum esse, nihil crudele, atque omnia plena clementiae, humanitatis,
id. ad Q. Fr. 1, 1, 8:
Atque omnis vitae ratio sic constat, ut, quae probamus in aliis, facere ipsi velimus,
Quint. 10, 2, 2.—
F.
With other conjunctions.
1.
After et:
equidem putabam virtutem hominibus instituendo et persuadendo, non minis et vi ac metu tradi,
Cic. de Or. 1, 58, 247:
Magnifica vero vox et magno viro ac sapiente digna,
id. Off. 3, 1, 1; id. Cael. 13:
vanus aspectus et auri fulgor atque argenti,
Tac. Agr. 32.:
denuntiarent, ut ab Saguntinis abstineret et Carthaginem in Africam traicerent ac sociorum querimonias deferrent,
Liv. 21, 6, 4:
ubi et fratrem consilii ac periculi socium haberem,
id. 21, 41, 2:
et uti liter demum ac Latine perspicueque,
Quint. 8, 3, 3:
Nam et subtili plenius aliquid atque subtilius et vehementi remissius atque vehementius invenitur,
id. 12, 10, 67. —
2.
After que, as in Gr. te kai: litterisque ac laudibus aeternare, Varr. ap. Non. p. 75, 20:
submoverique atque in castra redigi,
Liv. 26, 10:
terrorem caedemque ac fugam fecere,
id. 21, 52:
mus Sub terris posuitque domos atque horrea fecit,
Verg. G. 1, 182; 3, 434; id. A. 8, 486.—
3.
Before et:
caelum ipsum ac mare et silvas circum spectantes,
Tac. Agr. 32.—
4.
After neque (only in the poets and post - Aug. prose):
nec clavis nec canis atque calix,
Mart. 1, 32, 4: naturam Oceani atque aestus [p. 192] neque quaerere hujus operis est, ac multi retulere, Tac. Agr. 10:
mediocritatem pristinam neque dissimulavit umquam ac frequenter etiam prae se tulit,
Suet. Vesp. 12.—
G.
Atque repeated, esp. in arch. Lat.: Scio solere plerisque hominibus in rebus secundis atque prolixis atque prosperis animum excellere atque superbiam atque ferociam augescere atque crescere, Cato ap. Gell. 7, 3: Dicere possum quibus villae atque aedes aedificatae atque expolitae maximo opere citro atque ebore atque pavimentis Poenicis stent, Cato ap. Fest. p. 242 Mull.:
atque ut C. Flamininum atque ea, quae jam prisca videntur, propter vetustatem relinquam,
Cic. Leg. 3, 9, 20:
omnem dignitatem tuam in virtute atque in rebus gestis atque in tua gravitate positam existimare,
id. Fam. 1, 5, 8.—Esp. freq. in enumerations in the poets:
Haec atque illa dies atque alia atque alia,
Cat. 68, 152:
Mavortia tellus Atque Getae atque Hebrus,
Verg. G. 4, 463:
Clioque et Beroe atque Ephyre Atque Opis et Asia,
id. ib. 4, 343.—And sometimes forming a double connective, both— and = et—et:
Multus ut in terras deplueretque lapis: Atque tubas atque arma ferunt crepitantia caelo Audita,
Tib. 2, 5, 73:
complexa sui corpus miserabile nati Atque deos atque astra vocat crudelia mater,
Verg. E. 5, 23; Sil. 1, 93; v. Forbig ad Verg. l. l.

► Atque regularly stands at the beginning of its sentence or clause or before the word it connects, but in poetry it sometimes, like et and at, stands:
a.
In the second place:
Jamque novum terrae stupeant lucescere solem, Altius atque cadant imbres,
Verg. E. 6, 38 Rib., ubi v. Forbig.:
Accipite ergo animis atque haec mea figite dicta,
id. A. 3, 250, and 10, 104 (animis may, however, here be taken with Accipite, as in id. ib. 5, 304):
Esto beata, funus atque imagines Ducant triumphales tuum,
Hor. Epod. 8, 11; id. S. 1, 5, 4; 1, 6, 111; 1, 7, 12 (ubi v. Fritzsche).—
b.
In the third place:
quod pubes hedera virente Gaudeant pulla magis atque myrto,
Hor. C. 1, 25, 18; cf. at fin. (Vid. more upon this word in Hand, Turs. I. pp. 452-513.)

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > atque
95 wahr

Adj.

1. true; (wirklich) auch real; eine wahre Geschichte a true story; etw. wahr machen make s.th. come true; (Drohung, Versprechen etc.) carry out s.th.; wahr werden come true; der wahre Grund the real reason; davon ist kein Wort wahr there’s not a word of truth in it; stärker: it’s a pack of lies umg.; das ist ein wahres Wort oder wohl wahr that’s very true, there’s a lot of truth in that; so wahr mir Gott helfe JUR. so help me God; so wahr ich hier stehe! umg. as sure as I’m standing here, I kid you not; was wahr ist, ist wahr truth will out; das ist schon gar nicht mehr wahr umg. that was a long time ago; das darf doch nicht wahr sein! umg. I don’t believe it!; das ist nicht das Wahre umg. it’s not the real thing ( oder the real McCoy umg.); es ist etwas Wahres dran there’s something in it, there’s an element of truth in ( oder to) it; wahre Ortszeit true local time

2. (ausgesprochen) real; förm. veritable; eine wahre Fundgrube a veritable treasure trove; ein wahrer Jungbrunnen a veritable fountain of youth; ein wahres Wunder a real ( oder true) miracle; das ist eine wahre Wohltat what a relief; ein wahres Glück, dass sie hier waren thank goodness they were here

3. gespr.: nicht wahr? isn’t that so?; isn’t it etc.?, doesn’t he etc.?, haven’t they etc.?; er kommt doch, nicht wahr? he 'is coming, isn’t he?; nicht wahr, Jens, das findest du auch? you think the same, don’t you, Jens?; einzig II, Jakob, Sinn 4, Wort 1 etc.

* * *

true; veracious; veritable

* * *
[vaːɐ]
adj
Geschichte, Liebe, Glaube etc true; (= echt) Kunst, Glück etc auch real, genuine; Freund, Freundschaft auch real; (attr = wirklich) real, veritable
im wáhrsten Sinne des Wortes — in the true sense of the word

daran ist kein wáhres Wort, davon ist kein Wort wáhr — there's not a word of truth in it

da ist etwas Wahres daran — there's some truth in that

da hast du ein wáhres Wort gesprochen (inf) — that's very true, there's a lot of truth in that

etw wáhr machen (Pläne) — to make sth a reality; Versprechung, Drohung to carry sth out

wáhr werden — to come true; (Hoffnung, Pläne auch) to become a reality

so wáhr mir Gott helfe! — so help me God!

so wáhr ich lebe/hier stehe — as sure as I'm alive/standing here, as sure as eggs is eggs (Brit inf)

das darf or kann doch nicht wáhr sein! (inf) — it can't be true!

das ist schon gar nicht mehr wáhr (inf) (verstärkend) — it's not true! (inf)

das ist nicht das Wahre (inf) — it's no great shakes (inf)

die Stelle ist nicht gerade der wáhre Jakob or Otto or das Wahre (inf) — it's not exactly the greatest job (on earth)

See:

→ nicht, einzig

* * *

1) ((negative untrue) telling of something that really happened; not invented; agreeing with fact; not wrong: That is a true statement; Is it true that you did not steal the ring?) true

2) truthfully

* * *

wahr

[va:ɐ̯]

adj

1. (zutreffend) true

eine \wahre Geschichte a true story

\wahr werden to become a reality

wie \wahr! (fam) very true! fam

2. attr (wirklich) real

der \wahre Täter the real culprit

3. (aufrichtig) real, true

ein \wahrer Freund a real [or true] friend

das \wahre Glück real [or true] happiness

die \wahre Liebe true love

4.

▶ das darf [o kann] doch nicht \wahr sein! (fam: verärgert) I don't believe this [or it]!; (entsetzt) it can't be true!

▶ das einzig W\wahre (fam) the thing needed, just the thing fam

vier Wochen Urlaub, das wäre jetzt das einzig W\wahre to have four weeks holiday would be just what the doctor ordered

▶ da ist etwas W\wahres dran (fam) there's some truth in it; (als Antwort) you're not wrong there fam

▶ das ist schon gar nicht mehr \wahr (fam) that was ages ago fam

▶ etw ist [auch] nicht das W\wahre (fam) sth is not quite the thing [or the real McCoy]

▶ etw \wahr machen to carry out sth

▶ so \wahr ich hier stehe (fam) as sure as I'm standing here

* * *

Adjektiv

1) true

[das] ist ja gar nicht wahr! — that's just not true!

du hast Hunger, nicht wahr? — you're hungry, aren't you?

nicht wahr, er weiß es doch? — he does know, doesn't he?

das darf [doch] nicht wahr sein! — I don't believe it!

etwas wahr machen — carry something out

2) nicht präd. (wirklich) real <reason, motive, feelings, joy, etc.>; actual < culprit>; true, real <friend, friendship, love, art>; veritable < miracle>

im wahrsten Sinne des Wortes — in the truest sense of the word

das ist das einzig Wahre — (ugs.) that's just what the doctor ordered (coll.)

* * *

wahr adj

1. true; (wirklich) auch real;

eine wahre Geschichte a true story;

etwas wahr machen make sth come true; (Drohung, Versprechen etc) carry out sth;

wahr werden come true;

der wahre Grund the real reason;

davon ist kein Wort wahr there’s not a word of truth in it; stärker: it’s a pack of lies umg;

das ist ein wahres Wort oder

wohl wahr that’s very true, there’s a lot of truth in that;

so wahr mir Gott helfe JUR so help me God;

so wahr ich hier stehe! umg as sure as I’m standing here, I kid you not;

was wahr ist, ist wahr truth will out;

das ist schon gar nicht mehr wahr umg that was a long time ago;

das darf doch nicht wahr sein! umg I don’t believe it!;

das ist nicht das Wahre umg it’s not the real thing ( oder the real McCoy umg);

es ist etwas Wahres dran there’s something in it, there’s an element of truth in ( oder to) it;

wahre Ortszeit true local time

2. (ausgesprochen) real; form veritable;

eine wahre Fundgrube a veritable treasure trove;

ein wahrer Jungbrunnen a veritable fountain of youth;

ein wahres Wunder a real ( oder true) miracle;

das ist eine wahre Wohltat what a relief;

ein wahres Glück, dass sie hier waren thank goodness they were here

3. gespr:

nicht wahr? isn’t that so?; isn’t it etc?, doesn’t he etc?, haven’t they etc?;

er kommt doch, nicht wahr? he 'is coming, isn’t he?;

nicht wahr, Jens, das findest du auch? you think the same, don’t you, Jens?; → einzig B, Jakob, Sinn 4, Wort 1 etc

* * *

Adjektiv

1) true

[das] ist ja gar nicht wahr! — that's just not true!

du hast Hunger, nicht wahr? — you're hungry, aren't you?

nicht wahr, er weiß es doch? — he does know, doesn't he?

das darf [doch] nicht wahr sein! — I don't believe it!

etwas wahr machen — carry something out

2) nicht präd. (wirklich) real <reason, motive, feelings, joy, etc.>; actual < culprit>; true, real <friend, friendship, love, art>; veritable < miracle>

im wahrsten Sinne des Wortes — in the truest sense of the word

das ist das einzig Wahre — (ugs.) that's just what the doctor ordered (coll.)

* * *

adj.

intrinsic adj.

true adj.

truthful adj.

Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > wahr
96 modo

m.

1 way (manera, forma).

¿has visto el modo en que o el modo como te mira? have you seen how o the way he's looking at you?

no encuentro el modo de dejar el tabaco whatever I do, I just can't seem to give up smoking

a modo de as, by way of

al modo de in the style of

de ese modo in that way

de ningún modo in no way

de todos modos in any case, anyway

de un modo u otro one way or another

en cierto modo in some ways

modo de empleo instructions for use

de modo que so (así que)

¿de modo que no te gusta? so, you don't like it (then)?

2 mood (grammar).

modo adverbial adverbial phrase

3 mode, brand, manner, way.

4 grammar mood, mood.

* * *

modo

► nombre masculino

1 way, manner

■ no me convence su modo de trabajar I'm not sure about the way he does his job

2 LINGÚÍSTICA mood

■ el modo subjuntivo the subjunctive mood

■ adverbios de modo adverbs of manner

► nombre masculino plural modos

1 manners

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

a modo de as a, like a

■ lo utilizaron a modo de un jarrón they used it as a vase

de cualquier modo (como conector de frases) in any case, anyway 2 (despreocupadamente) any old how

de modo que so

■ de modo que ya lo sabes so now you know

de todos modos anyhow, at any rate

en cierto modo in a way

modo de empleo instructions plural

modo de ser character

■ es su modo de ser that's the way he is

* * *

noun m.

1) way, manner

2) mode

3) mood

•

- de cualquier modo
- de modo que
- de todos modos
* * *

SM

1) (=manera) way, manner frm

los han distribuido del siguiente modo — they have been distributed in the following way o frm manner

¿no hay otro modo de hacerlo? — isn't there another way of doing it?

no me gusta su modo de actuar — I don't like the way he does things

de un modo u otro — one way or another

a mi modo de pensar o ver — in my view, the way I see it

modo de empleo — instructions for use

modo de gobierno — form of government

modo de producción — mode of production

modo de vida — way of life
see MANERA, FORMA, MODO
2) [locuciones]

• a mi/tu modo — (in) my/your (own) way

cada uno lo interpreta a su modo — everyone interprets it in his or her own way

• a modo de — as

utilizó una bolsa a modo de maleta — she used a bag as a suitcase

a modo de ejemplo/respuesta — by way of example/reply

• en cierto modo — in a way, to a certain extent

• de cualquier modo — [antes de verbo] anyway, in any case; (=después de verbo) anyhow

de cualquier modo, ahora tenemos que irnos — we have to go now anyway o in any case

hazlo de cualquier modo — do it anyway you like, do it anyhow, do it any old how *

• de modo + adj —

tenemos que actuar de modo coherente — we must act consistently

eso nos afectará de modo directo — this will have a direct effect on us, this will affect us directly

el accidente influyó de modo negativo en el niño — the accident had a negative effect on the child

• de ese modo — [antes de verbo] (in) this way; [después de verbo] like that

de ese modo no habrá problemas — this way there won't be any problems

no hables de ese modo — don't talk like that

• grosso modo — broadly speaking

esa fue, grosso modo, la contestación que nos dio — broadly speaking, that was the answer he gave us

• de mal modo — rudely

me lo pidió de muy mal modo — he asked me for it very rudely

• del mismo o de igual modo — in the same way

todos van vestidos del mismo o de igual modo — they are all dressed the same o in the same way

del mismo modo sucedió con los agricultores — the same thing happened with the farmers

del mismo modo que — in the same way as o that, just as

• de ningún modo o en modo alguno, no quiero de ningún modo o en modo alguno implicarla en esto — I don't want to involve her in this in any way

no puedo permitir eso de ningún modo — there's no way I can allow that

no se parece de ningún modo a lo que habíamos imaginado — it's nothing like we had imagined

¡de ningún modo! — certainly not!, no way! *

• de todos modos — anyway, all the same, in any case

aunque no me dejes, me iré de todos modos — even if you don't let me, I'll go anyway o all the same o in any case

aunque lo esperaba, de todos modos me sorprendió — even though I was expecting it, I was still surprised

3)

• de modo que — [antes de verbo] so; [después de verbo] so that

¡de modo que eras tú el que llamaba! — so it was you that was calling!

apílalos de modo que no se caigan — stack them up so (that) they won't fall over

4) Esp frm (=moderación) moderation

bebe con modo — drink in moderation

5) LAm

¡ni modo! — (=de ninguna manera) no way *, not a chance *; (=no hay otra alternativa) what else can I/you etc do?

ni modo que lo va a hacer — no way she's going to do it

si no me quieres, ni modo — if you don't love me, what else can I do?

6) pl modos (=modales) manners

• buenos modos — good manners

con buenos modos — politely

• malos modos — bad manners

me contestó con muy malos modos — he answered me very rudely

7) (Ling) [del verbo] mood

de modo — manner antes de s

adverbio de modo — manner adverb

modo adverbial — adverbial phrase

modo conjuntivo — conjunctional phrase

modo imperativo — imperative mood

modo indicativo — indicative mood

modo subjuntivo — subjunctive mood

8) (Inform) mode

9) (Mús) mode

modo mayor/menor — major/minor mode

* * *

masculino

1)

a) (manera, forma) way, manner (frml)

no lo digas de ese modo — don't say it like that

del siguiente modo — in the following manner

a mi modo de ver — to my way of thinking, in my opinion

modo de empleo — instructions for use, directions

me lo pidió de muy mal modo — (AmL) she asked me (for it) very rudely

b) (en locs)

a mi/tu/su modo — (in) my/your/his (own) way

a modo de: se puso una manta a modo de poncho he put a blanket round his shoulders like a poncho; a modo de introducción by way of introduction; de cualquier modo ( de todas formas) (indep) in any case, anyway; ( sin cuidado) anyhow; del mismo or de igual modo que just as, in the same way (that); de modo que ( así que) so; ( para que) (+ subj) so that; ¿de modo que se van? so they're going, are they?; de modo que se vean desde aquí so that they can be seen from here; de ningún modo no way; de ningún modo puedo aceptar there's no way I can accept; de todos modos anyway, anyhow; en cierto modo in a way; ni modo (AmL exc CS fam): ¿pudieron entrar? - no, ni modo did they get in? - no, no way (colloq); traté de persuadirlo pero ni modo I tried to persuade him but it was no good; ni modo, yo soy como soy that's tough o too bad, I am the way I am (colloq); ni modo que te quedes aquí — there's no way you're staying here (colloq)

2) modos masculino plural ( modales) manners (pl)

con buenos/malos modos — politely/rudely o impolitely

3) (Ling) mood

4) (Mús) mode

* * *

= approach [approaches, -pl.], avenue, guise, means, mode, way, manner, fashion.

Ex. During the last twenty years the variety of approaches to the organisation of knowledge has proliferated with the introduction of computer-based methods.

Ex. In the attempt to match the above criteria, there are two fundamentally distinct avenues to the construction of the schedules of a classification scheme.

Ex. In various guises, the basic concepts have found application in the design of a number of special classification schemes.

Ex. The easiest means of illustrating some of the foregoing points is to introduce in outline some special classification schemes.

Ex. Various modes of operation are possible for such a journal, and the precise operation will depend upon the type of information being conveyed.

Ex. They are likely to influence the future function of DC, and the way in which the scheme will evolve, but since there will be a continuing need for shelf arrangement, DC will remain necessary.

Ex. City planning is a body of techniques and theories for co-ordinative decision-making which tries to distribute the community's resources in a manner which will best achieve the community's specific goals, whatever they may be = El urbanismo es un conjunto de técnicas y teorías para la toma coordinada de decisiones que intenta distribuir los recursos de la comunidad de tal forma que se consigan mejor los objetivos específicos de ésta, sean cuales sean.

Ex. It was on the tip of his tongue to say: 'Must you speak to me in this uncivilized fashion?' But he discreetly forbore.

----

* actuar de otro modo = do + otherwise.

* actuar de un modo despiadado = play + hardball.

* actuar de un modo diferente = strike out on + a different path.

* actuar de un modo implacable = play + hardball.

* actuar de un modo independiente = go it alone.

* actuar de un modo intransigente = play + hardball.

* adverbio de modo = adverb of mode.

* a groso modo = crudely.

* a grosso modo = roughly, rough draft.

* al actuar de este modo = by so doing, in so doing, by doing so.

* al modo de = a la.

* a mi modo de ver = in my books.

* a modo de = by way of, in the vein of, as a kind of.

* a modo de aclaración = in parenthesis, on a sidenote.

* a modo de advertencia = cautionary.

* a modo de ejemplo = by way of illustration.

* a modo de explicación = parenthetically.

* a modo de ilustración = by way of illustration.

* a modo de inciso = in passing, by the way of (a) digression.

* a modo de paréntesis = parenthetical.

* a modo de prólogo = prefatory.

* a modo de resumen = wrap-up.

* analizar de un modo imparcial = take + a cool look at.

* andar de un modo pausado = stroll + at a leisurely pace.

* artículo a modo de réplica = rebuttal article.

* así como... de igual modo... = just as... so....

* avecinarse de un modo amenazador = loom + large on the horizon.

* buscar el modo de = explore + ways in which, explore + ways and means of.

* como un modo de = as a way of.

* conocer de algún modo = know + on some grounds.

* crecer de modo exhuberante = grow + rampant.

* de algún modo = in any way [in anyway], somehow, after a fashion, in some form, some way.

* de algún modo + Adjetivo = otherwise + Adjetivo.

* de algún modo u otro = of some sort.

* decir Algo de un modo colérico = flame out.

* decir de un modo enfadado = spit out.

* de cualquier modo = however, either way.

* de diferente modo = differently.

* de ese modo = in doing so, in this,, thereby.

* de este modo = by so doing, by this means, in so doing, in this fashion, in this manner, thereby, this way, thus, this way round, in this way, by doing so, in these ways, this is how, in doing so.

* definir de un modo predeterminado e inamovible = hardwire [hard wire].

* de igual modo = alike, equally, in like fashion, in like vein.

* de igual modo que = just as, just as well... as..., along the lines of, on the lines (of).

* del mejor modo posible = to the best of + Posesivo + ability.

* del mismo modo = exactly, in the same vein, by the same token.

* del mismo modo que = as, in the form that, in the same way (as), in the same way that, just as, in the same manner (as), along the lines, after the fashion of, similar to, in common with.

* del otro modo = the other way (a)round.

* de modo + Adjetivo = on a + Adjetivo + basis.

* de modo agresivo = aggressively.

* de modo alarmante = alarmingly.

* de modo alternativo = alternatively.

* de modo altivo = superciliously, haughtily.

* de modo apreciable = to an appreciable extent.

* de modo caprichoso = capriciously.

* de modo censurable = reprehensibly.

* de modo claro = transparently.

* de modo comercial = on a commercial basis.

* de modo competitivo = competitively.

* de modo complementario = complimentarily.

* de modo conjunto con = in partnership with.

* de modo considerable = to a considerable extent.

* de modo convincente = cogently, unconvincingly.

* de modo decisivo = decisively.

* de modo desastroso = disastrously.

* de modo desconcertante = bewilderingly.

* de modo divertido = funnily.

* de modo egoísta = selfishly.

* de modo errático = erratically.

* de modo especulativo = speculatively.

* de modo estructurado = in a structured fashion.

* de modo fácil = with the tip of a hat.

* de modo gracioso = funnily.

* de modo gratuito = on a complimentary basis.

* de modo heurístico = heuristically.

* de modo humorístico = in a humorous vein.

* de modo imaginativo = imaginatively.

* de modo inconfundible = unmistakably.

* de modo individual = on a case-by-case basis.

* de modo inequívoco = unambiguously.

* de modo inesperado = like a bolt out of the blue, like a bolt from the blue.

* de modo informal = informally.

* de modo ininterrumpido = in an unbroken line.

* de modo insinuante = suggestively.

* de modo irregular = erratically.

* de modo irritante = annoyingly.

* de modo pesimista = gloomily.

* de modo poco imaginativo = unimaginatively.

* de modo provocativo = suggestively.

* de modo que = so.

* de modo que + poder + oír = within earshot of.

* de modo raro = funnily.

* de modo recíproco = reciprocally.

* de modo reprobatorio = reprovingly, reproachfully.

* de modos diversos = variously.

* de modos extraños = funnily.

* de modo sorprendente = shockingly.

* de modo tal que = so much so that.

* demostrar de un modo contundente = demonstrate + beyond (all) doubt, prove + beyond all doubt.

* de ningún modo = by no means, in no way, on no account, in no sense, by any means, not at all, under no/any circumstances, in any shape or form, for the life of me, not on any account, by no stretch of the imagination.

* de nuevos modos = in new ways.

* de otro modo = conversely.

* de qué modo = by what means.

* de tal modo que = in such a way that, so.

* de tal modo que raya en lo ridículo = ridiculously.

* de tal modo que + Subjuntivo = in such a way as to + Infinitivo.

* de todos modos = at any rate.

* de un mod discreto = unobtrusively.

* de un modo = in a fashion.

* de un modo absorto = absently.

* de un modo aburrido y pesado = tediously.

* de un modo acalorado = hotly.

* de un modo adecuado = appropriately, fitly.

* de un modo + Adjetivo = in + Adjetivo + fashion, in + Adjetivo + measure, in a + Adjetivo + manner, in + Adjetivo + manner, on a + Adjetivo + scale, to a + Adjetivo + degree, in a + Adjetivo + vein.

* de un modo afirmativo = affirmatively.

* de un modo ahorrativo = thriftily.

* de un modo aleatorio = at random.

* de un modo anafórico = anaphorically.

* de un modo anárquico = anarchically.

* de un modo anodino = prosaically.

* de un modo antieconómico = wastefully.

* de un modo apropiado = fitly, appropriately.

* de un modo aprovechado = opportunistically.

* de un modo atractivo = appealingly.

* de un modo auténtico = authentically.

* de un modo barato = inexpensively, thriftily.

* de un modo bochornoso = shamefully.

* de un modo cansado = wearily.

* de un modo caro = expensively + Participio.

* de un modo casual = in a by-the-way fashion.

* de un modo chirriante = jarringly.

* de un modo chocante = jarringly.

* de un modo compacto = compactly.

* de un modo concluyente = positively.

* de un modo conservador = conservatively.

* de un modo constante = on an ongoing basis.

* de un modo constructivo = constructively.

* de un modo convincente = convincingly, forcibly.

* de un modo coordinado = synergistically.

* de un modo crítico = critically.

* de un modo decepcionante = disappointedly.

* de un modo desconcertado = disconcertedly.

* de un modo descontrolado = uncontrollably.

* de un modo desenfadado = playfully.

* de un modo deshonesto = dishonestly.

* de un modo desordenado = higgledy-piggledy.

* de un modo devastador = devastatingly.

* de un modo diferente = differentially.

* de un modo discreto = quietly.

* de un modo disonante = jarringly.

* de un modo económico = economically, thriftily.

* de un modo elegante = elegantly.

* de un modo encantador = charmingly.

* de un modo engorroso = awkwardly, cumbrously.

* de un modo equivalente = equivalently.

* de un modo espectacular = spectacularly.

* de un modo estrafalario = freakishly.

* de un modo exhaustivo = comprehensively, in depth, exhaustively.

* de un modo extraño = freakishly.

* de un modo fiable = reliably.

* de un modo flexible = flexibly.

* de un modo fortuito = haphazardly.

* de un modo fraudulento = fraudulently.

* de un modo gradual = incrementally.

* de un modo habitual = as a matter of routine.

* de un modo heterogéneo = heterogeneously [heterogenously].

* de un modo holístico = holistically.

* de un modo imparcial = impartially.

* de un modo impreciso = fuzzily.

* de un modo impresionante = impressively.

* de un modo impulsivo = impulsively.

* de un modo incidental = incidentally.

* de un modo incómodo = awkwardly, cumbrously.

* de un modo incompetente = inefficiently.

* de un modo incompleto = incompletely.

* de un modo inconsistente = vagrantly.

* de un modo incorrecto = inaccurately.

* de un modo indiferente = regardless.

* de un modo inductivo = inductively.

* de un modo innovador = innovatively.

* de un modo insolente = defiantly.

* de un modo insulso = prosaically.

* de un modo inteligente = intelligently.

* de un modo interesante = interestingly.

* de un modo intermitente = in bursts.

* de un modo lógico = logically.

* de un modo malsonante = jarringly.

* de un modo matemático = mathematically.

* de un modo mecánico = mechanically.

* de un modo meditabundo = pensively.

* de un modo molesto = annoyingly.

* de un modo moralista = sanctimoniously.

* de un modo muy general = crudely.

* de un modo muy interesante = most interestingly + Verbo.

* de un modo nervioso = nervously.

* de un modo nítido = cleanly.

* de un modo o de otro = either way.

* de un modo oportunista = opportunistically.

* de un modo opresivo = oppressively.

* de un modo óptico = optically.

* de un modo optimista = optimistically.

* de un modo pasivo = passively.

* de un modo penetrante = piercingly.

* de un modo pensativo = pensively.

* de un modo poco constructivo = unconstructively.

* de un modo poco económico = wastefully.

* de un modo poco natural = unnaturally.

* de un modo positivo = positively, constructively.

* de un modo práctico = practically.

* de un modo provocador = defiantly.

* de un modo provocativo = defiantly.

* de un modo que causa confusión = confusingly.

* de un modo racional = rationally.

* de un modo rápido = rapidly, overnight, at short notice.

* de un modo rapsódico = rhapsodically.

* de un modo raro = freakishly.

* de un modo regional = regionally.

* de un modo regular = on a regular basis, on an ongoing basis, on a continuing basis.

* de un modo relacionado = connectibly.

* de un modo remunerado = gainfully.

* de un modo retribuido = gainfully.

* de un modo secuencial = step by step.

* de un modo seguro = securely.

* de un modo similar = in a similar vein.

* de un modo simplista = simplistically.

* de un modo sistemático = systematically.

* de un modo susceptible = sensitively.

* de un modo tautológico = tautologically.

* de un modo temporal = on a temporary basis.

* de un modo tosco = crudely.

* de un modo trágico = tragically.

* de un modo tranquilizador = soothingly, reassuringly.

* de un modo transparente = seamlessly.

* de un modo u otro = somehow, some way.

* de un modo vergonzoso = shamefully.

* de un modo voluntario = voluntarily.

* de un nuevo modo = in a new way.

* dicho de otro modo = in other words, said differently.

* distribuir de un modo escalonado = lay out in + stages.

* distribuir de un modo planificado = zone.

* el mejor modo de = the best way of.

* el modo como = the way in which.

* el modo de = the way in which.

* el modo de + Infinitivo = the way to go about + Gerundio.

* en cierto modo = to some extent, after a fashion, to a certain extent, in a manner of speaking, so to speak, to some degree.

* en cierto modo + Verbo = sort of + Verbo.

* encontrar el modo de = find + way of/to.

* encontrar el modo de paliar un problema = find + way (a)round + problem.

* encontrar el modo de regresar = find + Posesivo + way back.

* encontrar su propio modo de actuar = find + Posesivo + own way.

* en metálico y de otro modo = in cash and in kind.

* en modo alguno = by no means.

* estimar a grosso modo = guesstimate.

* estudiar el modo de = explore + ways in which, explore + ways and means of.

* examinar el modo de = examine + way.

* extenderse a modo de abanico = fan out.

* flujo de datos de un modo intermitente = bursty traffic.

* frase a modo de título = title-like phrase.

* funcionar de un modo autónomo = operate under + an autonomous hand.

* hablar del mismo modo = talk + alike.

* hacer esto y aquello de un modo relajado = mess about, pootle, piddle around.

* indizar de modo KWIC = KWIC.

* información a modo de ejemplo = sample data.

* ingeniarse el modo de = dream up + ways to.

* modo de actuar = arrangement, course of action, practice, rationale.

* modo de ahorro de energía = power save mode.

* modo de andar = gait.

* modo de aprendizaje = learning style.

* modo de comportamiento = mode of behaviour, way of conduct.

* modo de comunicación = communication pathway.

* modo de conducta = mode of conduct, way of conduct.

* modo de conseguir Algo = lever.

* modo de expresión = way of expression, mode of expression.

* modo de hacer preguntas = questioning behaviour.

* modo de introducción de datos = input mode.

* modo de pensar = thinking, way of thinking, mindset [mind-set], mode of thought, mode of thinking.

* modo de presentación visual = display device.

* modo de resaltar = spotlight.

* modo de vida = way of life.

* modo de vida tradicional = folklife.

* modo no interactivo = non-interactive mode.

* no haber modo de = there + be + no means of.

* no hay modo de que = for the life of me.

* o de algún otro modo = or otherwise.

* pensar del mismo modo = think + alike.

* pensar de un modo diferente = think out(side) + (of) the box.

* pero no hubo modo = but no dice.

* por decirlo de algún modo = in a manner of speaking, so to speak.

* por el modo = by the way.

* preparar de un modo rápido = throw together.

* recordar de un modo rápido = sweep back to.

* saber de algún modo = know + on some grounds.

* ser en cierto modo un + Nombre = be something of a + Nombre.

* surgir de un modo confuso = grow + like Topsy.

* tratar de igual modo = treat as + equal.

* usando el tiempo de un modo eficaz = time efficient [time-efficient].

* usar de un modo descuidado = bandy (about/around).

* usar de un modo despreocupado = bandy (about/around).

* uso de un modo descuidado = bandying about.

* ver las cosas de diferente modo = see + things differently.

* ver las cosas de un modo diferente = see + things differently.

* * *

masculino

1)

a) (manera, forma) way, manner (frml)

no lo digas de ese modo — don't say it like that

del siguiente modo — in the following manner

a mi modo de ver — to my way of thinking, in my opinion

modo de empleo — instructions for use, directions

me lo pidió de muy mal modo — (AmL) she asked me (for it) very rudely

b) (en locs)

a mi/tu/su modo — (in) my/your/his (own) way

a modo de: se puso una manta a modo de poncho he put a blanket round his shoulders like a poncho; a modo de introducción by way of introduction; de cualquier modo ( de todas formas) (indep) in any case, anyway; ( sin cuidado) anyhow; del mismo or de igual modo que just as, in the same way (that); de modo que ( así que) so; ( para que) (+ subj) so that; ¿de modo que se van? so they're going, are they?; de modo que se vean desde aquí so that they can be seen from here; de ningún modo no way; de ningún modo puedo aceptar there's no way I can accept; de todos modos anyway, anyhow; en cierto modo in a way; ni modo (AmL exc CS fam): ¿pudieron entrar? - no, ni modo did they get in? - no, no way (colloq); traté de persuadirlo pero ni modo I tried to persuade him but it was no good; ni modo, yo soy como soy that's tough o too bad, I am the way I am (colloq); ni modo que te quedes aquí — there's no way you're staying here (colloq)

2) modos masculino plural ( modales) manners (pl)

con buenos/malos modos — politely/rudely o impolitely

3) (Ling) mood

4) (Mús) mode

* * *

= approach [approaches, -pl.], avenue, guise, means, mode, way, manner, fashion.

Ex: During the last twenty years the variety of approaches to the organisation of knowledge has proliferated with the introduction of computer-based methods.

Ex: In the attempt to match the above criteria, there are two fundamentally distinct avenues to the construction of the schedules of a classification scheme.

Ex: In various guises, the basic concepts have found application in the design of a number of special classification schemes.

Ex: The easiest means of illustrating some of the foregoing points is to introduce in outline some special classification schemes.

Ex: Various modes of operation are possible for such a journal, and the precise operation will depend upon the type of information being conveyed.

Ex: They are likely to influence the future function of DC, and the way in which the scheme will evolve, but since there will be a continuing need for shelf arrangement, DC will remain necessary.

Ex: City planning is a body of techniques and theories for co-ordinative decision-making which tries to distribute the community's resources in a manner which will best achieve the community's specific goals, whatever they may be = El urbanismo es un conjunto de técnicas y teorías para la toma coordinada de decisiones que intenta distribuir los recursos de la comunidad de tal forma que se consigan mejor los objetivos específicos de ésta, sean cuales sean.

Ex: It was on the tip of his tongue to say: 'Must you speak to me in this uncivilized fashion?' But he discreetly forbore.

* actuar de otro modo = do + otherwise.

* actuar de un modo despiadado = play + hardball.

* actuar de un modo diferente = strike out on + a different path.

* actuar de un modo implacable = play + hardball.

* actuar de un modo independiente = go it alone.

* actuar de un modo intransigente = play + hardball.

* adverbio de modo = adverb of mode.

* a groso modo = crudely.

* a grosso modo = roughly, rough draft.

* al actuar de este modo = by so doing, in so doing, by doing so.

* al modo de = a la.

* a mi modo de ver = in my books.

* a modo de = by way of, in the vein of, as a kind of.

* a modo de aclaración = in parenthesis, on a sidenote.

* a modo de advertencia = cautionary.

* a modo de ejemplo = by way of illustration.

* a modo de explicación = parenthetically.

* a modo de ilustración = by way of illustration.

* a modo de inciso = in passing, by the way of (a) digression.

* a modo de paréntesis = parenthetical.

* a modo de prólogo = prefatory.

* a modo de resumen = wrap-up.

* analizar de un modo imparcial = take + a cool look at.

* andar de un modo pausado = stroll + at a leisurely pace.

* artículo a modo de réplica = rebuttal article.

* así como... de igual modo... = just as... so....

* avecinarse de un modo amenazador = loom + large on the horizon.

* buscar el modo de = explore + ways in which, explore + ways and means of.

* como un modo de = as a way of.

* conocer de algún modo = know + on some grounds.

* crecer de modo exhuberante = grow + rampant.

* de algún modo = in any way [in anyway], somehow, after a fashion, in some form, some way.

* de algún modo + Adjetivo = otherwise + Adjetivo.

* de algún modo u otro = of some sort.

* decir Algo de un modo colérico = flame out.

* decir de un modo enfadado = spit out.

* de cualquier modo = however, either way.

* de diferente modo = differently.

* de ese modo = in doing so, in this,, thereby.

* de este modo = by so doing, by this means, in so doing, in this fashion, in this manner, thereby, this way, thus, this way round, in this way, by doing so, in these ways, this is how, in doing so.

* definir de un modo predeterminado e inamovible = hardwire [hard wire].

* de igual modo = alike, equally, in like fashion, in like vein.

* de igual modo que = just as, just as well... as..., along the lines of, on the lines (of).

* del mejor modo posible = to the best of + Posesivo + ability.

* del mismo modo = exactly, in the same vein, by the same token.

* del mismo modo que = as, in the form that, in the same way (as), in the same way that, just as, in the same manner (as), along the lines, after the fashion of, similar to, in common with.

* del otro modo = the other way (a)round.

* de modo + Adjetivo = on a + Adjetivo + basis.

* de modo agresivo = aggressively.

* de modo alarmante = alarmingly.

* de modo alternativo = alternatively.

* de modo altivo = superciliously, haughtily.

* de modo apreciable = to an appreciable extent.

* de modo caprichoso = capriciously.

* de modo censurable = reprehensibly.

* de modo claro = transparently.

* de modo comercial = on a commercial basis.

* de modo competitivo = competitively.

* de modo complementario = complimentarily.

* de modo conjunto con = in partnership with.

* de modo considerable = to a considerable extent.

* de modo convincente = cogently, unconvincingly.

* de modo decisivo = decisively.

* de modo desastroso = disastrously.

* de modo desconcertante = bewilderingly.

* de modo divertido = funnily.

* de modo egoísta = selfishly.

* de modo errático = erratically.

* de modo especulativo = speculatively.

* de modo estructurado = in a structured fashion.

* de modo fácil = with the tip of a hat.

* de modo gracioso = funnily.

* de modo gratuito = on a complimentary basis.

* de modo heurístico = heuristically.

* de modo humorístico = in a humorous vein.

* de modo imaginativo = imaginatively.

* de modo inconfundible = unmistakably.

* de modo individual = on a case-by-case basis.

* de modo inequívoco = unambiguously.

* de modo inesperado = like a bolt out of the blue, like a bolt from the blue.

* de modo informal = informally.

* de modo ininterrumpido = in an unbroken line.

* de modo insinuante = suggestively.

* de modo irregular = erratically.

* de modo irritante = annoyingly.

* de modo pesimista = gloomily.

* de modo poco imaginativo = unimaginatively.

* de modo provocativo = suggestively.

* de modo que = so.

* de modo que + poder + oír = within earshot of.

* de modo raro = funnily.

* de modo recíproco = reciprocally.

* de modo reprobatorio = reprovingly, reproachfully.

* de modos diversos = variously.

* de modos extraños = funnily.

* de modo sorprendente = shockingly.

* de modo tal que = so much so that.

* demostrar de un modo contundente = demonstrate + beyond (all) doubt, prove + beyond all doubt.

* de ningún modo = by no means, in no way, on no account, in no sense, by any means, not at all, under no/any circumstances, in any shape or form, for the life of me, not on any account, by no stretch of the imagination.

* de nuevos modos = in new ways.

* de otro modo = conversely.

* de qué modo = by what means.

* de tal modo que = in such a way that, so.

* de tal modo que raya en lo ridículo = ridiculously.

* de tal modo que + Subjuntivo = in such a way as to + Infinitivo.

* de todos modos = at any rate.

* de un mod discreto = unobtrusively.

* de un modo = in a fashion.

* de un modo absorto = absently.

* de un modo aburrido y pesado = tediously.

* de un modo acalorado = hotly.

* de un modo adecuado = appropriately, fitly.

* de un modo + Adjetivo = in + Adjetivo + fashion, in + Adjetivo + measure, in a + Adjetivo + manner, in + Adjetivo + manner, on a + Adjetivo + scale, to a + Adjetivo + degree, in a + Adjetivo + vein.

* de un modo afirmativo = affirmatively.

* de un modo ahorrativo = thriftily.

* de un modo aleatorio = at random.

* de un modo anafórico = anaphorically.

* de un modo anárquico = anarchically.

* de un modo anodino = prosaically.

* de un modo antieconómico = wastefully.

* de un modo apropiado = fitly, appropriately.

* de un modo aprovechado = opportunistically.

* de un modo atractivo = appealingly.

* de un modo auténtico = authentically.

* de un modo barato = inexpensively, thriftily.

* de un modo bochornoso = shamefully.

* de un modo cansado = wearily.

* de un modo caro = expensively + Participio.

* de un modo casual = in a by-the-way fashion.

* de un modo chirriante = jarringly.

* de un modo chocante = jarringly.

* de un modo compacto = compactly.

* de un modo concluyente = positively.

* de un modo conservador = conservatively.

* de un modo constante = on an ongoing basis.

* de un modo constructivo = constructively.

* de un modo convincente = convincingly, forcibly.

* de un modo coordinado = synergistically.

* de un modo crítico = critically.

* de un modo decepcionante = disappointedly.

* de un modo desconcertado = disconcertedly.

* de un modo descontrolado = uncontrollably.

* de un modo desenfadado = playfully.

* de un modo deshonesto = dishonestly.

* de un modo desordenado = higgledy-piggledy.

* de un modo devastador = devastatingly.

* de un modo diferente = differentially.

* de un modo discreto = quietly.

* de un modo disonante = jarringly.

* de un modo económico = economically, thriftily.

* de un modo elegante = elegantly.

* de un modo encantador = charmingly.

* de un modo engorroso = awkwardly, cumbrously.

* de un modo equivalente = equivalently.

* de un modo espectacular = spectacularly.

* de un modo estrafalario = freakishly.

* de un modo exhaustivo = comprehensively, in depth, exhaustively.

* de un modo extraño = freakishly.

* de un modo fiable = reliably.

* de un modo flexible = flexibly.

* de un modo fortuito = haphazardly.

* de un modo fraudulento = fraudulently.

* de un modo gradual = incrementally.

* de un modo habitual = as a matter of routine.

* de un modo heterogéneo = heterogeneously [heterogenously].

* de un modo holístico = holistically.

* de un modo imparcial = impartially.

* de un modo impreciso = fuzzily.

* de un modo impresionante = impressively.

* de un modo impulsivo = impulsively.

* de un modo incidental = incidentally.

* de un modo incómodo = awkwardly, cumbrously.

* de un modo incompetente = inefficiently.

* de un modo incompleto = incompletely.

* de un modo inconsistente = vagrantly.

* de un modo incorrecto = inaccurately.

* de un modo indiferente = regardless.

* de un modo inductivo = inductively.

* de un modo innovador = innovatively.

* de un modo insolente = defiantly.

* de un modo insulso = prosaically.

* de un modo inteligente = intelligently.

* de un modo interesante = interestingly.

* de un modo intermitente = in bursts.

* de un modo lógico = logically.

* de un modo malsonante = jarringly.

* de un modo matemático = mathematically.

* de un modo mecánico = mechanically.

* de un modo meditabundo = pensively.

* de un modo molesto = annoyingly.

* de un modo moralista = sanctimoniously.

* de un modo muy general = crudely.

* de un modo muy interesante = most interestingly + Verbo.

* de un modo nervioso = nervously.

* de un modo nítido = cleanly.

* de un modo o de otro = either way.

* de un modo oportunista = opportunistically.

* de un modo opresivo = oppressively.

* de un modo óptico = optically.

* de un modo optimista = optimistically.

* de un modo pasivo = passively.

* de un modo penetrante = piercingly.

* de un modo pensativo = pensively.

* de un modo poco constructivo = unconstructively.

* de un modo poco económico = wastefully.

* de un modo poco natural = unnaturally.

* de un modo positivo = positively, constructively.

* de un modo práctico = practically.

* de un modo provocador = defiantly.

* de un modo provocativo = defiantly.

* de un modo que causa confusión = confusingly.

* de un modo racional = rationally.

* de un modo rápido = rapidly, overnight, at short notice.

* de un modo rapsódico = rhapsodically.

* de un modo raro = freakishly.

* de un modo regional = regionally.

* de un modo regular = on a regular basis, on an ongoing basis, on a continuing basis.

* de un modo relacionado = connectibly.

* de un modo remunerado = gainfully.

* de un modo retribuido = gainfully.

* de un modo secuencial = step by step.

* de un modo seguro = securely.

* de un modo similar = in a similar vein.

* de un modo simplista = simplistically.

* de un modo sistemático = systematically.

* de un modo susceptible = sensitively.

* de un modo tautológico = tautologically.

* de un modo temporal = on a temporary basis.

* de un modo tosco = crudely.

* de un modo trágico = tragically.

* de un modo tranquilizador = soothingly, reassuringly.

* de un modo transparente = seamlessly.

* de un modo u otro = somehow, some way.

* de un modo vergonzoso = shamefully.

* de un modo voluntario = voluntarily.

* de un nuevo modo = in a new way.

* dicho de otro modo = in other words, said differently.

* distribuir de un modo escalonado = lay out in + stages.

* distribuir de un modo planificado = zone.

* el mejor modo de = the best way of.

* el modo como = the way in which.

* el modo de = the way in which.

* el modo de + Infinitivo = the way to go about + Gerundio.

* en cierto modo = to some extent, after a fashion, to a certain extent, in a manner of speaking, so to speak, to some degree.

* en cierto modo + Verbo = sort of + Verbo.

* encontrar el modo de = find + way of/to.

* encontrar el modo de paliar un problema = find + way (a)round + problem.

* encontrar el modo de regresar = find + Posesivo + way back.

* encontrar su propio modo de actuar = find + Posesivo + own way.

* en metálico y de otro modo = in cash and in kind.

* en modo alguno = by no means.

* estimar a grosso modo = guesstimate.

* estudiar el modo de = explore + ways in which, explore + ways and means of.

* examinar el modo de = examine + way.

* extenderse a modo de abanico = fan out.

* flujo de datos de un modo intermitente = bursty traffic.

* frase a modo de título = title-like phrase.

* funcionar de un modo autónomo = operate under + an autonomous hand.

* hablar del mismo modo = talk + alike.

* hacer esto y aquello de un modo relajado = mess about, pootle, piddle around.

* indizar de modo KWIC = KWIC.

* información a modo de ejemplo = sample data.

* ingeniarse el modo de = dream up + ways to.

* modo de actuar = arrangement, course of action, practice, rationale.

* modo de ahorro de energía = power save mode.

* modo de andar = gait.

* modo de aprendizaje = learning style.

* modo de comportamiento = mode of behaviour, way of conduct.

* modo de comunicación = communication pathway.

* modo de conducta = mode of conduct, way of conduct.

* modo de conseguir Algo = lever.

* modo de expresión = way of expression, mode of expression.

* modo de hacer preguntas = questioning behaviour.

* modo de introducción de datos = input mode.

* modo de pensar = thinking, way of thinking, mindset [mind-set], mode of thought, mode of thinking.

* modo de presentación visual = display device.

* modo de resaltar = spotlight.

* modo de vida = way of life.

* modo de vida tradicional = folklife.

* modo no interactivo = non-interactive mode.

* no haber modo de = there + be + no means of.

* no hay modo de que = for the life of me.

* o de algún otro modo = or otherwise.

* pensar del mismo modo = think + alike.

* pensar de un modo diferente = think out(side) + (of) the box.

* pero no hubo modo = but no dice.

* por decirlo de algún modo = in a manner of speaking, so to speak.

* por el modo = by the way.

* preparar de un modo rápido = throw together.

* recordar de un modo rápido = sweep back to.

* saber de algún modo = know + on some grounds.

* ser en cierto modo un + Nombre = be something of a + Nombre.

* surgir de un modo confuso = grow + like Topsy.

* tratar de igual modo = treat as + equal.

* usando el tiempo de un modo eficaz = time efficient [time-efficient].

* usar de un modo descuidado = bandy (about/around).

* usar de un modo despreocupado = bandy (about/around).

* uso de un modo descuidado = bandying about.

* ver las cosas de diferente modo = see + things differently.

* ver las cosas de un modo diferente = see + things differently.

* * *

modo

masculine

A

1 (manera, forma) way, manner ( frml)

éste no es modo de hacer las cosas this is no way of going about things

no lo digas de ese modo don't say it like that

hay que hacerlo del siguiente modo it has to be done in the following manner

a mi modo de ver to my way of thinking, in my opinion

¿qué modo de hablarle a tu abuela es ése? that's no way to speak to your grandmother

[ S ] modo de empleo instructions for use, directions

me lo pidió de muy mal modo ( AmL); she asked me (for it) very rudely o in a very rude way

2 ( en locs):

a mi/tu/su modo (in) my/your/his (own) way

hazlo a tu modo do it (in) your (own) way

le gusta hacer las cosas a su modo he likes to do things his (own) way

a modo de: se puso una manta a modo de poncho he put a blanket round his shoulders like a poncho

a modo de introducción by way of introduction

de cualquier modo (de todas formas) ( indep) in any case, anyway; (sin cuidado) anyhow, any which way ( AmE colloq), any old how ( BrE colloq)

del mismo or de igual modo que just as, in the same way (that)

de modo que (así que) (+ indic) so;

(para que) (+ subj) so that

lo hiciste porque quisiste, de modo que ahora no te quejes you did it because you wanted to, so don't complain now

¿de modo que se van? so they're going, are they?

colócalos de modo que se vean desde aquí arrange them so that they can be seen from here

de ningún modo no way

yo no puedo aceptarlo, de ningún modo there is no way I can accept it

de todos modos anyway, anyhow

no creo que lo pueda lograr, de todos modos volveré a intentarlo I don't think I can do it, but I'll have another try anyway o anyhow

en cierto modo in a way

ni modo ( AmL exc CS fam): ¿pudieron entrar? — no, ni modo, las entradas se habían acabado did they get in? — no, no way o not a chance, it was sold out ( colloq)

traté de persuadirlo para que fuera pero ni modo I tried to persuade him to go but it was no good

ni modo, yo soy como soy that's tough o too bad, I am the way I am ( colloq)

ni modo que ( AmL exc CS): tienes que regresar a tu casa, ni modo que te quedes aquí you have to go home, there's no way you're staying here ( colloq)

B modos mpl (modales) manners (pl)

con buenos/malos modos politely/rudely o impolitely

C ( Ling) mood

el modo indicativo/subjuntivo the indicative/subjunctive mood

D ( Mús) mode

Compuesto:

modo mayor/menor

major/minor mode

E ( Inf) mode

Compuesto:

modo de reposo

sleep mode

* * *

modo sustantivo masculino
1
a) (manera, forma) way, manner (frml);

◊ el modo de hacerlo the way of doing it;

del siguiente modo in the following manner;
a mi modo de ver to my way of thinking, in my opinion;
no lo digas de ese modo don't say it like that;
de un modo u otro one way or another;
su modo de ser the way he is;

( on signs) modo de empleo instructions for use, directions;
◊ me lo pidió de muy mal modo (AmL) she asked me (for it) very rudely

b) ( en locs)

◊ a mi/tu/su modo (in) my/your/his (own) way;

de cualquier modo ( de todas formas) ( indep) in any case, anyway;

( sin cuidado) anyhow;
del mismo or de igual modo que just as, in the same way (that);
◊ de modo que ( así que) so;

( para que) so that;
◊ de ningún modo no way;

de ningún modo puedo aceptar there's no way I can accept;
de todos modos anyway, anyhow;
en cierto modo in a way;
ni modo (AmL exc CS fam) no way;
traté de persuadirlo pero ni modo I tried to persuade him but it was no good;
ni modo que te quedes aquí there's no way you're staying here (colloq)
2
◊ modos sustantivo masculino plural ( modales) manners (pl);

con buenos/malos modos politely/rudely o impolitely
modo sustantivo masculino
1 (forma de hacer) way, manner: habla de un modo extraño, he speaks in a strange way
2 Ling mode: modo imperativo, imperative mood 3 modos, manners: ¡no vengas aquí con esos malos modos!, don't come around here with those bad manners!
' modo' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
A
- así
- camino
- cante
- canto
- carácter
- censurar
- cocina
- como quiera
- comoquiera
- con
- conforme
- de
- dicha
- dicho
- empleo
- en
- estilo
- forma
- ir
- gustar
- habla
- igualmente
- inciso
- indicativa
- indicativo
- mirada
- olla
- parcial
- pensión
- poner
- proceder
- radical
- reconocer
- replicar
- risa
- según
- sentada
- sic
- sistema
- tal
- temeraria
- temerario
- temperamento
- tono
- tres
- uso
- ver
- vía
- vida
English:
abrupt
- alike
- allowance
- aloud
- anyhow
- as
- at
- captivate
- casually
- deliriously
- depressingly
- direction
- dramatically
- educationally
- fashion
- funnily
- gloomily
- haphazardly
- harmlessly
- illegibly
- impressively
- inadequately
- incompletely
- incomprehensibly
- inconclusively
- inconveniently
- instruction
- keenly
- kind
- loophole
- love
- maddeningly
- manner
- mode
- modus operandi
- mood
- mother
- nowhere
- observe
- offhandedly
- originally
- ostentatious
- other
- outrageous
- pass round
- plausibly
- quizzical
- ravishingly
- reassuringly
- reciprocally

* * *

modo

♦ nm

1. [manera, forma] way;

no encuentro el modo de dejar el tabaco whatever I do, I just can't seem to give up smoking;

ése no es modo de comportarse that's no way to behave;

¿has visto el modo en que o [m5] el modo como te mira? have you seen how o the way he's looking at you?;

esta vez lo haremos a mi modo this time we'll do it my way;

al modo de in the style of, after the fashion of;

a modo de as, by way of;

a mi modo de ver the way I see it;

de algún modo somehow;

se le cayó el botón porque lo cosió de cualquier modo the button fell off because he sewed it on carelessly o any old how;

hazlo de cualquier modo do it however you like;

no te preocupes, de cualquier modo no pensaba ir don't worry, I wasn't going to go anyway;

de ese/este modo that/this way;

del mismo modo similarly, in the same way;

lo hice del mismo modo que ayer/tú I did it the same way as yesterday/you;

lo organizaron de modo que acabara antes de las diez they organized it so (that) it finished before ten;

¿de modo que no te gusta? so, you don't like it (then)?;

de ningún modo o [m5] en modo alguno deberíamos dejarle salir under no circumstances should we let her out;

de ningún modo o [m5] en modo alguno quise ofenderte I in no way intended to offend you;

¿te he molestado? – de ningún modo o [m5] en modo alguno did I annoy you? – not at all o by no means;

¿quieres que lo invitemos? – ¡de ningún modo! shall we invite him? – no way o certainly not!;

de otro modo [si no] otherwise;

de tal modo (que) [tanto] so much (that);

de todos modos in any case, anyway;

de todos modos seguiremos en contacto in any case, we'll keep in touch;

de todos modos, ¿qué es eso que decías de un viaje? anyway, what's that you were saying about going away?;

de un modo u otro one way or another;

dicho de otro modo in other words, put another way;

en cierto modo in a way;

¡qué modo de hacer las cosas! that's no way to do things!

Comp
Ling modo de articulación manner of articulation;
modo de empleo instructions for use;

modo de pensar way of thinking;

a mi modo de pensar to my way of thinking;

modo de ser: [m5] tiene un modo de ser muy agradable she has a very pleasant nature;

no me gusta su modo de ser I don't like the way he is;

modo de vida way of life, lifestyle

2.
modos [modales] manners;

buenos/malos modos good/bad manners;

me contestó de buenos/malos modos she answered politely/rudely

3. Gram mood;

modo indicativo/subjuntivo indicative/subjunctive mood;

en modo indicativo in the indicative (mood)

4. Informát mode

Comp
modo de edición edit mode;
modo gráfico graphic mode;

modo de inserción insert mode

5. Mús mode

♦ ni modo loc adv
Am salvo RP [de ninguna manera] no way, not a chance;
¿llegaremos a tiempo? – ni modo will we get there on time? – no way o not a chance;

ni modo pues there's nothing we can do about it, then

* * *

modo

m

1 way;

a mi modo de ver to my way of thinking;

dicho de otro modo to put it another way;

de este modo like this;

modo de ser personality

2 GRAM mood

3 MÚS mode

4

:

modos pl manners;

de malos modos rudely

5

:

a modo de as;

de modo que so that;

de ningún modo not at all;

de otro modo otherwise;

de tal modo que so much that;

de todos modos anyway;

de cualquier modo anyway, anyhow;

en cierto modo in a way o sense

* * *

modo nm

1) manera: way, manner, mode

de un modo u otro: one way or another

a mi modo de ver: to my way of thinking

2) : mood (in grammar)

3) : mode (in music)

4)

a modo de : by way of, in the manner of, like

a modo de ejemplo: by way of example

5)

de cualquier modo : in any case, anyway

6)

de modo que : so, in such a way that

7)

de todos modos : in any case, anyway

8)

en cierto modo : in a way, to a certain extent

* * *

modo n way

tiene que haber un modo más fácil there must be an easier way

de modo que (por tanto) so (de forma que) so that

de ningún modo no way

de todos modos anyway

Spanish-English dictionary > modo
97 वा _vā

1
वा ind.

1 As an alternative conjunction it means 'or'; but its position is different in Sanskrit, being used either with each word or assertion or only with the last, but it is never used at the beginning of a clause; cf. च.

-2 It has also the following senses:-- (a) and, as well as, also; वायुर्वा दहनो वा G. M.; अस्ति ते माता स्मरसि वा तातम् U.4. (b) like, as; जातां मन्ये तुहिनमथितां पद्मिनीं वान्यरूपाम् Me.85 (v. l.); मणी वोष्ट्रस्य लम्बेते Sk.; हृष्टो गर्जति चाति- दर्पितबलो दुर्योधनो वा शिखी Mk.5.6; स्नानीयवस्त्रक्रियया पत्रोर्णं वोपयुज्यते M.5.12; Śi.3.63;4.35;7.64; Ki.3.13. (c) optionally; (in this sense mostly in grammatical rules as of Pāṇini); दोषो णौ वा चित्तविरागे P.VI.4. 99,91. (d) possibility; (in this sense वा is usually added to the interrogative pronoun and its derivatives like इव or नाम), and may be translated by 'possibly', 'I should like to know'; कस्य वान्यस्य वचसि मया स्थातव्यम् K.; परिवर्तिनि संसारे मृतः को वा न जायते Pt.1.27. (e) sometimes used merely as an expletive. (f) indeed, truly. (g) only.

-3 When repeated वा has the sense of 'either-or,' 'whether-or'; सा वा शंभोस्तदीया वा मूर्तिर्जल- मयी मम Ku.2.6; तदत्र परिश्रमानुरोधाद्वा उदात्तकथावस्तुगौर- वाद्वा नवनाटकदर्शनकुतूहलाद्वा भवद्बिरवधानं दीयमानं प्रार्थये Ve.1; एक एक खगो मानी सुखं जीवति चातकः । म्रियते वा पिपासायां याचते वा पुरंदरम् ॥ Subhāṣ. (अथवा or, or rather, or else; see under अथ; न वा not, neither, nor; यदि वा or if; यद्वा or, or else; किं वा whether, possibly &c.; किं वा शकुन्तलेत्यस्य मातुराख्या Ś.7.2/21; को वा or के वा followed by a negative means 'everyone, all'; के वा न स्युः परिभवफला निष्फलारम्भयत्नाः Me.56.

2

वा I. 2 P. (वाति, वात or वान)

1 To blow; वाता वाता दिशि दिशि न वा सप्तधा सप्तभिन्नाः Ve.3.6; दिशः प्रसेदुर्मरुतो ववुः सुखाः R.3.14; Me.44; Bk.7.1;8.61.

-2 To go, move.

-3 To strike, hurt, injure.

-4 To emit an odour, be diffused.

-5 To smell. -Caus. (वापयति-ते)

1 To cause to blow.

-2 (वाजयति-ते) To shake. - With आ to blow; बद्धां बद्धां भित्तिशङ्काममुष्मिन्नावानावान्मातरिश्वा निहन्ति Ki.5.36; Bk. 14.97. -प्र, वि to blow; वायुर्विवाति हृदयानि हरन्नराणाम् Ṛs. 6.23. -II. 4 P. (वायति)

1 To be dried up, to dry.

-2 To be extinguished. -III. 1 U. (वापयति-ते)

1 To go, move.

-2 To be happy.

-3 To worship, reverence.

Sanskrit-English dictionary > वा _vā
98 ALL-

may be prefixed to almost every adjective and adverb in an intensive sense, very, extremely.

* * *

may in old writers be prefixed to almost every adjective and adverb in an intensive sense, like Engl. very, Lat. per-, Gr. οια-, ζα-. In common talk and modern writings it is rare (except after a negative), and denotes something below the average, viz. tolerably, pretty well, not very well; but in the Sagas, something capital, exceeding. In high style it may perhaps be used in the old sense, e. g. allfagrt ljós oss birtist brátt, a transl. of the Ambrosian hymn, Aurora lucis rutilat. The instances in old writers are nearly endless, e. g. all-annt, n. adj. very eager, Fms. ii. 41; ironically, 150. all-apr, adj. very sore, very harsh, v. apr. all-auðsóttligt, n. adj. very easy, Fs. 40. all-auðveldliga, adv. very easily, Fms. iv. 129. all-auðveldligr, adj. very easy, Fms. v. 331. all-auðveldr, adj. id., Fbr. 158: neut. as adv., Hkr. ii. 76. all-ágætr, adj. very famous, Fms. ii. 76. all-áhyggjusamliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very careful, Fms. vi. 184. all-ákafliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very hot, impetuous, Hkr. i. 234, ii. 32. all-ákaft, adj. very fast, Nj. 196. all-áræðiliga, adv. very likely, Fær. 183. all-áræðislítill, adj. very timid, Fms. vi. 217. all-ástúðligt, n. adj. very hearty, intimate, Fms. ii. 20. all-banvænn, adj. very likely to prove mortal, Orkn. 148. all-beinn, adj. very hospitable, Fms. ii. 84, Eb. 286: neut. as adv., Fær. 259. all-beiskr, adj. very harsh, bitter, Sturl. iii. 167. all-bert, n. adj. very manifest, Lex. Poët. all-bitr, adj. very biting, sharp, Sks. 548. all-bitrligr, adj. of a very sharp appearance, Vígl. 20. all-bjartr, adj. very bright, Fms. viii. 361. all-bjúgr, adj. very much bent, curved, Ölkofr. 39. all-blár, adj. very blue, Glúm. 394. all-blíðliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very blithely, kindly, Fær. 132. all-blíðr, adj. very mild, amiable, Sd. 158, Fms. i. 202. all-bráðgörr, adj. very soon mature, Eb. 16. all-bráðliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very hastily, Orkn. 72. all-bráðr, adj. very hot-headed, Njarð. 370: neut. as adv. very soon, Fms. xi. 51: dat. pl. all-bráðum, as adv. very suddenly, 139. all-bros-ligr, adj. and -liga, adv. very funny, laughable, Fms. iii. 113. all-dasigr, adj. very sluggish, Lex. Poët. all-digr, adj. very big, stout; metaph. puffed up, Nj. 236. all-djarfliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very boldly, Fms. ii. 313, Orkn. 102. all-djúpsettr, adj. very deep, thoughtful, Bret. 158. all-drengiliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very bold, gallant, Lv. 110. all-dræmt, n. adj. very boastfully, from dramb, superbia, (the modern word is dræmt = slowly, sluggishly); þeir létu a. yfir sér, boasted, Sturl. ii. 56. MS. Mus. Brit. 1127; Cod. A. M. has allvænt, prob. wrongly. all-dyggr, adj. very doughty, Lex. Poët. all-dýrr, adj. very dear, Fms. iii. 159. all-eiguligr, adj. very worth having, Sd. 146. all-eina (theol.), á Guð alleina (a hymn), alone: Hkr. iii. 339 (in a spurious chapter). all-einarðliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very sincere, candid, open, Ld. 334. all-eldiligr and -elliligr, adj. of a very aged appearance, Fms. iii. 125. all-fagr, adj. very bright, fair, Orkn. 296 old Ed.: neut. as adv. very fairly, Sturl. i. 72. all-fast, n. adj. very firmly, steadfastly, Eb. 290, Fær. 259. all-fastorðr, adj. very ‘wordfast,’ very true to his word, Fms. vii. 120. all-fálátr, adj. very taciturn, close, Fas. iii. 408. all-fáliga, adv. on very cold terms, Sturl. iii. 298. all-fámáligr, adj. very close, of very few words, Fms. iii. 85, iv. 366. all-fámennr, adj. followed by very few people, Sturl. ii. 122, Magn. 386. all-far, adj. very few, Eg. 512, Ld. 272, Ísl. ii. 356: neut. on very cold terms, Fms. xi. 55. all-fáræðinn, adj. of very few words, Fms. iv. 312. all-feginn, adj. very ‘fain,’ glad, Eg. 240, Ld. 330. all-feginsamliga, adv. very ‘fain,’ gladly, Eg. 27. all-feigligr, adj. having the mark of death very plain on one’s face, v. feigr, Sturl. iii. 234. all-feitr, adj. very fat, Fms. x. 303. all-ferliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very rudely, Fms. iv. 263. all-fémikill, adj. very costly, Ld. 298. all-fjarri, adv. very far, far from, metaph., Hkr. ii. 246; eigi a., not improper, Fbr. 15. all-fjartekit, part. very far-fetched, Skálda 166. all-fjölgan, adj. acc. very numerous (does not exist in nom.), Sks. 138 A. all-fjölkunnigr, adj. very deeply versed in sorcery, Fms. ii. 175, Fas. i. 412. all-fjölmeðr and -mennr, adj. followed, attended by very many people, much frequented, Eg. 724, 188, Hkr. i. 215: n. sing. in very great numbers, Fms. i. 36. all-fjölrætt, n. adj. very heedful, much talked of, Nj. 109. all-forsjáll, adj. very prudent, Hom. 115. all-framr, adj. very famous, Lex. Poët.; very far forward, Grett. 161 A. all-frekliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very daringly, impudently, Fas. i. 24. all-frekr, adj. too eager, too daring, Fms. vii. 164. all-friðliga, adv. in very great peace, Lex. Poët. all-fríðr, adj. very beautiful, Eg. 23, Hkr. i. 225, ii. 354, Fms. i. 2. all-frjáls, adj. very free, independent, v. alfrjáls. all-fróðligr, adj. and -liga, adv. very wise, learned, Sks. 306 B. all-fróðr, adj. very learned, Sks. 30. all-frægr, adj. very famous, Fms. ii. 324, Hkr. i. 232, ii. 187, Ld. 122. all-frækiliga, adv. and -ligr, adj., and all-frækn, adj. and -liga, adv. very bold, boldly, Ísl. ii. 267, Hkr. i. 239, Fms. i. 121. all-fúss, adj. and -liga, adv. very eager, eagerly, Eg. 488, Fms. xi. 89. all-fýsiligr, adj. and -liga, adv. very desirable, Eg. 19, 468. all-fölr, adj. very pale, Lex. Poët. all-gagnsamr, adj. very profitable, gainful, Ísl. ii. 56. all-gamall, adj. very old, Hkr. i. 34. all-gegniliga and -gegnliga, adv. very fittingly, Sturl. ii. 63. all-gemsmikill, adj. very wanton, frolicsome, Sturl. ii. 57. all-gerla and -görviligr, v. -görla, -görviligr. all-gestrisinn, adj. very hospitable, Háv. 40. all-geysilegr, adj. and -liga, adv. very impetuous, Fms. x. 81. all-gildliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. with a very grand air, Grett. 121. all-gildr, adj. very grand, Lex. Poët. all-giptusam-liga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very lucky, Fms. x. 53. all-glaðliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very joyfully, joyful, Fms. iii. 143, Lv. 55. all-glaðr, adj. very joyful, Eg. 163, Ld. 176. all-gleymr, adj. very gleeful, mirthful, in high spirits, [glaumr], verða a. við e-t, Sturl. iii. 152, Eb. 36. all-glæsiliga, adj. and -ligr, adv. very shiny, Eb. 34, Fas. iii. 626, Fms. ix. 430. all-glöggsær, adj. very transparent, dearly visible, metaph., þorf. Karl. 380. all-glöggt, n. adj. very exactly, Hkr. iii. 253, Fas. iii. 13. all-góðmannliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very kindly, kind, Mag. 6. all-góðr, adj. very good, Nj. 222, Eg. 36, 198. all-greiðliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very easy, easily, Eb. 268: neut. as adv., Eb. l. c. all-grimmliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very grimly, fiercely, Fas. iii. 414. all-grimmr, adj. very cruel, fierce, Hkr. iii. 167. all-grun-samliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very suspiciously, Ísl. ii. 364. all-göfugr, adj. very distinguished, Eg. 598, Bs. i. 60. all-görla, adv. very clearly, precisely, Hkr. iii. 133, Fms. xi. 15. all-görviligr, adj. very stout, manly, Fms. ii. 28. all-hagstæðr, adj. with a very fair wind, Sturl. iii. 109. all-harðligr, adj. and -liga, adv. very hard, stern, Fas. i. 382. all-harðr, adj. very hard, stern, Fms. i. 177: n. sing. severely, Nj. 165, Grág. i. 261. all-háskasamligr, adj. and -liga, adv. very hazardous, Fms. v. 135. all-heiðinn, adj. quite heathen, Fs. 89 (in a verse). all-heilagr, adj. very sacred, Lex. Poët. all-heimskliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very foolish, frantic, Hkr. ii. 190, Fas. iii. 293. all-heimskr, adj. very silly, stupid, Eg. 376, Grett. 159. all-heppinn, adj. very lucky, happy, Lex. Poët. all-herðimikill, adj. very broad-shouldered, Eg. 305. all-hermannliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very martial, Fms. xi. 233. all-hjaldrjúgr, adj. very gossipping, chattering, Lv. 57: neut. as adv., Vápn. 10. all-hógliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very gently, Fms. xi. 240, vi. 274. all-hóleitr and -háleitr, adj. very sublime, Hom. 23. all-hór and -hár, adj. very high, tall, v. -hár. all-hratt, n. adj. in all speed, Lex. Poët. all-hraustliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very bravely, Fms. viii. 289, Eb. 34. all-hraustr, adj. very valiant, Fms. viii. 267. all-hreystimannliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very valiantly, Fms. xi. 95. all-hrumliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very infirmly from age, Fas. ii. 91. all-hræddr, adj. very much afraid, Fbr. 94. all-hræðinn, adj. very timid, Fms. vi. 155. all-huml;mgsjúkr, adj. very grieved, heart-sick, Hkr. i. 243, Fms. vi. 133. all-hvass, adj. of the wind, blowing very sharp, Fms. ix. 20, Lex. Poët. all-hyggi-ligr, adj. and -liga, adv. very carefully, Fas. iii. 610. all-hýrliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very blandly, with a very bright face, Fas. iii. 636. all-hæðiligr, adj. and -liga, adv. very ridiculous, Finnb. 312. all-hældreginn, adj. walking very much on one’s heels, dragging the heels very much in walking, of an aged or beggarly person, Band. 9. all-hœgliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very softly, meekly, Fms. xi. 389. all-hœlinn, adj. very bragging, Lex. Poët. all-iðinn, adj. very diligent, laborious, Bs. i. 278. all-illa, adv. and -illr, adj. very badly, bad, wicked, Nj. 242, cp. ilia; ill-willed, Eg. 542: compar., vera allver um, to be worse off, Nj. 221 (Ed. allvant); angry, Lv. 145; disgraceful, Eg. 237; unfortunate, Sturl. ii. 47. all-jafnlyndr, adj. very calm, even-tempered, Fms. vi. 287. all-kaldr, adj. very cold, Vápn. 21. all-kappsamliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. with very much zeal, liberally, Hkr. i. 271; veita a., of hospitality, Ld. 292; mæla a., frankly, peremptorily, 296. all-kappsamr, adj. very eager, vehement, Eg. 187. all-karlmannliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very manfully, Fms. x. 141. all-kaupmannliga, adv. in a very businesslike, tradesmanlike way, Fms. v.255. all-kátligr, adj. and -liga, adv. very funny, Grett. 112. all-kátr, adj. very joyful, Nj. 18, Eg. 44, 332. all-keppinn, adj. very snappish, Lex. Poët. all-kerskiligr and -keskiligr, adj. and -liga, adv. very sarcastic, biting, Sturl. ii. 196. all-klókr, adj. very shrewd, Hkr. iii. 317. all-knáliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very stoutly, vigorously, Rd. 312. all-kostgæflliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very earnestly, in a very painstaking way, Stj. all-kostigr, adj. very excellent, Lex. Poët. all-kviklatr, adj. very quick, lively, Ld. 270. all-kynliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very strangely, strange, Ísl. ii. 58, Fms. ii. 227, Grett. 160. all-kyrrligr, adj. very quiet, tranquil, Háv. 49. all-kærr, adj. very dear, beloved, Eg. 139, Fms. i. 48; very fond of, Hkr. i. 194: neut., Eg. 116, of mutual love. all-langr, adj. very long, Háv. 49. all-laust, n. adj. very loosely, Fms. xi. 103. all-lágr, adj. very low, short of stature, Fbr. 68. all-lengi, adv. very long, K. Þ. K. 158. all-léttbrúnn, adj. of very brightened, cheerful countenance, Ld. 94. all-léttiliga, adv. very lightly, Fas. iii. 612. all-léttmælt, n. adj., vera a. um e-t, to speak in a very lively way, Fms. iv. 261. all-léttr, adj. very light (in weight), Fas. iii. 487. all-líkliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. in very agreeable, courteous terms, Fas. i. 84. all-likligr, adj. very likely, Fas. ii. 247, Sks. 669. all-líkr, adj. very like, Fas. iii. 579, Sd. 160, Korm. 142. all-lítilfjörligr, adj. and -liga, adv. very puny, prop. having little life in one, Háv. 54. all-lítill, adj. very little, Fær. 268: n. sing. all-lítt, as adv. very little, Nj. 108, 130, Korm. 172; poorly, Grett. 116. all-lyginn, adj. very given to lying, Fbr. 157. all-makligr, adj. and -liga, adv. very deserving, fitting, Sturl. iii. 127, Bjarn. 22. all-mann-fátt, n. adj. with very few people, Gísl. 31. all-mannhættr, adj. very dangerous, Fas. iii. 34. all-mannskæðr, adj. very full of manskathe, very murderous, Fms. ii. 512. all-mannæenligr, adj. a very promising man, Fms. iv. 254. all-mannvænn, adj. a man of very great promise, Hkr. ii. 182. all-margliga, adv. very affably, Sturl. iii. 27. all-margmæltr, part. very talkative, Sturl. ii. 179. all-margr, adj. very numerous, pl. very many, Nj. 32, Grág. ii. 176, Sks. 328, Gþl. 329. all-margrætt, n. adj. part. very much spoken of, Fms. viii. 275. all-málugr, adj. very loquacious, Hkr. iii. 152, 655 xi. 2. all-máttfarinn, adj. very much worn out, with very little strength left, Fas. ii. 356. all-máttlítill, adj. very weak, Fms. i. 159. all-meginlauss, adj. very void of strength, Fms. xi. 103. all-mikilfengligr, adj. very high and mighty, very imposing, Fs. all-mikill, adj. very great, Ísl. ii. 269, Nj. 193, Eg. 29, 39: neut. as adv. greatly, Fms. i. 24, vii. 110. all-mikilmannliga, adv. very nobly, Sturl. i. 33. all-misjafn, adj. very variously, unfavourably, in such phrases as, mæla a. um e-t, there were very different stories about the matter, leggja a. til, ganga a. undir, taka a. á, Eg. 242, Hkr. ii. 123, Fms. i. 86, vii. no, Ld. 166. all-mjór, adj. very slim, slender, narrow, Hkr. iii. 117, Gþl. 173. all-mjök, adv. very much, Nj. 134, Ld. 196, Eg. 19; féllu þá a. menn, in very great numbers, Fms. i. 173. all-myrkr, adj. very dark, Fms. ix. 23. all-mæðiliga, adv. with very great effort, heavily, Fms. ix. 16. all-nauðigr, adj. and -liga, adv. very reluctant, unwilling, Grett. 153; a. staddr, dangerously, Fms. v. 212. all-náinn, adj. very near, nearly related, Sks. 330. all-náttförull, adj. very much given to wandering by night, Lex. Poët. all-níðskárr, adj. of a poet, given to mocking, satirical verse, [níð and skáld (?)], Fms. ii. 7. all-nóg, adv. very abundantly, Sd. 182. all-nær, adv. very near, Fms. vii. 289; metaph., lagði a. at, pretty nearly, well-nigh, Fs., Sks. 684 B. all-nærri, adv. very near, Ld. 202, Fas. iii. 339. all-opt, adv. very often, Anecd. 38, Gþl. 169. all-orðfátt, n. adj. in the phrase, göra a. urn, to be very short of words as to, Bjarn. 31. all-ógurligr, adj. and -liga, adv. very frightful, Edda 41. all-ólmliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very furiously, Fas. iii. 546, Bárð. 177. áll-óttalaust, n. adj. with very little to fear, Eg. 371, v. l. all-ramskipaðr, adj. part. very strongly manned, Fms. iii. 13. all-rauðr, adj. very red, Ld. 182. all-ráðligr, adj. very expedient, advisable, Grett. 145. all-reiðiligr, adj. looking very wrathful, Fms. iv. 161. all-reiðr, adj. very wroth, angry, Edda 57, Nj. 135, Eg. 139. all-ríkmarmligr, adj. and -liga, adv. very grand, pompous, magnificent, Fms. i. 213. all-ríkr, adj. very powerful, Fms. i. 115. all-rýrliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very feebly, puny, Fbr. 28. all-röskliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very smart, brisk, Fms. viii. 317. all-sannligr, adj. and -liga, adv. very likely, ‘soothlike,’ Fms. iv. 270. all-sáttgjarnliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very placable, of mild disposition, Sturl. iii. 288. all-seinn, adj. very slow, Bs. i. 192: neut. as adv. slowly, Grett. 151 A. all-sigrsæll, adj. very victorious, having very good luck in war, Hkr. i. 28. all-skammr, adj. very short, very scant, Nj. 264: neut. substantively, a very short way, Finnb. 324; short distance, Fms. iv. 329. all-skapliga, adv. very fittingly, properly, Grett. 120. all-skapværr, adj. of a very gentle, meek disposition, Sturl. all-skapþungt, n. adj., vera a., to be in a very gloomy, depressed state of mind, Fms. iv. 26. all-skarpr, adj. very sharp, Lex. Poët. all-skeinuhættr, adj. very dangerous, vulnerable, Sturl. ii. 139. all-skemtiligr, adj. very amusing, Sturl. ii. 77. all-skillítill, adj. very slow-witted, dull, Sturl. j. 89. all-skjallkænliga, adv. [skjalla, to flatter], very coaxingly, Grett. 131 A. all-skjótt, n. adj. as adv. very soon, Nj. 236. all-skrautligr, adj. and -liga, adv. very smart, splendid, Fas. ii. 366, Mag. 11. all-skygn, adj. very sharp-sighted, Hrafn. 33. all-skyldr, adj. bound to, very obligatory; neut. = bounden duty, Sks. 484; deserved, Gþl. 61:

β. nearly related, near akin, Fms. xi. 75. all-skyndiliga, adv. very quickly, Blas. 40. all-skynsamliga, adv. very judiciously, Sturl. iii. 161. all-skyrugr, adj. all curd-besprent, Grett. 107 A. all-sköruliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very frankly, boldly, dignified, Sturl. iii. 39, Fms. ix. 5, Ld. 94 C, 226, Bs. i. all-sljáliga, adv. very slowly, sluggishly, Grett. 101 A. all-smár, adj. very small, Fms. v. 55, xi. 61. all-snarpliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very sharply, smartly, Fms. viii. 346. all-snarpr, adj. very sharp, Fms. i. 38, Nj. 246. all-snemma, adv. very early, Fms. ii. 223. all-snjallr, adj. very shrewd, clever, Fms. viii. 367. all-snúðula, adv. very quickly, Lex. Poët. all-snæfr, adj. very brisk, id. all-snöfurmannligr, adj. and -liga, adv. very brisk and energetic looking, of a man, Fms. xi. 79. all-spakliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very mildly, moderately, wisely, Hkr. ii. 41. all-spakr, adj. very gentle, wise, Fms. vi. 298. all-starsýnn, adj. who stares very hard at a thing, looking fixedly upon, Fms. vi. 203. all-sterkliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very briskly, strongly, Ld. 158, Fas. iii. 612. all-sterkr, adj. very strong, Hkr. i. 238, Eg. 285; Ísl. ii. 461 ( very vehement); as a pr. name, Fms. iii. 183. all-stilliliga, adv. very calmly, in a very composed manner, Ld. 318. all-stirðr, adj. very stiff, Háv. 46. all-stórhöggr, adj. dealing very hard blows, Fms. i. 171. all-stórliga, adv. very haughtily, Hkr. ii. 63, Ld. 168. all-stórmannliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very munificently, nobly, Fas. iii. 45; haughtily, Sd. 146. all-stórorðr, adj. using very big words, Eg. 340, Ld. 38 ( very boisterous). all-stórr, adj. very great, metaph. big, puffed up, Ld. 318; dat. all-stórum, as adv. very largely, Edda 32. all-strangr, adj. very rapid, Lex. Poët. all-styggr, adj. very ill-humoured, cross, Grett. 103 A. all-styrkliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very stoutly, Stj. 402. all-styrkr, adj. very strong, Fms. i. 177. all-svangr, adj. very hungry, Lex. Poët. all-svinnliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very wisely, prudently, wise, Fas. i. 95, ii. 266. all-sættfúss, adj. very placable, peace-loving, very willing to accept an atonement, Sturl. iii. 19. all-sœmiliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very seemly, decorous, honourable, Hkr. i. 215, Ísl. ii. 163. all-tiginn, adj. very princely, Lex. Poët. all-tillátsamr, adj. very indulgent, lenient, Þórð. 12. all-tíðrætt, n. adj. very much talked of, much spoken of, Eg. 99, Sturl. i. 199. all-tíðvirkr, adj. very quick at work, Fms. xi. 377. all-torfyndr, adj. very hard to find, Fms. vii. 356. all-torfært, n. adj. very hard to pass, cross, Eg. 546. all-torsótt, n. adj. part. very difficult to reach, Eg. 546. all-tortryggiliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very suspiciously, Sturl. ii. 47. all-torveldligr, adj. and -liga, adv. very difficult, Str. all-trauðr, adj. very slow, unwilling, Fms. xi. 39. all-tregr, adj. very tardy, Fær. 114, Bárð. 178. all-trúr, adj. very true. Fms. vi. 377. all-tryggr, adj. very trusty, Hkr. iii. 167. all-tvítugr, false reading, instead of eigi alls t., not quite twenty, Sturl. i. 181. all-undarligr, adj. and -liga, adv. very odd, wonderful, Fms. ii. 150. all-ungr, adj. very young, Eg. 268, Fms. i. 14, Ld. 274. all-úbeinskeyttr, adj. shooting very badly, Fms. ii. 103. all-úblíðr, adj. very harsh, unkind, Fas. ii. all-úbragðligr, adj. very ill-looking, Sturl. iii. 234. all-údæll, adj. very spiteful, untractable, Sturl. i. 99. all-úfagr, adj. very ugly, metaph., Fms. iii. 154. all-úfimliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very awkwardly, Fas. ii. 543. all-úframliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very backward, shy, timid, Fbr. 38 C. all-úfríðr, adj. very ugly, Fms. xi. 227. all-úfrýnn, adj. very sullen, ‘frowning,’ sour, Eg. 525. all-úfrægr, adj. very inglorious, Fms. iv. 259. all-úglaðr, adj. very gloomy, sad, Hkr. iii. 379. all-úhægr, adj. very difficult, Eg. 227. all-úhöfðingligr, adj. very low-looking, very plebeian, Finnb. 222. all-úkátr, adj. very sorrowful, Edda 35, Eg. 223, Fms. i. 37. all-úknár, adj. very weak of frame, Grett. 119 A, very badly knit; Bs. i. 461 (of boys). all-úkonungligr, adj. very unkingly, Fms. viii. 158. all-úkunnigr, adj. quite unknown, Ísl. ii. 412. all-úlífligr, adj. very unlikely to live, Hkr. ii. 200. all-úlíkliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very unlikely, Gísl. 24, Sd. 123, Finnb. 310. all-úlíkr, adj. very unlike, Glúm. 364. all-úlyginn, adj. not at all given to lie, truthful, Fbr. 157. all-úmáttuliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. weakly, very weak, tender, Fms. iv. 318. all-úráðinn, adj. part. very ‘unready’ (cp. Ethelred the ‘unready’), undecided, Lv. 9. all-úráðliga, adv. very unadvisedly, rashly, Odd. 12 old Ed. all-úsannligr, adj. and -liga, adv. very untruthful, unjust; also, unlikely, Fms. vii. 141. all-úsáttfúss, adj. very implacable, unwilling to come to terms, Sturl. iii. 275. all-úskyldr, adj. very strange to, not at all bound to…, Eg. 10. all-úspakr, adj. very unruly, Sturl. ii. 61. all-úsváss, adj. very uncomfortable, of weather, cold and rainy, Bs. i. 509. all-úsýnn, adj. very uncertain, doubtful, Glúm. 358, Sturl. i. 105. all-úsæligr, adj. of very poor, wretched appearance, Niðrst. 109. all-úvinsæll, adj. very unpopular, Fms. iv. 369, Fas. iii. 520. all-úvísliga, adv. very unwisely, Niðrst. 6. all-úvænliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. of very unfavourable prospect, Fas. ii. 266; n. adj. very unpromising, Grett. 148 A. all-úvænn, adi. very ugly, Fas. i. 234; very unpromising, unfavourable, Ísl. ii. 225: neut. as adv. unfavourably, Fms. xi. 134. all-úþarfr, adj. very unthrifty, very unprofitable, something that had better be prevented, Eg. 576, Hkr. ii. 245. all-vandlátr, adj. very difficult, hard to please, Fms. vi. 387. all-vandliga, adv. with very great pains, exactly, carefully, Sks. 658 B. all-vant, n. adj., vera a. um e-t, to be in a very great strait, Nj. 221. all-varfærr, adj. very careful, solicitous, Eg. 63. all-vaskligr, adj. and -liga, adv. very brisk, smart, gallant, Hkr. i. 104; compar. v. alvaskligr. all-vaskr, adj. very brisk, gallant, Fms. viii. 226. all-vandr, adj. very bad, of clothes, much worn, Pm. 11. all-vápndjarfr, adj. very bold, daring in arms, Hkr. iii. 63. all-veðrlítið, n. adj. very calm, with little wind, Fms. vi. 360. all-vegliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very grand, princely, nobly, Fms. i. 20, Eg. 332, Hkr. i. 15. all-vel, adv. very well, Nj. 12, Eg. 78, 198; compar. albetr, v. alvel. all-vesall, adj. very puny, wretched, Nj. 97. all-vesalliga, adv. very wretchedly, Ölk. 35. all-vesalmannliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. id., Ísl. ii. 416. all-vesæll, adj. very miserable, base, vile, Nj. 97. all-vingjarnliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very friendly, amicable, Sturl. ii. 168. all-vingott, n. adj. on very friendly terms, Fbr. 129. all-vinsæll, adj. very popular, used of a man blessed with many friends, Fms. i. 184, ii. 44, Orkn. 104 old Ed. all-virðuligr, adj. and -liga, adv. very worthy, dignified, Fms. x. 84, Bs. i. 83. all-vitr, adj. very wise, Sks. 29 B (superl.) all-vitrliga, adv. very wisely, Fas. ii. 66. all-víða and all-vítt, n. adj. very widely, Hkr. iii. 141, Lex. Poët. all-vígliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. in a very warlike manner, Fms. ix. 488, Fas. ii. 112. all-vígmannliga, adv. very martially, Fas. iii. 150. all-vígmóðr, adj. quite wearied out with fighting, Introd. to Helgakviða (Sæm.) all-víss, adj. very wise, sure, Sks. 520, Lex. Poët.: neut. to a dead certainty, Lex. Poët. all-vænliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very promising, handsome, Glúm. 349, Fms. v. 260, Fbr. 114. all-vænn, adj. id., Clem. 24, Bs. i. 340: neut., þykja a. um, to be in high spirits, Ísl. ii. 361; make much of, Fms. ii. 76; as adv. favourably, Fms. iv. 192. all-vörpuligr, adj. of a very stout, stately frame, Hkr. ii. 254. all-vöxtuligr, adj. very tall, of large growth, Fas. iii. 627. all-þakkligr, adj. very pretty, = þekkiligr, Lex. Poët. all-þakksamliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very thankfully, Fms. i. 120, Ld. 298. all-þarfliga, adv. very thriftily, very pressingly; biðja a., to beg very hard, Edda 45. all-þarfr, adj. very thrifty, Lex. Poët. all-þéttr, adj. very crowded, cp. Lex. Poët. all-þrekligr, adj. of a very robust frame, Hkr. ii. 2. all-þröngr, adj. as neut. in a very great crowd, Edda 24. all-þungliga, adv. and -ligr, adj. very hard, unwilling, reluctant, Sturl. ii. 120; taka a. á e-m, to be very hard upon, Mag. 1. all-þungr, adj. very unfavourable, Hkr. ii. 358; hostile, badly disposed towards, Eb. 108, Eg. 332; þykja a., to dislike, Fms. viii. 441; a. orð, to blame, Sturl. ii. 62. all-þykkr, adj. very thick, Fas. i. 339: n. sing. as adv. thickly, Fms. vii. 70 (of great numbers slain on the battle-field). all-æfr, adj. very furious, wrath, Ísl. ii. 258, Lv. 60, Fas. i. 404. all-ægiligr, adj. very terrible, Dropl. 18. all-æstr, adj. very incited, vehement, Nj. 231. all-örorðr, adj. very quick-tongued, frank, outspoken, Eg. 340. all-öruggliga, adv. very steadfastly, very firmly, Grett. 153 A. all-öruggr, adj. very unflinching, Bs. i. 624.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > ALL-
99 MEÐAL

(á m., í m.), prep. with gen., among, between; m. vár or vár á m., among us; sat þar Þórhalla m. brúða, Th. sat between the brides; ellipt., ganga meðal, í m., to intercede as peacemaker (gekk þá Njáll í m., svá at hvárir handsöluðu ödrum grið).

* * *

adv. with gen., and á meðal, í meðal:—among, between; á meðal vár, or vár á meðal, among us; á meðal okkar (dual), Bkv. 19; hann settisk niðr á meðal þeirra, Nj. 48; sat þá Þorgerðr meðal brúða, 51; meðal þín ok annarra, 85; meðal Hafrafells ok Króksfjarðar-múla, Gullþ. 3; sumir verða sendir landa meðal, from one land to another, Sks. 54; á meðal anna, Grág. ii. 261; á meðal enna tveggja sömu samhljóða, á meðal enna líkustu greina, Skálda 162: ellipt., mál öll er meðal fóru, Vsp. 30; fannsk þat ekki í tali at þar hefði missætti verit í meðal, Nj. 48; þá gékk Njáll í meðal, N. interceded as peacemaker, 105.

II. metaph., at hann vili nema litla skynsemd heldr enn önga þá er á meðal verðr ennar meiri (= meðal anna?), i. e. when there is a little leisure from graver matters, Skálda 169 (Thorodd); þat er áðr stendr á meðal ykkar má!s, whatsoever is unsettled between you, Fms. xi. 21.

B. In a great many compds, denoting what is intermediate, between, in the middle, the average; or ironically, not over-much, middling; or, lastly, with a negative in the reverse sense, see the following:

I. meðal-auki, a, m. (mod. milligjöf), what is given in the bargain, Ld. 146, Lv. 43. meðal-dagr, m. a day between, Stj. 280: a holy day of second degree, Hom. 142; thus the sixth, the seventh, and from the ninth to the twelfth day of Yule were the middle days, in Easter the second and third day, N. G. L. ii, 358, K. Þ. K. 98: the days between the two spring tides at the first and the last quarter of the moon are called meðaldagar, Rb. 444. Meðal-fell, n. Middle-fell, a local name. Meðal-fells-strönd, f., a local name. Meðalfells-strendingar, m. pl. the men of M., Landn., Sturl. meðal-ferð, f. intercession, Orkn. 270. meðalferðar-maðr, m. an intercessor, Stj. 243. meðal-för, f. = meðalferð, Sturl. ii. 141. meðal-ganga, u, f. intercession, Lv. 71, Sturl. iii. 136: coming between, in a bad sense. Fms. ix. 428, v. l.: intervention between parties fighting, Glúm. 382. meðal-gangi, a, m. an intercessor, Mar. 196, Vídal. meðalgöngu-maðr, m. an intercessor, Th. 24, Finnb. 312. meðal-heimr, m. the middle world, the air, between the sky and the earth, poët., Edda (Gl.) meðal-hóf, n. the right meed and measure; in the saying, vandratað er meðalhófið. meðal-kafli, a, m. the ‘middle-piece,’ the haft of a sword between the two hjalt (q. v.), Eg. 378, 379, Fms. i. 15, iv. 38, Sturl. iii. 283. Meðal-land, n. a land lying between two other lands: a local name, Landn. 267, Nj., in the south-east of Icel. meðal-orpning, f., gramm. an interjection, Skálda 180. meðal-pallr, m. the middle benches in the lögrétta, Nj. 190.

II. average, of extent, quality, in a great many COMPDS: meðal-hestr, -hross, -kýr, -naut, -sauðr, -ær, etc., an average horse, cow, sheep, etc., Grág. i. 504, Jb. 346. meðal-ár, -sumar, -vetr, an average year, summer, winter, B. K. 20, Grág. ii. 326. meðal-lagi, adv., see below, meðal-maðr, m. an average man, in height, strength, or the like, Fms. vii. 101, 239. meðal-spakr, adj. middling-wise, of average intelligence, Hm. meðal-tal, n. an average number; in the phrase, at meðaltali, in the average.

III. with a preceding negation, emphasising a word of abuse, as no common scoundrel, i. e. a great scoundrel or the like; ekki meðal-atferðarleysi, no common slovenness, Fs. 32: eigi meðal-farbauti, no middling destroyer, Fms. xi. 146: eigi meðal-fjándi, no middling fiend, ii. 74: ekki meðal-fól, i. e. no slight fool, Gísl. 139: þat ætla ek at þú sér eigi meðal-karl vándr, Band. 26 new Ed.: eigi meðal-klækismenn, Ísl. ii. 71: eigi meðal-mann-níðingr, a great nithing, Fær. 216: eigi meðal-níðingr, id., Eb. 230: eigi meðal-orðaskvak, Fæ 219: eigi meðal-skræfa, a great coward, Fms. vi. 34: eigi meðal-skömm, a great disgrace, Fs. 37: eigi meðal-snápr, Eb. 242: eigi meðal-úspektarmaðr, Rd. 259: eigi meðal-úvinr, Finnb. 242: eigi meðal-vesalingr, Þórð. 52: eigi meðal-þræli, Eg. 714:—rarely in a good sense, þat er ekki meðal-sæmd, ‘tis no common honour, it is a great honour, Fb. ii. 196.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > MEÐAL
100 NEMA

except

* * *

I)

conj.

1) except, save, but;

þoriga ek segja nema þér einum, I dare not tell any one save thee alone;

engi … nema, no … but, no (not any) other than (Grani vildi undir øngum manni ganga nema Sigurði);

2) with subj. unless;

engir þóttu lögligir dómar dœmdir, nema hann væri við, unless he had a hand in them;

3) save that;

nema ek hálsaða herjans stilli einu sinni, save that I once fell on the king’s neck;

4) veit ek eigi nema, hverr veit nema, I don’t know, (who knows) but that;

may be, perhaps (hverr veit nema ek verða víða frægr um síðir);

5) því at eins, nema, only in the case, if;

ráðit þér því at eins á þá nema þér séð allir sem øruggastir, do not attack them unless you are all most steadfast and dauntless;

6) nema heldr, but rather (eigi má þat menn kalla, nema heldr hunda);

7) nor, = né, hvárki sverð nema øxi, neither sword nor axe.

II)

(nem; nam, námum; numinn), v.

1) to take, take in use, take possession of (ef þú nemr þér jörð á Íslandi);

nema land, to take possession of land, as a settler (hann nam Eyjafjörð allan);

nema konu, to carry off, abduct a woman;

nema stað or staðar, stop, halt (hér munum vér stað or staðar nema);

nema yndi, to find rest in a place (hvárki nam hann yndi á Íslandi né í Noregi);

2) nema e-n e-u, to bereave one of a thing (nema e-n höfði, aldri, fjörvi);

3) to reach, touch (pilzit var svá sítt, at nam hæl);

hvárt nam þik eða eigi, did it touch thee or not? þótt þik nótt um nemi, though the night overtake thee;

4) to amount to, be equivalent to (honum þótti landauðn nema);

5) as an auxiliary verb, with infin.;

hann nam at vaxa ok vel dafna, he grew apace and throve well;

inn nam at ganga, he stepped in;

6) to percieve, catch, hear, of sound;

varð þá svá mikit úhljóð, at engi nam annars mál, that no one could hear the other’s voice;

eigi skulu vér þat mál svá nema, we shall not understand it so;

7) to learn (nema lög, fjölkyngi);

to learn by heart (vísur þessar námu margir);

nema e-t at (or af) e-m, to learn, get information, about a thing from one (Glúmr hafði numit þenna atburð at þeim manni, er hét Arnór);

8) with preps. and advs.:

nema e-t af, to abolish (var sú heiðni af numin sem önnur);

nema brott konu, to carry off a woman;

nema eptir e-u, to imitate;

nema e-t frá, to except (nema konur eða þeir menn, er hann næmi frá);

nema e-t upp, to pick up (nam ek upp rúnar);

nema við, to resist, make a stand (hann vill enn við nema, þótt liðsmunr væri mikill);

to stop, halt (þar námu þeir Hrafn við í nesinu);

nema við e-u, to touch (gaddhjaltit nam við borðinu);

to be a hindrance to (ef þat nemr við förinni, at þú þykkist hafa fé of lítit);

impers., nemr við e-u, there is an obstacle, or stop (en er þeir kómu at kirkjudurum, þá nam þar við);

9) refl., nemast e-t, to refuse, withhold from doing;

nemast förina, to refuse to go;

nemast orðsendingar hans, to disregard his messages;

also with infin. (hann bað hann eigi nemast með öllu at gøra sem bœndr vildu).

* * *

1.

conj. [compounded of the negative particle ne, and the adverb if or ef (q. v.) in an older dissyllabic form ifa; for the change of f into m see the introduction; cp. Ulf. nibai; A. S. nemne, nimne; O. H. G. nibu, nibi, nubi; Hel. nebu; early Swed. num; cp. Lat. ni-si, see Grimm’s Gramm. iii. 724.]

B. Except, save, but; manngi, nema einn Agnarr, Gm. 2; nema þér einum, Vkv. 24; allra nema einna, 26, Ls. 11; nema við þat lík at lifa, Hm. 96; nema sá einn Áss, Ls. 11; hvar kómu feðr várir þess, … hvar nema alls hvergi? Ísl. ii. 236; öngu nema lífinu, Nj. 7; öllu gózi nema búinu, Fms. ix. 470; engi nema þú einn, Barl. 207; engi nema Bergþórr, Fms. vii. 141; kom viðrinn á kirkju-sand, nema tvau tré kómu á Raufarnes, save that two trees came to R., Landn. 51, v. l.; Ólafr hafði mörg sár ok flest smá, nema tvau vóru nökkvi mest, Fb. i. 501; nema ek hélt, Óg. 23; þeir blandask eyvitar við aðra ísa nema sér einum heldr hann, Sks. 176 B; vætki of sýti’k nema hræðumk helvíti, Hallfred; lét Koðran skíra sik ok hjú hans öll, nema Ormr vildi eigi við trú taka, Bs. i. 5.

II. with subj. unless; aldrei, nema okkr væri báðum borit, Ls 9; nema þú hánum vísir … eða mey nemir, Hkv. 1. 19; nema ek dauðr sjá’k, 20; nema geðs viti, Hm. 19; nema hann mæli til mart, 26; nema haldendr eigi, 28; nema til kynnis komi, 32; nema reisi niðr at nið, 71; nema einir viti, 97; nema ek þik hafa, Hkv. Hjörv. 7; nema sjálfr ali, Stor. 16; nema þeir felldi hann, Edda 36; öngir þóttu lögligir dómar nema hann væri í, Nj. 1; nema maðr verði sjúkr eða sárr, Grág. i. 141; nema lands-fólkit kristnaðisk, Hkr. i. 248; nema mér banni hel, Fb. ii. 59; hann heyrði eigi nema æpt væri at honum, Fms. iv. 204, and in countless instances in old and mod. usage.

2. in phrases such as ‘veit ek eigi nema …,’ like Lat. nescio an, implying an affirmation; þú veizt eigi nema sá verði fégjarn, Sks. 28; nú veit ek eigi nema nökkurr verði virðing af at hafa þessu máli, Band. 34 new Ed.; hverr veit nema ek verða víða frægr um síðir, who can tell but that I shall be a widely known man some day? Fms. vi. (in a verse); nú veit ek eigi nema yðr þykki minna vega mín reiði en Sigurðar konungs, now know I not if, vii. 141; eigi veit ek nema þetta væri ráðligt, en eigi má ek þat vita …, viii. 95:—with indic., kveðkat ek dul nema hún hefir, there is no doubt but that she has, Ýt. 7; hver sé if nema rögn stýra, who can doubt that? Vellekla.

III. irreg. usages; ef nokkurr maðr ferr á jörðu, nema (in the case that, supposing that) sá vili á búa, sem fé á í jörðu, þá rænir sá hann, Gþl. 357: því at eins, nema, only in that case, if ( but not else); ráðit þér því at eins á þá nema pér sét allir sem öruggastir, only in the case if, i. e. do not attack them unless, Nj. 228; því at eins mun hann sættask vilja, nema hann gjaldi ekki, 254; skal hann því at eins í braut hafa þann hval, nema hann láti bera vitni, Jb. 326: þat man því at eins, nema ek nái ráða-hag við Melkorku, Ld. 70; því at eins ferjanda, nema fjörbaugr komi fram, Nj. 240; oss þykkir þú því at eins veita skylda þjónustu konungi, nema þú leggir af tignar-klæðin, Fms. ix. 432.

2. nema heldr, but rather; eigi má þat menn kalla, nema heldr hunda, not men, but rather dogs, Bær. 9; sver ek eigi at eins fyrir mik, nema heldr fyrir allra þeirra sálir, Gþl. 69; hón hafði eigi hreinlífi at eins, nema heldr ok alla gæzku, Hom. 128; nema enn, but on the contrary; at glæpask eigi lengr í félags-skap við Philistim, nema enn skulu þér …, Stj. 412, 428, 442: eigi at eins óttaðisk hann um sjálfs síns líf, nema jamvel um alla aðra sína frændr, but also, Barl. 73: fyrr nema = fyrr enn, fyrr skal dólga dynr, nema ek dauðr sják (= fyrr en ek sé dauðr), Hkv. 1. 20:—hefi ek vist sét þat gull, at öngum mun er verra, nema betra sé, which is not worse, if it is not even better, Fb. i. 348.

2.

pres. nem; pret. nam, namt, nam, pl. námu; subj. næmi; part. numinn, older nominn, N. G. L. i. 200, Hom. 100; with neg., suff. nam-a, Hkv. 2. 15; a pret. numdi in mod. usage, formed from the part. numinn, as if from a verb nymja; örvaðist geð á allan hátt er eg numdi sjónum föður-landið heldr hátt hafít upp úr sjónum, Eggert: [Ulf. niman = λαμβάνειν; A. S. neman; Germ. nehmen; freq. in Early Engl.; in mod. Engl., where it is superseded by the Scandin. taka, it survives in nimble and numb = A. S. be-numen = lcel. numinn.]

A. To take; the use of the word in this, its proper sense, is limited, for taka (q. v.) is the general word, whereas nema remains in special usages; nema upp, to pick up, Hm. 140; nema e-n ór nauðum, Fsm.; þar er gull numit upp í söndum, Rb. 350; at hann nemr hann ór kviðnum, ok kveða á hvert hann nemr hann ór sínu órnámi, eða annars manns, Grág. i. 51; reifa mál þeirra er ór dóminum eru numnir, 79; hann á kost at nema þá upp alla senn, 51:—nema af, to abolish; þessi heiðni var af numin á fára vetra fresti, Nj. 165, Íb. 4:—nema frá, to except; nema konur eða þeir menn er hann næmi frá, 5; á þeim tíðum er uú eru frá numnar, Grág. i. 325:—upp numinn, taken up into heaven; Enoch var upp numinn, Stj. 41.

2. to take by force, seize upon; þá menn er konu hafa numit ( carried off), Grág. i. 354; hann nam sér konu af Grikklandi, Rb. 404; Jupiter þá er hann nam Europam, 732. 17; Björn nam Þóru á brott, Eg. 155; ek nam konu þessa er hér er hjá mér, Nj. 131; hann segir hann hafa numit sik í burt af Grænlandi undan Sólar-fjöllum, Bárð. 32 new Ed.: nema nes-nám, Danir ok Svíar herjuðu mjök í Vestr-víking ok kómu þá opt í Eyjarnar er þeir fóru vestr eða vestan, ok námu þar nesnám, Fms. iv. 229, (see nesnám, landnám):—in a lawful sense, nema land, to take possession of a land, as a settler (landnám II); hann nam Eyjafjörð allan.

3. nema e-n e-u, to bereave one of a thing; nema e-n höfði, aldri, fjörvi, Gkv. 2. 31, 42; verða ek á fitjum þeim er mik Niðaðar námu rekkar, Vkv.; hví namtú hann sigri þá? Em. 6; sigri numnir, Fms. xi. 306 (in a verse); numinn máli, bereft of speech, Geisli 34; fjörvi numna, life-bereft, Eb. (in a verse); hann lá þar lami ok öllu megni numinn, Hom. 116; þar til er lands-menn námu þá ráðum, used force, coerced them, Bs. i. 24; ríkir menn verða þá ráðum nomnir, Hom. 100; ef hann vill eigi nema trúa því, if he will not believe it, N. G. L. i. 88.

4. to reach, touch, hit; í hvítu pilzi, þat var svá sítt at þat nam hæl, Fas. ii. 343; nema hjöltin við neðra gómi, Edda 20; allir þeir sem oddrinn nam, Skíða R. 183; hvárt nam þik eðr eigi! Nj. 97; ok nema hann þar nauðsynjar, at hann má eigi lík færa, and if he is held back by necessity, N. G. L. i. 14, K. Á. 70; þótt þik nótt um nemi, if the night overtake thee, Sdm. 26: hence the saying, láta þar nótt sem nemr, to leave it to the night as it takes one = to take no care of the morrow:—nema stað, to take up one’s position, halt, Nj. 133, 197, Fms. i. 167, vii. 68, Eg. 237.

5. spec. phrases; Kolskeggr nam þar eigi yndi, Nj. 121; ef hann vildi þar staðfestask ok nema yndi, Fms. i. 103:—nema staðar = nema stað, Nj. 54, 205, 265, Ld. 104, Stj. 486, Fms. i. 206: of a weapon, hefi ek þat sverð er hvergi nemr í höggi stað, I have so keen a sword that it never stops in its stroke, i. e. it cuts clean through anything, Fas. ii. 535; oddrinn nam í brynjunni staðar, Al. 76; svá at staðar nam (naf Cod. Reg.) höndin við sporðinn, Edda 40; nema hvíld, to take rest, Alm. 1; nema veiðar, to take the prey, to hunt, Hým. 1.

6. to amount to, be equivalent to; ef eigi nemr kúgildi, Grág. ii. 233; honum þótti landauðn nema, Íb. 4; það nemr öngu, litlu, miklu, it is of no, of small, of great importance; bríkr þær er greyping hefir numit, Gþl. 345.

7. nema við, to strike against so as to stop, come no further; nam þar við ok gékk eigi lengra, Fms. xi. 278; en gadd-hjaltið nam við borðinu, Eb. 36.

8. metaph. to stop, halt; hér munu vér við nema, Finnb. 236; þar námu þeir Hrafn við í nesinu, Ísl. ii. 266; hann býsk við, ok vill enn við nema, þótt liðs-munr væri mikill, Bjarn. 54; konungr verðr glaðr við er hann skal fyrir hafa funnit þá menn er eigi spara viðr at nema, Al. 46; en ef þat nemr við förinni, at þú þykisk hafa fé oflítið, þá …, Ld. 70; er þat úvizka at bera eigi slíkt, ok mun þat eigi við nema, Glúm. 327; at konungr mundi fátt láta við nema, at sættir tækisk, i. e. that he would do anything for the sake of peace, Eg. 210.

II. as an auxiliary verb, emphatic, like Engl. do, did, with infin.; Höðr nam skjóta (H. did shoot) … sá nam einnættr vega, Vsp. 37; þá nam at vaxa, Hkv. 1. 9; hann nam at vaxa (he ‘took to growing’) ok vel dafna, Rm. 19; inn nam at ganga, 2; lind nam at skelfa, 9, 35; nam hón sér Högna heita at rúnum, Skv. 3. 14; róa námu ríki, they did row mightily, Am. 35; nam hann vittugri valgaldr kveða, Vtkv. 4; nama Högna mær of hug mæla, Hkv. 2. 15; þat nam at mæla, Og. 9: seldom in prose, ek nam eigi trúa á þat er hann sagði, Post.; Falka hestr Þiðreks nemr þetta at sjá, Þiðr. 117.

B. Metaph. to take in a mental sense or by the senses, to perceive, like Lat. apprehendere, comprehendere, freq. in old and mod. usage:

I. to perceive, catch, hear, of sound; en svá mikill ákafi var at hvassleik veðrsins þá er konungr tók at mæla, at varla námu þeir er næstir vóru, Fms. viii. 55; sem þeir vóru langt brottu komnir, svá at þó mátti nema kail milli þeirra ok manna Saul, Stj. 486; þeir skulu svá nær sitjask, at hvárirtveggju nemi orð annarra, Grág. i. 69; engi nam mál annars, Nj. 164; mál nam í milli þeirra, Fms. v. 31; eigi skulu vér þat mál svá nema, we shall not understand it so, Hom. 156.

II. to learn; klök nam fugla, Rm.; hann hafði numit svá lög, at hann var enn þriðr mestr laga-maðr á Íslandi, Nj. 164; inir hæstu turnar hafa numit honum at hníga, Al. 90; nú var Þórir þar ok nam þar fjölkyngi, Fb. iii. 245; Óðinn var göfgastr, ok at honum námu þeir allir íþróttirnar, Hkr. i; nema nám, to take in, acquire learning, Bs. i. 92, 127; see nám:—to ‘catch,’ learn by heart, þær kváðu vísur þessar en hann nam, Nj. 275; vísur þessar námu menn þegar, Ó. H. 207; en hinn nemi, er heyrir á, Darrl.; Þórdís nam þegar vísuna, Gísl. 33:—to learn from, þvar namtu þessi hnæfilegu orð? nam ek at mönnum …, Hbl.; nema ráð, Hm.; menn nemi mál mín ! Ó. H. (in a verse):—nema e-t at e-m, to learn something, derive information from one, ek hefi hér verit at nema kunnustu at Finnum, Fms. i. 8; hann nam lögspeki at Þorsteini, Ísl. ii. 205; hann nam kunnáttu at Geirríði, Eb. 44; Glúmr hafði numit þenna atburð at þeim manni er hét Arnórr, Fms. i. 266; en Oddr nam at Þorgeiri afráðs-koll …, Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði Snorra dóttur Goða … hann hafði numit af gömlum mönnum ok vitrum, … eptir því sem vér höfum numit af fróðum mönnum, … þótt hverr maðr hafi síðan numit at öðrum, … ok hafa menn síðan at þeim numit, Ó. H. (pref.); nemi þér af mér, Fms. viii. 55.

C. Reflex., prop. to take, seize for oneself:

1. to take by force; ef maðr nemsk konu, ok samþykkjask þau síðan, þá …, H. E. i. 247.

β. to stop; ok hafða ek þat sverð, sem aldri hefir í höggi stað numisk (= numit), Fas. ii. 208; friðr namsk, ceased.

γ. to refuse, withhold from doing; hann bað hann eigi nemask með öllu at göra sem bændr vildu, Hkr. i. 142; hverr bóndi er þat nemsk ( who makes default), gjaldi …, K. Á. 40; þar var kominn fjöldi liðs ór Austr-löndum til móts við hann, ok námusk förina ( refused to go) ef hann kæmi eigi, Fb. ii. 71; en ef maðr nemsk leiðangrs-görð, eðr leiðangrs-ferð, þá hafi ármaðr sótt þat fyrr en skip komi á hlunn, … at hann hafi leiðangr görvan ok eigi fyrir nomisk, N. G. L. i. 200; en þó vil ek eigi fyrir minn dauða at nemask ( disregard) hans orðsendingar, O. H. L. 29.

2. to learn; láttú nemask þat, learn, take heed that, Skv. 1, passim; eptir þetta nemask af aptrgöngur hans, Ld. 54.

II. part. numinn, as adj. numb, seized, palsied; hann var allr numinn öðrum megin, ok mátti eigi mæla hálfum munni, Ann.; þá varð ek sem ek væra numinn, Mar.; vera frá sér numinn, to be beside oneself, from joy, astonishment, or the like, cp. the references above (A. 3).

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > NEMA

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

negative sense — adjective of an RNA strand that is complementary to the positive sense and not transcribed into DNA. Ant: positive sense … Wiktionary
negative-sense RNA — viral RNA that has a base sequence complementary to that of mRNA; during replication it serves as a template for the transcription of viral complementary RNA, which in turn serves as a template for protein synthesis … Medical dictionary
Sense (molecular biology) — In molecular biology and genetics, sense is a concept used to compare the polarity of nucleic acid molecules, such as DNA or RNA, to other nucleic acid molecules. Depending on the context within molecular biology, sense may have slightly… … Wikipedia
Negative liberty — Part of a series on Freedom Concepts … Wikipedia
Negative theology — also known as the Via Negativa (Latin for Negative Way ) and Apophatic theology is a theology that attempts to describe God by negation, to speak of God only in terms of what may not be said about God. In brief, the attempt is to gain and express … Wikipedia
Negative Zone — Publication information Publisher Marvel Comics First appearance Fantastic Four vol.1 #51 (June 1966) Created by Stan Lee Jack Kirby … Wikipedia
Negative refraction — is the name for an electromagnetic phenomenon where light rays are refracted at an interface in the reverse sense to that normally expected. Such an effect can be obtained using a metamaterial which has been designed to achieve a negative value… … Wikipedia
Negative — Neg a*tive (n[e^]g [.a]*t[i^]v), a. [F. n[ e]gatif, L. negativus, fr. negare to deny. See {Negation}.] 1. Denying; implying, containing, or asserting denial, negation or refusal; returning the answer no to an inquiry or request; refusing assent;… … The Collaborative International Dictionary of English
Negative crystal — Negative Neg a*tive (n[e^]g [.a]*t[i^]v), a. [F. n[ e]gatif, L. negativus, fr. negare to deny. See {Negation}.] 1. Denying; implying, containing, or asserting denial, negation or refusal; returning the answer no to an inquiry or request; refusing … The Collaborative International Dictionary of English
negative electricity — Negative Neg a*tive (n[e^]g [.a]*t[i^]v), a. [F. n[ e]gatif, L. negativus, fr. negare to deny. See {Negation}.] 1. Denying; implying, containing, or asserting denial, negation or refusal; returning the answer no to an inquiry or request; refusing … The Collaborative International Dictionary of English
Negative eyepiece — Negative Neg a*tive (n[e^]g [.a]*t[i^]v), a. [F. n[ e]gatif, L. negativus, fr. negare to deny. See {Negation}.] 1. Denying; implying, containing, or asserting denial, negation or refusal; returning the answer no to an inquiry or request; refusing … The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

(negative+sense)

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

(negative+sense)

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: